260604.mbx          T R O U B L E D   C O M P A N Y   R E P O R T E R

              Thursday, June 4, 2026, Vol. 30, No. 155

                            Headlines

22 EAST C: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to June 23
23ANDME HOLDINGS: Seeks Stay of Data Breach Suit
51 PARK: Final Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 10
7452 N. WESTERN: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 22
97 & 99 PROSPECT: Mark Schlant Named Subchapter V Trustee

ABUNDIA GLOBAL: Thornton Raises Going Concern Doubt Over Losses
ACADEMIES OF MATH: S&P Rates 2026A-B Revenue Bonds Rating 'BB+'
ACCORD LEASE: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to July 6
ACI ROVER: S&P Raises ICR to 'BB-' on Lower Debt, Outlook Positive
ACTUATE THERAPEUTICS: Stockholders Elect Two Directors

ADDY HOSPITALITY: Section 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on June 26
AIKEN COURT: Case Summary & Two Unsecured Creditors
ALACHUA GOVERNMENT: Pentagon Objects to Ch. 11 Restructuring Plan
ALLBIRDS INC: Co-Founder Joseph Zwillinger Resigns From Board
AMERICA'S LISTING: Unsecureds Will Get 1.09% over 60 Months

AMERICAN HEALTH: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
ANNOVIS BIO: Prices $15 Million Public Offering
ANOINTED TOUCH: Seeks to Extend Plan Filing Deadline to June 25
ARAGORN PARENT: S&P Rates Proposed $725MM First-Lien Term Loan 'B'
ARC FALCON: S&P Assigns 'B' Issuer Credit Rating, Outlook Stable

ASCENT SOLAR: Haynie Raises Doubt on Production, Funding Concerns
AUTOLYCUS LLC: To Sell BALC Collateral to PowerMove AssetCo
AUTOLYCUS LLC: To Sell CCG Collateral to PowerMove AssetCo
AUTOLYCUS LLC: To Sell CIMC Collateral to PowerMove AssetCo
B&G FOODS:S&P Affirms 'B-' ICR on Debt Refinancing, Outlook Stable

BEAZER HOMES: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'B-' Due to Elevated Leverage
BECKY'S PET: Case Summary & Nine Unsecured Creditors
BIG BATCH: Case Summary & Five Unsecured Creditors
BNJ TRUCKING: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in Illinois
BON MORRO: Plan Contemplates Two Scenarios

BRAND INDUSTRIAL: Moody's Alters Outlook on 'Caa1' CFR to Negative
BRIGHT BEGINNINGS: Carlos Garcia Miranda Named Subchapter V Trustee
BRIGHT HORIZONS: S&P Rates $375MM First-Lien Term Loan A 'BB+'
BRODY HOLDINGS: Case Summary & Three Unsecured Creditors
BROOKS CUSTOM: Must Make Adequate Protection Payments to Deere

CANTOR GROUP: Case Summary & 13 Unsecured Creditors
CARBON HEALTH: Gets Approval for AI-Focused Ch. 11 Turnaround Plan
CARBON HEALTH: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to Aug. 31
CARLSBAD 10: To Sell Carlsbad Property to Alliance Development
CAROLINA RENOVATION: Unsecureds Will Get 1.7% over 36 Months

CATTLE CARTEL: Unsecureds to Recover 100% over 5 Years
CHON'S PAINT: James Cross Named Subchapter V Trustee
CONAIR HOLDINGS: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'CCC+', Outlook Negative
CONEJO RIVERSIDE: Case Summary & 18 Unsecured Creditors
CONSTRUCTION PARTNERS: S&P Affirms 'BB-' ICR, Outlook Stable

CPPIB OVM: Moody's Affirms 'B2' CFR & Alters Outlook to Positive
CRONLY BLUFFS: Case Summary & 12 Unsecured Creditors
CTN HOLDINGS: Co-Founder Sentenced to 14 Yrs. in $248MM Fraud Case
CURIS INC: Stockholders Approve Share Increase
DARRINGTON PROPERTIES: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary

DAVID HARLEY PALFI: Wins Bid to Correct Scrivener's Error in Plan
DEL MONTE: Minority Lenders Fail to Halt Chapter 11 Plan
DENALI CONSTRUCTION: Unsecureds to Get 100% via Quarterly Payments
DORMAN PRODUCTS: S&P Assigns 'BB' ICR, Outlook Stable
DREAMS AND DESTINATIONS: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral

DUKE ROBOTICS: Somekh Chaikin Raises Going Concern Doubt
EASTSIDE COLLISION: Case Summary & Six Unsecured Creditors
ELDORADO GOLD: Fitch Hikes IDR to 'BB-', Outlook Positive
ELITE PROJECT: Final Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 11
ELK GROVE VILLAGE: S&P Assigns Prelim 'BB-' Rating on Sec. Notes

ENCORE CAPITAL: Fitch Alters Outlook on BB+ LongTerm IDR to Stable
ENDLESS SUMMER: Case Summary & Eight Unsecured Creditors
ESJ TOWERS: Special Counsel Loses Bid to Dismiss Adversary Case
ESSENTIAL INVESTMENT: Dwayne Murray Named Subchapter V Trustee
FAT BRANDS: Alagna Case Transferred to Texas Bankruptcy Court

FAT BRANDS: Creditors to Get Proceeds From Liquidation
FIEE INC: UHY LLP Raises Going Concern Doubt Over Future Operations
FIREHOUSE GRILL: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 22
FIRST BRANDS: WARN Act Claimants Seek Greater Role in Chapter 11
FRED RAU: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 24

GEC TRANSPORT: Court Abates Vela Appeal Due to Bankruptcy Filing
GENETCO INC: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
GIFTIFY INC: Weinberg Flags Going Concern Due to Persistent Losses
GLS MATERIALS: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in Texas
GO PRO: Flags Going-Concern Risk Amid AI-Fueled Crunch

GOLDENPEAKS POLAND: Case Summary & 23 Largest Unsecured Creditors
GOLIATH VENTURES: Turnover Motion OK'd, Fee Request Denied as Moot
GOOD WORKS: Updates Several Secured Claims Pay Details
GOODYEAR TIRE: S&P Rate New $750MM Senior Unsecured Notes 'B+'
GREAT CIRCLE: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for July 15

GRIDAI TECHNOLOGIES: Settles $1.01 Million Loan Demand
GROUND WEST: Seeks to Hire Lefkovitz & Lefkovitz as Counsel
GROUPE SOLMAX: S&P Alters Outlook to Negative, Affirms 'B-' ICR
GUNTER LAND: Seeks to Hire Michael Group as Real Estate Broker
HAZE HOSPITALITY: Commences Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in New York

HEPION PHARMACEUTICALS: Grassi & Co. Raises Going Concern Doubt
HUMACYTE INC: PwC Raises Going Concern Doubt Over Recurring Losses
HYBAR LLC: S&P Assigns 'B-' ICR on Refinancing And Expansion
HYDROFARM HOLDINGS: Deloitte & Touche Raises Going Concern Doubt
ICAHN ENTERPRISES: Moody's Affirms 'B1' CFR, Outlook Stable

INGENOVIS HEALTH: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'CCC+', Outlook Stable
INTEGRIS EQUIPMENT: Case Summary & 18 Unsecured Creditors
INTERNATIONAL SUPPORT: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 23
INTRUSION INC: Whitley Penn Raises Going Concern Doubt
IVANTI SOFTWARE: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'CCC', Outlook Negative

JD HUNT: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to July 21
JEFFERSON CAPITAL: Fitch Alters Outlook on 'BB-' IDR to Positive
JOHN FITZGIBBON: Hires Epiq Bankruptcy as Administrative Agent
JOJOTO GRILL: Seeks Subchapter V Bankruptcy in Florida
JOSEPHINES RESTAURANT: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 22

JUST LOGISTICS: Unsecureds Will Get 6.75% over 60 Months
KAMAN CORP: Moody's Raises CFR & Senior Secured Debt to B1
KATAPULT HOLDINGS: Grant Thornton Raises Going Concern Doubt
LAVIE CARE: Trustee Sues Former Execs Over Alleged Asset Misuse
LIFEWARD LTD: Kost Forer Raises Going Concern Over Recurring Losses

LONGSHORE MIDCO: S&P Rates New $1.95BB First-Lien Term Loan 'B'
LRS HOLDINGS: Moody's Upgrades CFR to B3 & Alters Outlook to Stable
M&L EXPRESS: Commences Subchapter V Bankruptcy in Maryland
MAKIIN LLC: Seeks Subchapter V Bankruptcy in Texas
MARQUIS STAR: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to July 20

MARTINS FOOD: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
MATADOR RESOURCES: Fitch Affirms 'BB' LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
MERYDE GROUP: Seeks to Sell White Plains Property at Auction
MIC'S RESTAURANT: Initiates Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
MICHAL INTERNATIONAL: Insider Accused of Gaining Unfair Advantage

MIKE WALKER TRUCKING: Commences Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in Utah
MTF CHILDCARE: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 23
MTF HOLDINGS: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 23
NEWBURY POWER: Seeks to Sell Bridgeville Property at Auction
NIROAL LIMITED: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in New Jersey

NOBLE CORP: S&P Rates New $500MM Senior Unsecured Notes 'BB-'
NOMADAR CORP: Exercises EUR 4.71 Million Option for Spain Land
NRAD MEDICAL: Former Shareholders Win Bid to Reopen Ch.11 Case
NUWELLIS INC: Baker Tilly Raises Going Concern Doubt Over Losses
OCEAN THERMAL: Victor Mokuolu Raises Going Concern Doubt

PAKA HOLDINGS: Hires Tittle Santiago PLLC as Bankruptcy Counsel
PAUL J. MASSEY: June 18 Hearing Set for Judicial Lien Motion
PHOTO HOLDINGS: S&P Rates New $500MM First-Lien Term Loan 'B'
PRA GROUP: Fitch Affirms 'BB' LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
PRECISION EXPRESS: Unsecureds Will Get 25% over 60 Months

PREMIUM EDGE: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
QVC GROUP: Davis Polk Files First Supplemental Rule 2019 Statement
QVC GROUP: Simpson Thacher Files First Supplemental 2019 Statement
QXO BUILDING: S&P Rates Proposed Senior Unsecured Notes 'BB-'
QXO INC: S&P Affirms 'BB-' ICR on TopBuild Acquisition Financing

RENT-A-CHRISTMAS LLC: Unsecureds to Get 1.09% in Quarterly Payments
ROGUEFOX ENTERTAINMENT: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 11
ROTARY AIRLOCK: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in Illinois
SAKS GLOBAL: Louis Vuitton, Ex-Chair Challenge Chapter 11 Plan
SECURETECH INNOVATIONS: Gary Cheng CPA Raises Going Concern Doubt

SENIOR SERVICES: Case Summary & Six Unsecured Creditors
SERVICOM LLC: Court Okays Settlement Agreement with Coral, et al.
SHANNON WIND: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to Aug. 24
SILENT HERO: Class 8 Unsecured Claims to Split $60K in Joint Plan
SILVER STAR: Case Summary & 16 Unsecured Creditors

SIX RIVERS: Awarded $75,364 on Declaratory Judgment Counterclaim
SJ HOLDINGS: Seeks to Sell Memphis Property at Auction
SLEEP NUMBER: Deloitte & Touche Raises Going Concern Doubt
SMITH CUSTOM: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for July 29
SN TRANSPORT: Loses Bid to Stay Dismissal of Bankruptcy Case

SUNPOWER INC: Issues Additional 10% Notes Due 2029
SYSTEM1 INC: Deloitte and Touche Raises Going Concern Doubt
SYSTEM1 INC: S&P Cuts ICR to 'CC' On Announced Debt Restructuring
T-NEVIN-T HOLDINGS: Jill Durkin Named Subchapter V Trustee
T.E.A.M. PARKER: Unsecureds Will Get 6% of Claims over 60 Months

TEANECK SURGICAL: To Sell Ambulatory Care License to Holy Name
TEGETHOFF DEVELOPMENT: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in Missouri
TERRASTRAT GROUP: Seeks Cash Collateral, $100K DIP Loan
THOMAS TRIO: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 10
TIMIOS ENTERPRISES: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors

TRIO PETROLEUM: Stockholders Approve Reverse Stock Split
TRM NRE: Hires DLA Piper LLP (US) as Bankruptcy Counsel
TRM NRE: Taps James Katchadurian of CR3 Partners as CRO
TRONOX HOLDINGS: S&P Alters Outlook to Pos., Affirms 'CCC+' ICR
UNITED FIBER: Unsecureds Will Get 5.4% to 100% over 5 Years

VASILIA INVESTMENTS: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 11
VENTURE GLOBAL: S&P Rates Proposed Senior Secured Notes 'BB'
WEST MARINE: Milbank & Richards Layton Advise Evolution & Oaktree
WHIRLPOOL CORP: S&P Affirms 'BB-/B' Issuer Credit Ratings
WIKELEY FAMILY: Stadler Can't Appeal Recognition Orders

WILSON 1350: Case Summary & Six Unsecured Creditors
Z SQUARED: Names Halabu Sole Chief Executive
[^] Recent Small-Dollar & Individual Chapter 11 Filings

                            *********

22 EAST C: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to June 23
----------------------------------------------------------
22 East C, LLC received another extension from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Middle District of Florida, Orlando Division, to use
cash collateral.

At the recently held hearing, the court authorized the Debtor's
interim use of cash collateral to pay operational expenses through
the next hearing scheduled for June 23.

The Debtor's budget shows total operational expenses of $142,765
for June.

As adequate protection for the use of cash collateral, the Debtor
offers secured creditors replacement liens on post-petition cash
collateral, with the same validity and priority as their
pre-petition liens; and agrees to maintain insurance coverage under
existing loan obligations.

22 East C's cash collateral includes, without limitation, cash on
hand and accounts receivable. As of the petition date, the Debtor
held approximately $800 in cash and deposit
accounts. The Debtor's post-petition earnings may be subject to
asserted liens held by creditors, including WebBank, which is owed
$70,073.

22 East C operates a long-established downtown Orlando nightclub.
Following the 2024 Orlando shooting, revenue declined significantly
due to a seven-day city curfew and extensive media coverage that
reduced downtown traffic. As a result, the Debtor entered into a
settlement with its landlord to repay three months of deferred rent
and legal fees over 12 months, increasing monthly rent by
approximately $6,800 to nearly $34,000. The Debtor remained current
under this arrangement until a late payment in December led the
landlord to accelerate repayment of the remaining arrearage.

The Debtor commenced Chapter 11 case to restructure its
obligations, stabilize operations, preserve value for customers and
creditors, and establish an efficient process for resolving all
claims.

                       About 22 East C LLC

22 East C, LLC, a Florida limited liability company, filed a
petition under Chapter 11, Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 26-00726) on February 3, 2026, listing
assets of between $500,001 and $1 million and liabilities of
between $1 million and $10 million. L. Todd Budgen, Esq., a
practicing attorney in Longwood, Fla., serves as Subchapter V
trustee for the Debtor.

Judge Lori V. Vaughan oversees the case.

Jeffrey Ainsworth, Esq., at Bransonlaw, PLLC represents the Debtor
as counsel.

The Debtor filed its proposed Chapter 11 plan of reorganization on
May 4, 2026.


23ANDME HOLDINGS: Seeks Stay of Data Breach Suit
------------------------------------------------
Allison Grande of Law360 reports that the bankruptcy plan
administrator for the former 23andMe genetic testing company is
asking a Missouri bankruptcy court to shut down a California
attorney general lawsuit seeking millions of dollars in penalties.
The state action arises from alleged security lapses tied to a 2023
data breach involving consumer genetic information.

In the filing, the administrator argues that the lawsuit attempts
to impose financial penalties that should instead be addressed
through the bankruptcy plan process. It further claims that
allowing the enforcement action to proceed would disrupt the
orderly administration of creditor claims.

The bankruptcy court has been asked to enjoin the litigation
pending further review. The ruling will determine whether the
California attorney general’s penalty claims are stayed under
bankruptcy law or allowed to proceed in parallel, the report
cites.

             About 23andMe Holding Co.

23andMe Holding Co. is a genetics-led consumer healthcare and
biotechnology company in San Francisco, Calif. Through its
direct-to-consumer genetic testing, 23andMe offers personalized
insights into ancestry, genetic traits, and health risks. The
company has developed a large database of genetic information from
over 15 million customers, enabling it to provide health and
carrier status reports and collaborate on genetic research for drug
development. On the Web: http://www.23andme.com/           

On March 23, 2025, 23andMe and 11 affiliated debtors each filed a
voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Mo. Lead Case No. 25-40976). 23andMe
disclosed $277,422,000 in total assets against $214,702,000 in
total liabilities as of Dec. 31, 2024.

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, LLP, Morgan, Lewis &
Bockius, LLP and Carmody MacDonald, PC serve as legal counsel to
the Debtors while Alvarez & Marsal North America, LLC serve as the
restructuring advisor. The Debtors tapped Reevemark, LLC and Scale
Strategy Operations, LLC as communications advisors and Kroll
Restructuring Administration Services, LLC as claims agent.

Lewis Rice LLC, Moelis & Company LLC, and Goodwin Procter LLP serve
as special local counsel, investment banker, and legal advisor to
the Special Committee of 23andMe's Board of Directors,
respectively.

Jerry Jensen, Acting U.S. Trustee for Region 13, appointed an
official committee to represent unsecured creditors in the Debtors'
Chapter 11 cases. The committee tapped Kelley Drye & Warren, LLP
and Stinson, LLP as legal counsel and FTI Consulting, Inc. as
financial advisor.


51 PARK: Final Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 10
------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of New York is
set to hold a final hearing on June 10 to consider 51 Park Place
Owners, LLC's bid to use its secured lender's cash collateral.

51 Park Place Owners is currently authorized to use the cash
collateral of WM Capital Partners 97, LLC pursuant to the court's
April 27 interim order.

Under the interim order, the Debtor is allowed to utilize cash
collateral beginning on the filing date in accordance with an
approved budget, which projects total operational expenses of
$15,800.

A copy of the Debtor's budget is available at
https://shorturl.at/IHr04 from PacerMonitor.com.

In exchange, the lender will receive adequate protection through a
monthly payment of $11,000 and a replacement lien on substantially
all assets acquired by the Debtor before and after its bankruptcy
filing.

The order further prohibited the Debtor from selling, transferring,
or otherwise disposing of collateral without prior written consent
of the lender or court approval.

Events of default could terminate the Debtor's right to use cash
collateral, including failure to make adequate protection payments,
unauthorized borrowing, misuse of collateral, modification of the
order, or conversion or dismissal of the bankruptcy case. Following
a default and expiration of a five-day cure period, the lender
could immediately obtain stay relief without further court action.


                  About 51 Park Place Owners LLC

51 Park Place Owners LLC, a single-asset real estate entity, owns
and leases an apartment building at 51 Park Place Brooklyn, New
York 11217.
  
51 Park Place Owners sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No.25-45919) on December 10,
2025. In its petition, the Debtor reported between $1 million and
$10 million in both assets and liabilities.  

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Nancy Hershey Lord handles the case.
  
The Debtor is represented by William C. Heuer, Esq., at Westerman
Ball Ederer Miller Zucker & Sharfstein, LLP.


7452 N. WESTERN: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 22
--------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Illinois,
Eastern Division, is set to hold a hearing on June 22 to consider
extending 7452 N. Western Ave., Inc.'s authority to use cash
collateral.

The Debtor is currently authorized to use cash collateral pursuant
to the court's April 27 fourth interim order.

Under the interim order, the Debtor is allowed to use the cash
collateral of Byline Bank, Newtek Bank, N.A. and the U.S. Small
Business Administration from May 1 through June 26, strictly in
accordance with an approved budget, which shows total monthly
operational expenses of $192,400 for May and June.

As of the petition date, the secured creditors' cash collateral
consists of cash ($30,000) and inventory ($23,000). Newtek is owed
approximately $650,000 while the SBA is owed approximately
$185,000.

As adequate protection, the interim order granted secured creditors
valid, perfected replacement liens on all property acquired by the
Debtor or its bankruptcy estate before and after its Chapter
filing, with the same validity, priority, and enforceability as
their pre-bankruptcy liens.

Additional protections include insurance coverage of the secured
creditors' collateral; access to the Debtor's books and records;
and the filing of profit-and-loss statements and budget-to-actual
reports covering the interim period.

The order is available at https://shorturl.at/Ow33f from
PacerMonitor.com.

                  About 7452 N. Western Ave. Inc.

7452 N. Western Ave., Inc. is an Illinois-based company that owns
and manages commercial real estate, including property located
along North Western Avenue in Chicago. It conducts business under
the names Candelite Chicago, Candelite Restaurant, Candelite
Evanston, Candlelite Pizza, Chi Burger, Candlelite Cafe, Candlelite
Pizza Cafe, and Candlelite,

7452 N. Western Ave. sought relief under Subchapter V of Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 26-00911) on January
20, 2026. In its petition, the Debtor listed between $50,001 and
$100,000 in assets and between $1 million and $10 million in
liabilities.

Judge Michael B. Slade handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Scott R. Clar, Esq., at Crane, Simon,
Clar & Goodman.

Byline Bank, as secured creditor, is represented by:

   Martin J. Wasserman, Esq.
   Carlson Dash, LLC
   216 S. Jefferson St., Suite 303
   Chicago, IL 60661
   Phone: 312-382-1600
   mwasserman@carlsondash.com

Newtek Bank, N.A., as secured creditor, is represented by:

   Paulina Garga-Chmiel, Esq.
   Dykema Gossett PLLC
   10 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 2300
   Chicago, IL 60606
   Phone: 312-876-1700
   pgarga@dykema.com


97 & 99 PROSPECT: Mark Schlant Named Subchapter V Trustee
---------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Region 2 appointed Mark Schlant, Esq., at
Zdarsky, Sawicki & Agostinelli, LLP as Subchapter V trustee for 97
& 99 Prospect, LLC.

Mr. Schlant will be paid an hourly fee of $320 for his services as
Subchapter V trustee and will be reimbursed for work-related
expenses incurred.

Mr. Schlant declared that he is a disinterested person according to
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Subchapter V trustee can be reached at:

     Mark J. Schlant, Esq.
     Zdarsky, Sawicki & Agostinelli, LLP
     1600 Main Place Tower
     350 Main St.
     Buffalo, NY 14202
     Phone: (716) 855-3200
     Email: mschlant@zsalawfirm.com

                     About 97 & 99 Prospect LLC

97 & 99 Prospect, LLC filed a petition under Chapter 11, Subchapter
V of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D.N.Y. Case No. 26-10658) on May
22, 2026, with $500,001 to $1 million in assets and $100,001 to
$500,000 in liabilities.

Judge Carl L. Bucki presides over the case.

Robert B. Gleichenhaus, Esq., at Gleichenhaus, Marchese & Weishaar,
P.C. represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


ABUNDIA GLOBAL: Thornton Raises Going Concern Doubt Over Losses
---------------------------------------------------------------
Abundia Global Impact Group, Inc. filed its Annual Report on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 with the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission earlier this year. The audited
report contains a blunt warning: conditions exist that raise
substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going
concern.

Based on the financial statements, for the years ended December 31,
2025 and 2024, the Company had a net loss of approximately
$29,460,935 and approximately $3,621,948, respectively, and will
require additional capital in order to operate in the normal course
of business and fund operating activities.

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania-based GRANT THORNTON LLP, the Company's
auditor since 2023, issued a "going concern" qualification in its
report dated March 12, 2026, attached to the Company's Annual
Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, citing that the
Company has a significant working capital deficiency, has incurred
significant losses and needs to raise additional funds to meet its
obligations and sustain its operations. These conditions raise
substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a
going concern.

The Company has an accumulated deficit of $46,055,127 as of
December 31, 2025. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the
Company's legacy HUSA business generated $410,632 from oil and gas
related activities, and AGIG received grant income of $737,811. The
term of the Company's grant ended effective March 31, 2025, and no
further grant income is anticipated at this time. For the year
ended December 31, 2025, the Company reported a net loss of
$29,460,935 and negative working capital of $1,043785.

No assurances can be given that the Company's share price or that
the volume of shares traded will be sufficient for the Company to
be able to draw down sufficient funds under its ELOC Agreement to
fund the Company's working capital needs to implement its business
plan or that the Company will be able to successfully negotiate
extensions to the terms of its current borrowings.

As a result, there is substantial doubt about the Company's ability
to continue as a going concern within the next 12 months.

A full text copy of the Company's Form 10-K is available at
http://tiny.cc/nt64101

            About Abundia Global Impact Group, Inc.

Abundia Global Impact Group, Inc. (NYSE: AGIG), formerly Houston
American Energy Corp., is a low-carbon energy Company focused on
converting waste into value. Headquartered in Houston, Texas, the
Company is developing commercial-scale facilities that transform
waste plastics and biomass into drop-in fuels and low-carbon
chemical feedstocks. Its flagship project at Cedar Port positions
Abundia at the center of the Gulf Coast's energy and chemical
infrastructure, with access to feedstock supply chains, upgrading
partners, and end markets.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $31,855,429 in total
assets, $12,841,012 in total liabilities, and $19,014,417 in total
stockholders' equity.


ACADEMIES OF MATH: S&P Rates 2026A-B Revenue Bonds Rating 'BB+'
---------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB+' long-term rating to the
Arizona Industrial Development Authority's $30.8 million series
2026A and $470,000 series 2026B taxable education revenue bonds,
issued for the Academies of Math and Science (AMS).

S&P said, "At the same time, we affirmed our 'BB+' long-term and
underlying rating on AMS' education revenue bonds outstanding.
The outlook is stable.

"We view AMS' environmental, social, and governance factors as
neutral in our credit rating analysis.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation that AMS' enrollment
and demand profile will remain steady in the near term, with
enrollment generally meeting projections. Additionally, we expect
management will maintain healthy liquidity levels and MADS coverage
will moderate from historical levels due to the proposed issuance
and the end of federal stimulus funds. Management expects to remain
compliant with the DSC covenants. Although management reports there
could be additional debt plans over the near term, potentially for
a new school in Arkansas, specific amounts and terms have not been
finalized. We will incorporate additional debt in our analysis once
details are available.

"We could consider a negative rating action if enrollment or demand
metrics deteriorate, leading to strained financial performance, if
liquidity declines, or if the school's debt profile materially
weakens to levels below those of similarly rated peers due to
additional debt issuance.

"We could take a positive rating action if the school sustains its
solid enterprise profile while maintaining liquidity and MADS
coverage at levels consistent with those of higher-rated peers
without additional debt."



ACCORD LEASE: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to July 6
------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Illinois
issued its 19th interim order extending Accord Lease, Inc.'s
authority to use its lenders' cash collateral from May 29 through
July 6.

The interim order signed by Judge Deborah Thorne authorized the
Debtor to use the cash collateral of BMO Bank N.A., and 11 other
lenders to pay operating expenses in accordance with its budget and
an earlier order issued by the court on January 8.

The 30-day budget projects total operational expenses of
$64,100.64.

BMO Bank, N.A. and 11 other lenders assert interests in the
Debtor's cash collateral, which includes funds on deposit in
accounts maintained by the Debtor and lease fees generated by the
Debtor's property in which they have liens. The property
purportedly secures an indebtedness of approximately of
$5,432,758.20.

The order is available at
http://bankrupt.com/misc/AccordLease_19ICCOrder.pdf

The next hearing is set for June 30.

                      About Accord Lease Inc.

Accord Lease Inc. operates an automotive leasing and renting
business in Elgin, Ill.

Accord Lease filed Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No.
24-16518) on November 1, 2024, listing total assets of $3,773,857
and total liabilities of $5,800,404. Igor Tsapar, president of
Accord Lease, signed the petition.

Judge David D. Cleary handles the case.

O. Allan Fridman, Esq., at the Law Office of O. Allan Fridman is
the Debtors legal counsel.

BMO Bank N.A., as lender, is represented by:

   James P. Sullivan, Esq.
   Chapman and Cutler, LLP
   320 South Canal Street
   Chicago, IL 60606
   Tel: 312.845.3000
   jsullivan@chapman.com


ACI ROVER: S&P Raises ICR to 'BB-' on Lower Debt, Outlook Positive
------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings raised its issuer credit rating on ACI Rover
Parent LLC (ACI Rover) to 'BB-' from 'B+'. At the same time, S&P
assigned a 'BB' issue-level rating to the new term loan B (TLB).
The recovery rating is '2', indicating its expectation of
substantial (70%) recovery in the event of a payment default.

S&P expects to withdraw the issue-level rating on the existing
$1.09 billion TLB when the transaction closes.

The positive outlook reflects S&P's expectation that ACI Rover will
maintain leverage below 5.5x and interest coverage above 3.0x in
2027 and beyond.

S&P said, "We expect ACI Rover's financial metrics to improve,
spurred by lower debt. The company's leverage and interest coverage
metrics will improve following the issuance of a $910 million TLB
that replaced the over $1 billion debt balance under BCP. This
improves the company's leverage and interest coverage over our
forecast period. In addition, we expect EBITDA will increase in
2027 and 2028 due to the completion of an expansion project that is
expected to be in service by late 2027. We assume the expansion
will be 100% funded by equity, and so no incremental debt is
expected over our forecast horizon. Under our base-case scenario,
we forecast leverage will be about 6.1x in 2026, 5.4x in 2027, and
about 4.8x in 2028 and onward. We also forecast interest coverage
will be about 2.6x in 2026 and over 3.0x in 2027 and beyond.
Despite the improved ratios, our assessment of ACI Rover's
financial ratios is unchanged given weighted-average metrics map to
a negative category. Nevertheless, we no longer apply a 'B+' rating
cap as per our noncontrolling equity interests (NCEI) methodology
because we expect interest coverage to be sustained above 3.0x
beginning 2027."

S&P expects ACI Rover will receive stable distributions from Rover
during the forecast period. Rover--managed and operated by Energy
Transfer L.P (ET)--is a 719-mile Federal Energy Regulatory
Commission-regulated interstate gas pipeline with a nameplate
capacity of 3.43 billion cubic feet per day (bcf/d). About 90%-95%
of Rover's capacity is contracted with major Marcellus and Utica
producers via take-or-pay contracts with minimum volume
commitments. These have a remaining weighted-average contract life
of about 11 years, with around 60% of Rover's throughput volumes
contracted with investment-grade shippers. With no debt at the
operating level and low expected maintenance capital expenditures,
Rover provides a predictable dividend to ACI Rover, supporting our
positive outlook on cash-flow stability.

ACI Rover has substantial governance rights over Rover. Similar to
the terms under BCP, ACI Rover has governance protection, such as
the right to veto any changes to Rover's distribution policy and
incurrence of debt above a certain threshold. That said, S&P does
not expect Rover will assume any fixed debt. Further, Rover is
required to distribute its free cash flow to ACI Rover, Traverse
Midstream Partners LLC (Traverse), and ET.

S&P has a negative view of ACI Rover's ability to liquidate its
investment in Rover, as the company is privately owned.

S&P said, "The positive outlook reflects our expectation that ACI
Rover will maintain its debt to EBITDA at below 5.5x in 2027 and
sustain interest coverage above 3.0x in 2027 and beyond,
underpinned by the stable cash flows generated by Rover.

"We could lower the rating on ACI Rover if we expect its interest
coverage to be sustained below 3.0x. This could happen if
incremental debt is issued, interest rates increase significantly,
or cash flows from Rover deteriorate.

"We could upgrade ACI Rover again if it sustains interest coverage
above 3.0x without any material increase in leverage from our
forecast."



ACTUATE THERAPEUTICS: Stockholders Elect Two Directors
------------------------------------------------------
Actuate Therapeutics Inc. stockholders elected two Class II
directors at the company's annual meeting, according to a filing
with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Aaron G.L. Fletcher, Ph.D., and Jason Keyes were elected to the
board for three-year terms expiring at the 2029 annual meeting and
until their successors are elected and qualified.

Fletcher received 14,877,247 votes for, 1,883,025 withheld and
1,871,309 broker non-votes. Keyes received 16,727,875 votes for,
32,397 withheld and 1,871,309 broker non-votes.

Stockholders also ratified Crowe LLP as the company's independent
registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending Dec.
31, 2026. The proposal received 18,571,817 votes for, 50,023
against and 9,741 abstentions.

                       About Actuate Therepeutics

Actuate Therapeutics Inc. is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical
company focused on developing therapies for high-impact,
difficult-to-treat cancers through inhibition of glycogen synthase
kinase-3. Its lead drug candidate, elraglusib, is an
ATP-competitive small molecule designed to enter cancer cells and
block GSK-3 beta, a regulator of signaling cascades tied to tumor
cell survival, growth, migration and invasion. The company has
exclusively licensed elraglusib from a collaboration between the
University of Illinois-Chicago and Northwestern University.

In an audit report dated March 26, 2026, Crowe LLP said Actuate had
recurring operating losses, negative operating cash flows, no
revenues since inception and an accumulated deficit of $154,607,701
as of Dec. 31, 2025, and was dependent on raising additional
capital, raising substantial doubt about its ability to continue as
a going concern.

As of March 31, 2026, Actuate reported total assets of $8.91
million, total liabilities of $5.13 million and total stockholders'
equity of $3.78 million.


ADDY HOSPITALITY: Section 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on June 26
----------------------------------------------------------------
On May 21, 2026, Addy Hospitality LLC filed for Chapter 11
protection in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of
New York. According to court filings, the Debtor reports between $1
million and $10 million in debt owed to 1-49 creditors.

A meeting of creditors filed by the United States Trustee under
Section 341(a) meeting to be held on June 26, 2026 at 10:00 AM at
USA Toll-Free (888) 330-1716, USA Caller Paid/International Toll
(713) 353-7024, Access Code 3913464.

Chapter 11 Plan and Disclosure Statement due September 18, 2026.

                   About Addy Hospitality LLC

Addy Hospitality LLC is a hospitality industry company engaged in
the ownership, management, or operation of hospitality-related
businesses. The company operates within the lodging, food service,
entertainment, or guest services sectors.

Addy Hospitality LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 26-72048) on May 21, 2026. In its
petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets of $0-$100,000 and
estimated liabilities of $1 million-$10 million.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Louis A. Scarcella handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Marc A. Pergament, Esq. of Weinberg,
Gross & Pergament, LLP.


AIKEN COURT: Case Summary & Two Unsecured Creditors
---------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Aiken Court, LLC
        3580 Aiken Ct
        Wellington, FL 33414

Business Description: Aiken Court, LLC single-asset real estate
                      entity (as defined in 11 U.S.C. Section
                      101(51B)).

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 28, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Southern District of Florida

Case No.: 26-17004

Debtor's Counsel: Brian K. McMahon, Esq.
                  BRIAN K. MCMAHON, PA
                  1401 Forum Way, Suite 730
                  West Palm Beach, FL 33401
                  Tel: 561-478-2500
                  E-mail: briankmcmahon@gmail.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Stuart Roffman as manager member.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's two unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/S426J6I/Aiken_Court_LLC__flsbke-26-17004__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


ALACHUA GOVERNMENT: Pentagon Objects to Ch. 11 Restructuring Plan
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Rick Archer of Law360 Bankruptcy Authority reports that Alachua
Government Services is facing opposition from the U.S. government
over its proposed Chapter 11 liquidation plan, with federal
officials asking a Delaware bankruptcy court to deny approval of
the company's disclosure statement. The government argues that the
biotechnology firm's proposal does not adequately protect the
interests of the Department of Defense.

In court papers, the government maintains that the disclosure
statement lacks sufficient information regarding the treatment and
value of federal claims. Officials also contend that the plan could
leave the government with less than it is entitled to receive under
bankruptcy law, raising concerns about fairness and compliance with
statutory requirements.

The dispute comes as the debtor attempts to move its liquidation
plan toward confirmation. A ruling in favor of the government could
require revisions to the disclosure statement and potentially alter
how claims are handled in the bankruptcy case.

    About Alachua Government Services Inc.

Alachua Government Services, Inc. is a pharmaceutical and medicine
manufacturing company formerly known as Ology Bioservices. Based in
Alachua, Florida, Alachua operates in the pharmaceutical
manufacturing sector.

Alachua sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 25-11289) on July 6, 2025. In its
petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets between $50 million
and $100 million and estimated liabilities between $100 million and
$500 million.

Judge J. Kate Stickles oversees the case.

Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A. is Debtor's legal counsel.


ALLBIRDS INC: Co-Founder Joseph Zwillinger Resigns From Board
-------------------------------------------------------------
Joseph Zwillinger, a director and co-founder of Allbirds, Inc.'s
footwear business, resigned from the company's board effective May
18, according to a Form 8-K filing.

Zwillinger notified the board on May 18 of his intention to resign,
with the resignation effective the same day.

Allbirds said the resignation was not the result of any
disagreement with the company on any matter relating to its
operations, policies or practices.

                             About Allbirds

Allbirds is a global lifestyle brand that uses naturally derived
materials to make footwear and apparel products. The company began
in 2015 and became a Delaware public benefit corporation and
certified B Corporation in 2016. Its product-development operations
combine strategy, sustainability, design, sourcing, development and
production, with teams at its U.S. headquarters and global
manufacturing and supply-chain partners. Footwear is the foundation
of the brand and represents the majority of revenue, while the
company also offers apparel such as tees, sweats, socks and
underwear.

In an audit report dated March 30, 2026, Deloitte & Touche LLP
included going-concern language, stating that Allbirds had
experienced recurring net losses and negative cash flows that
raised substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going
concern.

As of March 31, 2026, Allbirds reported total assets of $84.73
million, total liabilities of $68.45 million and total stockholders
equity of $16.28 million.


AMERICA'S LISTING: Unsecureds Will Get 1.09% over 60 Months
-----------------------------------------------------------
America's Listing Leaders LLC d/b/a Ideal Agent filed with the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida a Subchapter V
Plan of Reorganization dated May 21, 2026.

The Debtor is a technology-driven real estate referral platform
that connects home sellers with top-performing local agents who
provide full-service representation at competitive commission
structures.

At the core of the Debtor's operations is its proprietary CONNECT
platform, a purpose-built real estate referral and performance
management system that integrates lead intake, verification,
routing, tracking, and agent performance scoring into a unified
ecosystem.

The Debtor's Plan will be funded by income derived from projected
disposable income.

The Debtor's disposable income will, among other things, result in
(a) all operating expenses and reserves; (b) payment of all
administrative expenses of the chapter 11 case which is currently
too early in the case to estimate an amount certain for all
professional fees including the fees of the Debtor's counsel and
subchapter V Trustee; (c) payment of priority tax claims in the
amount of approximately $175,000.00; and (d) payment of a
percentage of the allowed claims of unsecured creditors once all
claims are allowed.

Class 3 consists of all non-priority unsecured claims. The Debtor
estimates that the total amount of the allowed unsecured claims
will be approximately $1,962,939.78, which includes the unsecured
deficiency portions of the claims asserted by Classes 1 to 2.

Each holder of an allowed unsecured claim shall receive monthly
payments on a pro rata basis, after the effective date, consistent
with the Plan. The Debtor estimates that the Class 3 General
Unsecured Creditors will be paid 1.09% of their allowed claims.

The Plan will be funded from income derived from projected
disposable income.

A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated May 21, 2026
is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=iE3Tlk from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Alberto F. Gomez, Jr., Esq.
     Johnson Pope Bokor Ruppel & Burns, LLP
     400 N. Ashley Drive, Suite 3100
     Tampa, FL 33602
     Telephone: (813) 225-2500
     E-mail: al@jpfirm.com

                 About America's Listing Leaders, LLC
                         d/b/a Ideal Agent

America's Listing Leaders, Inc. is a real estate services company
operating in Northwest Indiana, offering residential property
transactions including buying, selling, and renting homes. The
company provides tools for property search, market reports, and
home valuations, and supports clients with access to brokers, home
loans, and real estate education. Its platform emphasizes
interactive features and local expertise to connect clients with
properties across multiple cities in the region.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 26-01576) on Feb. 27,
2026, with $100,000 to $500,000 in assets and $1 million to $10
million in liabilities. Stephen Johnston, chief executive officer,
signed the petition.

Alberto F. Gomez, Jr., Esq., at Johnson, Pope, Bokor, Ruppel &
Burns, LLP represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


AMERICAN HEALTH: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
---------------------------------------------------------
American Health Associates Holdings, Inc. and affiliates received
second interim approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Southern District of Florida, Fort Lauderdale Division, to use cash
collateral to fund operations.

Under the second interim order, the Debtors are authorized to use
cash collateral in accordance with an approved budget.

The Debtors listed City National Bank and merchant cash advance
lenders, National Biz Capital and Forward Financing, LLC, as the
secured creditors with interests in their cash collateral.

City National Bank holds a primary secured revolving credit
facility of approximately $9.6 million secured by a blanket lien
while the MCA lenders claim additional secured interests, which are
partly disputed. The Debtors also disclosed $39.6 million in
accounts receivable and maintain multiple bank accounts with City
National Bank.

As adequate protection, secured creditors received continuing liens
and replacement liens on post-petition assets to preserve the value
of their collateral interests. CNB and NBC were also granted
superpriority administrative claims if existing protections prove
insufficient, and the liens automatically remain perfected without
additional filings.

The order required ongoing adequate protection payments beginning
this month including weekly payments of $50,000 to CNB and biweekly
payments of $25,000 to NBC.

The Debtors also agreed to extensive financial reporting
obligations, including monthly operating reports, accounts
receivable aging reports, payroll disclosures, and additional
financial information upon request. Insurance obligations and
strategic operational reporting requirements were also imposed.

The court established strict restructuring milestones requiring the
Debtors to propose and file a Chapter 11 plan or sale process
within specified deadlines. Failure to meet these benchmarks or
other terms of the order may trigger events of default, terminating
the Debtors' authority to use cash collateral.

A copy of the court's order and the Debtor's budget is available at
https://tinyurl.com/vzvsyxyj from PacerMonitor.com.

           About American Health Associates Holdings Inc.

Headquartered in Davie, Florida, American Health Associates
Holdings, Inc. provides clinical laboratory services, mobile
phlebotomy, mobile imaging and care-at-home diagnostic services for
the long-term care market. Founded more than 30 years ago by Debbie
Martin, a respiratory therapist, American Health Associates
Holdings serves skilled nursing facilities, nursing homes,
hospitals and physician offices, and operates 16 full-service
reference laboratories nationwide. It serves more than 3,000
long-term care facilities across the U.S.

American Health Associates Holdings and 12 affiliates sought
protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr.
S.D. Fla. Lead Case No. 26-14825) on April 17, 2026. In the
petition signed by Christopher Martin, president, American Health
Associates Holdings disclosed up to $50 million in both assets and
liabilities.

Judge Scott M. Grossman oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Bradley S. Shraiberg, Esq., at Shraiberg Page,
P.A., as legal counsel; Aurora Management Partners, Inc. as
financial advisor; BAS CPA, PLLC as accountant; and Kenneth A. Welt
of Trustee Services, Inc. as lead consultant.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 21 appointed an official committee of
unsecured creditors in the Debtors' cases. The committee is
represented by Markowitz, Ringel, Trusty & Hartog, P.A.


ANNOVIS BIO: Prices $15 Million Public Offering
-----------------------------------------------
Annovis Bio, Inc. priced an underwritten public offering expected
to raise about $15 million in gross proceeds, according to a Form
8-K filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The company entered into a May 20 underwriting agreement with
Canaccord Genuity LLC to issue and sell 7,895,000 common shares and
accompanying warrants to purchase up to 7,105,500 additional
shares.

The combined offering price is $1.90 for each share and
accompanying nine-tenths of a warrant. The warrants are immediately
exercisable, expire six years from issuance and carry an exercise
price of $2.25 per share.

Annovis expected the offering to close on or about May 21, subject
to customary closing conditions. The company plans to use the net
proceeds for continued clinical development of its lead compound,
buntanetap, in Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's disease studies,
along with working capital and general corporate purposes.

The offering was made under the company's effective shelf
registration statement on Form S-3, which was declared effective
Feb. 12, 2024.

                         About Annovis Bio

Annovis Bio is a late-stage clinical drug platform company
developing therapies for neurodegenerative diseases, including
Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's disease. Its pipeline includes
buntanetap, an orally administered lead product candidate for
chronic neurodegeneration indications, as well as ANVS405 for acute
neurodegeneration and ANVS301 for advanced Alzheimer's disease. The
company was incorporated in Delaware in 2008 and is based in
Malvern, Pennsylvania.

In an audit report dated March 13, 2026, Ernst & Young LLP included
going-concern language, stating that Annovis Bio suffered recurring
losses from operations that raised substantial doubt about the
company's ability to continue as a going concern.

As of March 31, 2026, Annovis Bio reported total assets of $16.24
million, total liabilities of $13.12 million and total
stockholders' equity of $3.13 million.


ANOINTED TOUCH: Seeks to Extend Plan Filing Deadline to June 25
---------------------------------------------------------------
Anointed Touch Residential Services LLC asked the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Southern District of Indiana to extend its time to
file Small Business Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization and
Disclosure Statement to June 25, 2026.

The Debtor explains that it is actively working toward the
formulation of a confirmable Subchapter V plan but cannot finalize
the Plan until the accounting issues and amended tax returns are
sufficiently completed to permit Debtor to evaluate the proper
treatment of priority claims and the anticipated distribution
structure.

Moreover, the need for this extension is attributable to
circumstances for which Debtor should not justly be held
accountable.

The Debtor asserts that it has sought authority to employ an
accountant to address tax-return issues that are central to the
Plan's structure. Until that work is completed or sufficiently
advanced, any Plan filed by Debtor would risk being incomplete,
inaccurate, or subject to material amendment shortly after filing.

The Debtor further asserts that this request is made in good faith
and not made to unduly delay these proceedings.

Anointed Touch Residential Services LLC is represented by:

     Jacob S. Troxell, Esq.
     Allen Wellman Harvey Keyes Cooley, LLP
     Five Courthouse Plaza, PO Box 455
     Greenfield, IN 46140
     Tel: (317) 462-3455
     Fax: (317) 467-6109
     Email: jst@awhkc.com

                 About Anointed Touch Residential Services

Anointed Touch Residential Services, LLC, sought protection under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Ind. Case No.
26-00922) on Feb. 24, 2026.  In the petition signed by Ayries
Nachelle Bledsoe, sole member, the Debtor disclosed up to $500,000
in assets and up to $10 million in liabilities.

Judge James M. Carr oversees the case.

Jacob Troxell, at Allen Wellman Harvey Keyes Cooley, LLP, is the
Debtor's legal counsel.


ARAGORN PARENT: S&P Rates Proposed $725MM First-Lien Term Loan 'B'
------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B' issue-level rating and '3'
recovery rating to Aragorn Parent Corp.'s (dba OverDrive) proposed
$725 million first-lien term loan and $70 million revolving credit
facility due 2030. The '3' recovery rating indicates its
expectation for meaningful (50%-70%; rounded estimate: 55%)
recovery in the event of a payment default. The company intends to
use the proceeds from this issuance to refinance its existing debt
and pay transaction fees. S&P's 'B' issuer credit rating on
OverDrive is unchanged.

In the first quarter of 2026, the company increased its revenue by
about 4.5% on a rolling-12-month basis on stronger digital content
demand at U.S. public schools and libraries. In addition, OverDrive
improved its S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage and free
operating cash flow to debt to 5.4x and 7.6%, respectively, on a
rolling-12-month basis.

S&P said, "We expect the company will further improve its S&P
Global Ratings-adjusted leverage to the low-5x area in 2026 and
2027 on solid revenue and EBITDA growth stemming from the increased
shifting of budgets at its school and library clients toward
digital content, along with higher revenue from Sora. We also
forecast OverDrive will modestly expand its S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margins to about 20.0% in 2026, from 19.7%
in 2025, as a favorable product mix and improved operating leverage
offset increased advertising spending and inflationary cost
pressures. As the company's S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage
declines toward the 5.0x area, we believe any additional leverage
reduction will depend on management's capital-allocation decisions,
given the company's history of debt-funded shareholder returns in
the past."

ISSUE RATINGS--RECOVERY ANALYSIS

Key analytical factors

-- S&P's simulated default scenario contemplates a default in 2029
because of increased competition, limited state budgets, and
declines in demand from public and academic libraries.
Aragorn Parent Corp. is the borrower of the proposed first-lien
credit facility. Its material domestic subsidiaries guarantee the
credit facility, which is secured by substantially all the material
assets of the borrowers and guarantors.

-- The company and its subsidiaries have no other significant debt
obligations; therefore, S&P believes the first-lien credit facility
lenders would benefit from substantially all the available value in
a default.

-- In a default, S&P expects OverDrive's lenders would pursue a
reorganization rather than a liquidation to maximize their
recovery.

Simulated default assumptions

-- Simulated year of default: 2029
-- EBITDA multiple: 6.0x
-- EBITDA at emergence: About $80 million
-- Jurisdiction: U.S.
-- Revolver: 85% drawn at default

Simplified waterfall

-- Net enterprise value (after 5% administrative costs): About
$454 million

-- Total first-lien debt claims: About $795 million

    --Recovery expectations: 50%-70% (rounded estimate: 55%)

Note: All debt amounts include six months of prepetition interest.



ARC FALCON: S&P Assigns 'B' Issuer Credit Rating, Outlook Stable
----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B' issuer credit rating to ARC
Falcon Intermediate Inc. The outlook is stable. At the same time,
S&P affirmed its 'B' issuer credit rating on ARC Falcon I Inc.

S&P also assigned a 'B' issue-level rating and '3' recovery rating
to the company's revolving credit facility and first-lien term loan
A.

In addition, S&P raised the issue-level rating on the $145 million
second-lien term loan to 'B-' from 'CCC+'.

The stable outlook reflects S&P's expectation that the company will
maintain credit metrics consistent with the current rating.

S&P said, "We expect Arclin's credit metrics will remain
appropriate for the ratings. While Arclin's debt increased
materially in 2026 to fund the acquisitions of The Willamette
Valley Co. (WVCO) and DuPont's Aramids business, we don't expect an
increase in leverage. The incremental debt is expected to be offset
by earnings contributions from the acquired entities and organic
growth within the legacy Arclin business. We anticipate Arclin's
weighted-average S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA will
remain around 5.0x, which is consistent with the 'B' issuer credit
rating."

To fund these acquisitions, Arclin used proceeds from a new capital
structure. This comprises a $500 million revolving credit facility,
a $645 million first-lien term loan A, a $1.1 billion first-lien
term loan B, a $145 million second-lien term loan B, $1.085 billion
in senior secured notes, and a $300 million seller Holdco PIK note
alongside a $550 million equity contribution ($325 million from
DuPont and $225 million from financial sponsor TJC LP).

The acquisitions will enhance Arclin's scale and diversity.
Following the recent acquisitions of WVCO and DuPont's Aramids
business, Arclin's competitive position has strengthened through
enhanced scale and an increased presence in niche markets. Pro
forma revenues are expected to more than double, reaching
approximately $2.7 billion–$2.8 billion compared to roughly $1.1
billion for the trailing 12 months ended Dec. 31, 2025. This
expansion significantly improves Arclin's geographic, product, and
end-market diversity.

Geographically, these acquisitions shift Arclin's footprint from a
U.S.-centric model (previously about 97% of revenue) to a more
balanced global presence, with approximately 20% of revenues
derived from EMEA and 13% from Asia. Furthermore, while
historically Arclin was tied to cyclical residential and
non-residential construction, its end markets now include personal
protection, tire and automotive, aerospace and defense, and
electric infrastructure.

The combined entity benefits from high barriers to entry: Legacy
Arclin maintains strong positions in niche segments through
proprietary, patented chemical formulations, while the Aramids
business brings globally recognized high-performance brands such as
Kevlar and Nomex. The company's customer concentration is also
significantly reduced, with the top 10 customers contributing less
than 25% of sales, down from 55% previously. However, while Arclin
has a proven track record of successful integrations, the scale of
the Aramids acquisition is transformative and presents potential
integration risks.

S&P said, "We expect EBITDA margins to remain above average in the
next 12 months. Arclin's EBITDA margin for the 12 months ended Dec.
31, 2025, was over 20%, which we consider above average. Over the
next 12-24 months, we expect EBITDA margins could improve as the
company benefits from integrating its high-margin acquisitions."
Historically, Arclin has passed on higher input costs to customers
with pass-through mechanisms built into contracts. Given that about
70% of the company's cost of goods sold is variable pro forma for
the acquisitions, it also benefits from a highly variable cost
structure and an ability to reduce costs.

S&P said, "The stable outlook on Arclin reflects our view that its
weighted-average S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA remains
around 5x (under 6.5x after considering our view of financial
sponsor ownership). In addition, its weighted-average funds from
operation (FFO) to debt is expected to remain at 9%-12% over the
next 12 months. We expect company will benefit from the increased
scale of operations and achieve some synergies while integrating
the newly acquired business. We expect Arclin's ability to
pass-through raw material cost increases will help maintain S&P
Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margins above 20% over the next 12
months."

S&P could consider a negative rating action on Arclin within the
next 12 months if:

-- There are unforeseen challenges in integrating the new business
or macroeconomic conditions weaken such that S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA declines about 500-600 basis points from
S&P's base-case expectation, which causes weighted-average S&P
Global Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA to deteriorate to above 6.5x
over the next 12 months.

-- The financial sponsor undertakes a more aggressive financial
policy than S&P anticipates, including debt-funded acquisitions or
dividends, that increases leverage, and it believes there is little
prospect of recovery.

Although S&P considers the likelihood of an upgrade within the next
12 months to be remote, it could consider a positive rating action
if:

-- Arclin's operating performance improves such that S&P believes
the company will sustain EBITDA margins above 20%, weighted-average
S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA below 5x, and
weighted-average FFO to debt comfortably above 12%, with positive
free cash flow; and

-- The company maintains a record of abiding by conservative
financial policies with a low risk of releveraging; and

-- S&P believes TJC's (or any financial sponsor's) control of the
company will diminish to and remain below 40%.



ASCENT SOLAR: Haynie Raises Doubt on Production, Funding Concerns
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc. filed its Annual Report on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 with the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission earlier this year. The audited
report contains a blunt warning: conditions exist that raise
substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going
concern.

Based on the financial statements, the Company reported a net loss
of $7,832,755 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to a
net loss of $9,130,274 for the year ended December 31, 2024, a
decrease of $1,297,519.

Total revenues increased by $34,880, or by 83%, for the year ended
December 31, 2025, when compared to the same period in 2024. This
is primarily due to more customer orders in the current period
compared to the prior period.

Going Concern

Salt Lake City, Utah-based Haynie, the Company's auditor since
2023, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated
March 20, 2026, attached to the Company's Annual Report for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, citing that the Company has
had limited production which has led to the Company being dependent
on outside financing to fund its operations. There is no assurance
that the Company will be able to raise additional capital and cash
on hand is not sufficient to sustain operations. These factors
raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going
concern.

The Company continued to enter into financing arrangements during
the year ended December 31, 2025, to fund operations.

The Company has limited industrial scale production capabilities in
its Thornton facility and continues to focus on its research and
development activities to improve its PV products. The Company does
not expect that sales revenue and cash flows will be sufficient to
support operations and cash requirements until it has fully
implemented our strategy of focusing on selling high value PV
products and manufacturing at full industrial scale. During the
year ended December 31, 2025 the Company used $6,903,966 in cash
for operations. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $2,205,777
in current liabilities.

Additionally, projected revenues are not anticipated to result in a
positive cash flow position for the year 2025 overall and, although
as of December 31, 2025, the Company has a working capital of
$1,178,902, Management believes that additional financing will be
required for the Company to reach a level of sufficient sales to
achieve profitability.  

The Company continues to accelerate sales and marketing efforts
related to its specialty PV application strategies through
expansion of its sales and distribution channels. The Company also
continues activities to secure additional funding through strategic
or financial investors, but there is no assurance the Company will
be able to raise additional capital on acceptable terms or at all.
If the Company's revenues do not increase rapidly, and/or
additional financing is not obtained, the Company will be required
to significantly curtail operations to reduce costs and/or sell
assets. Such actions would likely have an adverse impact on the
Company's future operations.

As a result of the Company's recurring losses from operations and
the need for additional financing to fund its operating and capital
requirements, there is uncertainty regarding the Company's ability
to maintain liquidity sufficient to operate its business
effectively.

Management cannot provide any assurances that the Company will be
successful in accomplishing any of its plans.

A full text copy of the Company's Form 10-K is available at
https://tinyurl.com/7vyfnm6j

            About Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc.

Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc. is a solar technology Company based
in Thornton, Colorado, that manufactures and sells photovoltaic
solar modules that are flexible, durable, and possess attractive
power-to-weight and power-to-area performance. Its technology
provides renewable power solutions to high-value production and
specialty solar markets where traditional rigid solar panels are
not suitable, including space power beaming, aerospace, satellites,
near-Earth orbiting vehicles, fixed-wing unmanned aerial vehicles,
aquatic, terrestrial, and other weight-sensitive markets (including
DoD drone and space operations) with transformational,
high-quality, value-added product applications. The Company
operates in these target markets because they have highly
specialized needs for power generation and offer attractive pricing
due to the significant technological requirements.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $6.33 million in total
assets, $2.99 million in total liabilities, and $3.34 million in
total stockholders' equity.


AUTOLYCUS LLC: To Sell BALC Collateral to PowerMove AssetCo
-----------------------------------------------------------
Autolycus, LLC seeks permission from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Northern District of Illinois, Eastern Division, to sell
Property, free and clear of liens, claims, interests, and
encumbrances.

The Debtor owns certain vehicles and equipment identified by VIN on
Exhibit A to the Motion (Vehicles), together with all contracts,
agreements, and other documents to which Debtor is a party that
relate to such Vehicles (BALC Collateral). The BALC Collateral is
described in more detail in the Letter of Intent attached as
Exhibit A. https://urlcurt.com/u?l=dSbh4k

The lienholder of the Property is Banc of America Leasing &
Capital, LLC.

The Debtor requests authority to sell the BALC Collateral to
PowerMove AssetCo LLC (or its designee) for $630,000.00, payable in
cash at closing.

The BALC Collateral shall be sold on an "AS IS" basis, without
representation, warranty or guaranty of any kind, except as
otherwise stated in the Letter of Intent.

The offer submitted by PowerMove AssetCo LLC for the BALC
Collateral is the highest and best offer that Debtor has received,
and the price offered by PowerMove AssetCo LLC constitutes fair and
reasonable consideration for the Collateral. The current offer
represents the best offer in the opinion of the Debtor.

The Debtor seeks entry of an Order authorizing the Debtor to sell
the Property to PowerMove AssetCo LLC pursuant to the terms and
conditions of the Letter of Intent.

The Debtor has analyzed the Letter of Intent and alternative
avenues for the sale of the BALC Collateral and has determined
that, in its business judgment, a sale of the BALC Collateral to
PowerMove AssetCo LLC is in accordance with the terms and
conditions of the Letter of Intent and is in the best interest of
the bankruptcy estate.

The Debtor requests shortened notice as the carrying costs for
insuring and maintaining these units is having a negative impact on
its cash flow and ability to reorganize, and the sooner the sale is
consummated the better it will be for all creditors.

               About Autolycus LLC

Autolycus LLC is a truck and trailer leasing company based in
Bolingbrook, Illinois.

Autolycus LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No. 25-13696) on September 4, 2025. In
its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets between $1
million and $10 million and estimated liabilities between $10
million and $50 million.

Judge David H. Decelles presides over the case.

The Debtor is represented by Saulius Modestas, Esq. at Modestas Law
Offices, P.C.


AUTOLYCUS LLC: To Sell CCG Collateral to PowerMove AssetCo
----------------------------------------------------------
Autolycus, LLC seeks permission from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Northern District of Illinois, Eastern Division, to sell
Property, free and clear of liens, claims, interests, and
encumbrances.

The Debtor owns certain vehicles identified by VIN on Exhibit A to
this Motion (Vehicles), together with all contracts, agreements,
and other documents to which Debtor is a party that relate to such
Vehicles (CCG Collateral). The CCG Collateral is described in more
detail in the Letter of Intent attached as Exhibit A.
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=fFEZD6

Commercial Credit Group, Inc. held a secured lien on the CIMC
Collateral.

The Debtor requests authority to sell the CCG Collateral to
PowerMove AssetCo LLC (or its designee) for  $1,000,000.00 plus
Lender’s expenses incurred after May 5, 2026, not to exceed
$30,000, payable in cash at closing, as detailed in Exhibit A.

The  CCG Collateral shall be sold on an "AS IS" basis, without
representation, warranty or guaranty of any kind, except as
otherwise stated in the Letter of Intent.

The offer submitted by PowerMove AssetCo LLC for the CCG Collateral
is the highest and best offer that Debtor has received, and the
price offered by PowerMove AssetCo LLC constitutes fair and
reasonable consideration for the Collateral. The current offer
represents the best offer in the opinion of the Debtor.

The Debtor seeks entry of an Order authorizing the Debtor to sell
the CIMC Collateral to PowerMove AssetCo LLC pursuant to the terms
and conditions of the Letter of Intent.

The Debtor has analyzed the Letter of Intent and alternative
avenues for the sale of the CCG Collateral and has determined that,
in its business judgment, a sale of the CCG Collateral to PowerMove
AssetCo LLC is in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
Letter of Intent and is in the best interest of the bankruptcy
estate.

The Debtor requests shortened notice as the carrying costs for
insuring and maintaining these units is having a negative impact on
its cash flow and ability to reorganize, and the sooner the sale is
consummated the better it will be for all creditors.

                About Autolycus LLC

Autolycus LLC is a truck and trailer leasing company based in
Bolingbrook, Illinois.

Autolycus LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No. 25-13696) on September 4, 2025. In
its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets between $1
million and $10 million and estimated liabilities between $10
million and $50 million.

Judge David H. Decelles presides over the case.

The Debtor is represented by Saulius Modestas, Esq. at Modestas Law
Offices, P.C.


AUTOLYCUS LLC: To Sell CIMC Collateral to PowerMove AssetCo
-----------------------------------------------------------
Autolycus, LLC seeks permission from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Northern District of Illinois, Eastern Division, to sell
Property, free and clear of liens, claims, interests, and
encumbrances.

The Debtor owns certain vehicles identified by VIN on Exhibit A to
this Motion (Vehicles), together with all contracts, agreements,
and other documents to which Debtor is a party that relate to such
Vehicles (CIMC Collateral). The CIMC Collateral is described in
more detail in the Letter of Intent attached as Exhibit A.
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=7QgLNm

CIMC Master Trust d/b/a CIMC Capital held a secured lien on the
CIMC Collateral.

The Debtor requests authority to sell the CIMC Collateral to
PowerMove AssetCo LLC (or its designee) for $2,500,000.

The CIMC Collateral shall be sold on an "AS IS" basis, without
representation, warranty or guaranty of any kind, except as
otherwise stated in the Letter of Intent.

The offer submitted by PowerMove AssetCo LLC for the CIMC
Collateral is the highest and best offer that Debtor has received,
and the price offered by PowerMove AssetCo LLC constitutes fair and
reasonable consideration for the Collateral. The current offer
represents the best offer in the opinion of the Debtor.

The Debtor seeks entry of an Order authorizing the Debtor to sell
the CIMC Collateral to PowerMove AssetCo LLC pursuant to the terms
and conditions of the Letter of Intent.

The Debtor has analyzed the Letter of Intent and alternative
avenues for the sale of the BALC Collateral and has determined
that, in its business judgment, a sale of the CIMC Collateral to
PowerMove AssetCo LLC is in accordance with the terms and
conditions of the Letter of Intent and is in the best interest of
the bankruptcy estate.

The Debtor requests shortened notice as the carrying costs for
insuring and maintaining these units is having a negative impact on
its cash flow and ability to reorganize, and the sooner the sale is
consummated the better it will be for all creditors.

                 About Autolycus LLC

Autolycus LLC is a truck and trailer leasing company based in
Bolingbrook, Illinois.

Autolycus LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No. 25-13696) on September 4, 2025. In
its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets between $1
million and $10 million and estimated liabilities between $10
million and $50 million.

Judge David H. Decelles presides over the case.

The Debtor is represented by Saulius Modestas, Esq., at Modestas
Law Offices, P.C.


B&G FOODS:S&P Affirms 'B-' ICR on Debt Refinancing, Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed its 'B-' rating on U.S.-based packaged
food company B&G Foods Inc. and 'B+' issue-level rating on its
senior secured credit facilities. The recovery rating is '1',
indicating its expectation for very high recovery (90%-100%;
rounded estimate: 90%) in the event of a payment default.

S&P said, "We also assigned our 'CCC' issue-level and '6' recovery
ratings to its new senior unsecured notes. The '6' recovery rating
indicates our expectation for negligible recovery (0%-10%; rounded
estimate: 0%).

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation of modest EBITDA
growth and S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage below 7x for the
next 12 months."

B&G Foods Inc.'s has launched a refinancing of its 5.25% senior
unsecured notes maturing in 2027. S&P estimates S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted pro forma leverage will decline to 6.6x in fiscal
2026 on improved operating performance, cash flow, and debt
reduction.

Following several recent portfolio reshaping transactions, the
company also agreed to sell its Canadian vegetable assets subject
to Canadian regulatory approval and customary closing conditions
and use the net proceeds to reduce its debt burden, demonstrating
its commitment to reducing leverage.

S&P also expects the company will maintain adequate liquidity
following the refinancing of its unsecured notes.

S&P said, "The affirmation and stable outlook reflect improving
credit metrics over the next 12 months amid transformational
business changes. We estimate S&P Global Ratings-adjusted pro forma
leverage following the sale of the Green Giant U.S. frozen business
and acquisition of the College Inn and Kitchen Basics brands will
decline to 6.6x for the fiscal year ending in December 2026. The
company also announced the divestiture of the Green Giant and Le
Sieur frozen and shelf-stable businesses in Canada, expected to
close in the second quarter subject to final regulatory approval.
We project S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage to decline to 6.4x
if the transaction closes and generates proceeds of at least $60
million."

The refinancing will bolster B&G's near-term liquidity. B&G's
refinancing of its 5.25% senior unsecured notes maturing in 2027
with the new senior unsecured notes due in 2031 alleviates
near-term refinancing risk and improves liquidity. S&P said,
"However, we estimate the incremental interest expense of about $25
million- $30 million will depress cash flow and credit metrics.
B&G's $430 million revolving credit facility ($270 million
outstanding as of April 4, 2026) and $799 million, 8% senior notes
mature in 2028. We forecast reported free operating cash flow
(FOCF) of about $100 million annually in 2026 and 2027, some of
which it could use to repay debt to reduce incremental interest
costs."

S&P said, "We also expect B&G to apply additional asset sale
proceeds to debt reduction. B&G still has sizable debt maturities
over the next few years that it will need to refinance, including
$799 million of secured notes that become current in September
2027, likely at higher interest rates.

Management remains committed to reducing leverage to its target of
net 4.5x-5.5x and has committed to getting to 6x by mid-2026. S&P
Global Ratings-adjusted metrics are higher than management's
targets because we do not add back acquisition and
divestiture-related expenses in our EBITDA calculation, nor do we
net cash in our debt calculation."

B&G cut its dividend by 50% to preserve liquidity. The company is
reducing its dividend to about $30 million a year from $60 million
in 2025. S&P said, "We expect it will use this extra cash to repay
its outstanding revolver balance, which stood at $270 million as of
the end of the first quarter. We view the dividend cut as prudent
and believe it will benefit S&P Global Ratings-adjusted credit
metrics, though we view its need to cut its dividend as at least
partly attributable to its portfolio optimization."

The Green Giant sale and the acquisition of College Inn and Kitchen
Basics will improve profitability over time. Green Giant's
intensive working capital requirements (agricultural commodities)
and high seasonality led to significant volatility in B&G's cash
flow and a deterioration of its credit metrics over the last
several years. Green Giant sales have declined following the
COVID-19 pandemic as consumers shifted away from at-home cooking.
The remaining business is operating in a challenging consumer
environment and is not immune to the weaker packaged food demand
trends. Organic revenues declined 4% in fiscal 2025 from 2024
before increasing 2.8% in the first quarter of 2026 year over year.
The remaining business also has less working capital intensity and
competition than Green Giant and should increase revenue in the
low-single-digit percent area with volume improvement. S&P said,
"We expect College Inn and Kitchen Basics will improve B&G's growth
profile, given favorable consumption trends in the soup and broth
categories. The removal of Green Giant will improve profitability
since the brand's sales were declining with negative EBITDA in
recent years. We estimate that removing Green Giant from continuing
operations results in S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margin
improving by more than 250 basis points. Further profitability
improvements will come from lapping the benefit from the
higher-margin College Inn and Kitchen Basics businesses and
realizing cost-savings from ongoing actions. These benefits will be
partially offset by higher input, freight and fuel costs and
lapping the dilution from lower-margin co-manufacturing of Green
Giant products for Seneca Foods. Therefore, we forecast S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margin to improve to about 17% in 2026 and
2027 from 15.6% in 2025."

S&P said, "Higher oil prices pose risks to our base-case forecast.
B&G's portfolio is highly exposed to commodity costs such as for
soybean oil, corn, and wheat that have risen substantially since
the Middle East conflict began. Freight and fuel costs also account
for significant costs. Historically, pricing actions have lagged
input cost and fuel increases, thereby diminishing profits. We
believe B&G will remain cautious with any pricing actions given the
high private label penetration in the category, at more than 30%
dollar market share (according to Euromonitor). We also believe
packaged food players more broadly will have a limited ability to
pass on price increases to stretched consumers following several
years of aggressive price hikes. Moreover, much of B&G's portfolio
faces competition from dominant competitors with stronger brands,
which we believe also limits its pricing power.

"The stable outlook on B&G reflects our expectation of modest
EBITDA growth and maintain S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage
below 7x over the next 12 months.

"We could take a negative rating action if leverage increases due
to weak operating performance or more aggressive financial
policies, resulting in liquidity constraints or an unsustainable
capital structure." This could occur if:

-- Profit deteriorates because of volume declines or higher costs,
and it cannot offset it with price increases and cost savings;

-- The company cannot maintain a sufficient cushion on its
financial covenants; or

-- It prioritizes additional large, debt-financed acquisitions or
shareholder returns over debt reduction.

S&P could raise the ratings if operating performance improves, it
believes B&G will sustain S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage
below 7x, and the company refinances its upcoming 2028 maturities.
This could occur if it:

-- Improves profitability with volume growth and pricing actions;

-- Repays debt with excess cash flow; and

-- Demonstrates less aggressive financial policies without large,
debt-financed acquisitions while leverage is elevated.


BEAZER HOMES: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'B-' Due to Elevated Leverage
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered the issuer credit rating on
Atlanta-based Beazer Homes USA Inc. and the issue-level rating on
its senior unsecured notes to 'B-' from 'B'. The recovery rating on
the senior unsecured notes remains '3'.

The negative outlook reflects Beazer's sensitivity to further
downside against S&P's downgrade threshold and the need for
near-term refinancing.

Beazer Homes USA Inc.'s deleveraging will be delayed due to
continued economic and geopolitical uncertainty, fluctuations in
mortgage rates, and heightened consumer hesitancy, which have
dampened homebuying demand.

S&P said, "We no longer expect Beazer to generate flat EBITDA year
over year, which will elevate leverage well above our prior
forecast of 7x.

"We now expect leverage to exceed 10x for the fiscal year ending
Sept. 30, 2026 (fiscal 2026), which leaves no cushion to our
previous downside scenario of leverage sustained above 7x.

"We expect S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage to exceed 10x at
fiscal year-end 2026, prior to returning toward 7x in fiscal 2027.
We forecast improved operating performance in the second half of
the year, but Beazer has little to no cushion at the current rating
for any further unforeseen leverage impairments as debt maturities
near." The negative outlook reflects the primary credit concern of
30-year fixed mortgage rate volatility, the duration of challenging
market conditions, and Beazer's lower-than-anticipated absorption
capacity and margins.

Recent 30-year mortgage rates of 6.5%-8.0% have prompted
significant buyer deferral, increased incentive expense, and
heightened sensitivities as consumers wait for potential rate
declines through what is shaping up to be a disappointing selling
season. Beazer's gross margins are being squeezed by the
affordability challenges facing its customer base, as the longer
duration of increased competitive buydowns is negatively impacting
its return metrics.

The contraction in S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA has been
especially pronounced, falling to $5.6 million in second-quarter
2026 compared with $39.2 million in the prior-year period. This
represents a 85.7% year-over-year decline. The primary drivers for
this precipitous drop include a significant reduction in
homebuilding revenue and a contraction in gross margins, both of
which were exacerbated by lower closing volumes.

Furthermore, last 12 months (LTM) S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
EBITDA stood at $92.8 million, marking a 58.2% decrease year over
year. Operating cash flow also faced pressure, with cash from
operating activities declining to a loss of $63.5 million. The
full-year EBITDA forecast hinges on Beazer growing gross margin and
meeting its targeted sales pace, as well as on increasing the
average selling price (ASP) per community, primarily over the next
three months.

Beazer's liquidity position offsets some pressure. Beazer has a
material debt maturity of $357 million in October 2027. S&P said,
"We assume it can refinance the senior unsecured notes before then,
but pressure on the rating mounts as the senior notes come closer
to being current. We forecast liquidity sources covering uses by
well over 1.2x and interest coverage below 1.5x at fiscal year-end.
Therefore, we continue to assess Beazer's liquidity position as
adequate and do not foresee covenant breaches."

Homebuilders can typically manage seasonal working capital and
discretionary cash flows in periods of distress such that they can
generate cash to offset increasing leverage or reduce outstanding
balances on revolving credit facilities. S&P said, "Our base case
anticipates that Beazer uses land sales, moderates land spend, and
internally generates cash flows to end fiscal 2026 with ample
availability on its $525 million revolving credit facility and
funds for its share repurchase program. We do not forecast any
material acquisitions or public offerings."

However, Beazer has limited headroom against the difficult
macroeconomic environment for the homebuilding sector, and if
margins remain compressed, there is no cushion for further
deterioration in credit metrics at the current rating.

S&P said, "The negative outlook reflects our expectation that
leverage will remain elevated over the next 12 months as
macroeconomic challenges, poor consumer confidence, and
affordability constraints pressure margins. This creates a more
challenging market for rapid deleveraging, and we project S&P
Global Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA elevated at above 10x and
EBITDA interest coverage below 1.5x."

S&P could lower the rating over the next 12 months if it views the
capital structure as unsustainable, including if:

-- Beazer's interest coverage ratio declines well below 1.5x;

-- Beazer's operations yield insufficient returns to support its
capital structure, with leverage failing to improve below 10x; or

-- Operating performance underperforms S&P's expectations, such
that margins and leverage do not show signs of improvement as
maturities grow nearer to being current.

S&P could revise the outlook back to stable over the next 12 months
if the macroeconomic environment stabilizes and management executes
its plan such that refinancing risk and operational execution
concerns are ameliorated. This could occur if home closing volumes
or margins outperform our forecast, leading to EBITDA growth that
sustainably drives leverage trending toward 8x and S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA interest of above 1.5x.


BECKY'S PET: Case Summary & Nine Unsecured Creditors
----------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Becky's Pet Care, Inc.
           d/b/a Becky's Pet Care
        7411 Alban Station Court Suite B250
        Springfield, VA 22150

Business Description: Becky's Pet Care provides pet care services
in Springfield, Virginia. Founded in 1998, the company offers
services including dog walking, cat sitting, pet care visits,
medical support, enrichment programs, walk-and-train services,
and pet CPR and first aid. It serves pets and pet owners in the
Northern Virginia area.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 28, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Eastern District of Virginia

Case No.: 26-11295

Debtor's Counsel: Justin P. Fasano, Esq.
                  McNAMEE HOSEA, P.A.
                  6404 Ivy Lane, Suite 820
                  Greenbelt, MD 20770
                  Tel: 301-441-2420
                  Fax: 301-982-9450
                  E-mail: jfasano@mhlawyers.com

Total Assets: $38,063

Total Liabilities: $2,580,388

The petition was signed by Becky O'Neil as president.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's nine unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/BY6ULPQ/Beckys_Pet_Care_Inc__vaebke-26-11295__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


BIG BATCH: Case Summary & Five Unsecured Creditors
--------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Big Batch Enterprises LLC
          d/b/a Box Pickleball
        605 Old Country Road
        Riverhead, NY 11901

Business Description: Big Batch Enterprises LLC, doing business
as Box Pickleball, operates an indoor pickleball and recreation
venue in Riverhead, New York. The company provides pickleball
court booking, open play, lessons, clinics, leagues, and
tournaments, along with recreational activities including
cornhole,
pool tables, golf simulators, and darts. It also offers food and
bar service, parties and events, group table and court
reservations, and a pro shop.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 27, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Eastern District of New York

Case No.: 26-72117

Judge: Hon. Sheryl P Giugliano

Debtor's Counsel: Heath S. Berger, Esq.
                  BFSNG LAW GROUP, LLP
                  6851 Jericho Turnpike, Suite 250
                  Syosset, NY 11791
                  Tel: 516-747-1136
                  E-mail: hberger@bfslawfirm.com

Total Assets: $409,303

Total Liabilities: $1,574,271

The petition was signed on behalf of Big Batch Enterprises by
Pickleball LLC, its managing member, through Curtis Morrison.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's five unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/64OMHBY/Big_Batch_Enterprises_LLC__nyebke-26-72117__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


BNJ TRUCKING: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in Illinois
----------------------------------------------------
On May 28, 2026, BNJ Trucking Inc. filed for Chapter 7 protection
in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Illinois.
According to court filings, the Debtor reports between $1 million
and $10 million in debt owed to 1-49 creditors.

                About BNJ Trucking Inc.

BNJ Trucking Inc. is a trucking and freight transportation company
that provides commercial hauling and logistics services. The
company operates within the transportation sector, moving goods for
business and industrial customers.

BNJ Trucking Inc. sought relief under Chapter 7 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 26-09098) on May 28, 2026. In its
petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets of $0-$100,000 and
estimated liabilities of $1 million-$10 million.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Daniel R. Fine handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Eric G. Zelazny, Esq. of Law Offices
of Eric G. Zelazny.


BON MORRO: Plan Contemplates Two Scenarios
------------------------------------------
The Bon Morro, LLC ("Leasehold Owner") and affiliates filed with
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Massachusetts a
Disclosure Statement describing Plan of Reorganization dated May
22, 2026.

Leasehold Owner is a Delaware limited liability company with
Holdings as its sole member.

Leasehold Owner's sole asset consists of a ground lease interest in
the Project, which is a mixed-use real estate project commonly
known as The Bon, located at 1260 Boylston Street in Boston,
Massachusetts, and consisting of 451 studio, one-bedroom and two
bedroom residential apartment units and seven commercial units.
Construction of the Project was completed in 2022.

As of the Petition Date, four of Project's five first-floor
commercial units were under lease to Chase Bank, Carbon Health,
Dave's Hot Chicken, and The Halal Guys.

Substantially concurrently with the filing of the petitions
initiating these Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors filed an adversary
complaint, initiating the Landlord Litigation to pursue various
claims against the Landlord under the Ground Lease. The Landlord
Litigation further elaborates on the bad faith conduct of the
Landlord over the seven months immediately prior to the Petition
Date that drove this financially healthy Project into bankruptcy.

The Debtor's counsel specifically warned the Landlord that the
Leasehold Owner likely would file for bankruptcy if the Leasehold
Owner was unable to refinance the Prepetition Loans. Despite the
Debtors' efforts, on October 13, 2025, the Mezzanine Lender noticed
a secured party sale of its collateral (DMP Scape's membership
interests in Holdings) under Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial
Code. Because the sale of the Mezzanine Lender's collateral was
scheduled to commence on November 6, 2025, the Debtors had no
choice but to seek chapter 11 protection on November 2, 2025.

The Plan provides for two alternative transactions: the Sale
Transaction or the New Value Transaction. If the Debtors pursue the
Sale Transaction, the Debtors will file the Toggle Notice by no
later than the Toggle Deadline informing the Bankruptcy Court and
the parties in interest that they intend to pursue the Sale
Transaction. The two plan alternatives are described as follows:

     * If a Toggle Notice is timely filed, the Debtors shall retain
an investment banker and consummate the Plan by and through the
Sale Transaction. Upon the closing of the Sale Transaction, Project
Sale Proceeds shall be distributed to the Plan Trust. The Plan
Trustee shall distribute the Project Sale Proceeds (i) first, to
the holder of the Allowed Mortgage Debt Secured Claim until paid in
full, (ii) second, to holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims
until paid in full, and, (iii) third, to the Reorganized Debtors.
The Plan Trust shall hold the Plan Trust Assets, including the
Project Sale Proceeds, free and clear of all Liens, Claims, and
encumbrances, if any, for the benefit of the holders of the General
Unsecured Claims as Plan Trust Beneficiaries on a Pro Rata basis.
The Plan Trustee shall thereafter be entitled to liquidate or
otherwise monetize all of the Plan Trust Assets for the sole
benefit of the Plan Trust Beneficiaries on a Pro Rata basis. If the
Debtors consummate the Sale Transaction, the Debtors and/or the
Plan Trustee shall continue to prosecute the Landlord Litigation
and pay all fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith. The
Debtors and the Plan Trust (for the benefit of the Plan Trust
Beneficiaries) shall each receive a fifty percent of the Net
Landlord Litigation Proceeds, if any.

     * If a Toggle Notice is not filed, the Debtors shall
consummate the Plan by and through the New Value Transaction to
select the New Value Provider. In such scenario, prior to or on the
Effective Date, the holder of the Mortgage Debt Secured Claim shall
receive the Take-Back Mortgage Loans, pursuant to the terms and
conditions described in the Take-Back Mortgage Documents.
Furthermore, the New Value Provider shall provide the Effective
Date Contribution in exchange for 100% of the equity interests in
the Reorganized Debtors, the proceeds of which shall be used to
fund the go-forward expenses of the Reorganized Debtors, pay the
Mezzanine Claim Consideration, and pay the Effective Date GUC
Distribution. By and through the Effective Date GUC Distribution
and the Deferred Distributions, which constitute Plan Trust Assets
that will be assigned to the Plan Trust, the Debtors anticipate
that the holders of General Unsecured Claims will receive a total
five percent recovery on their respective Allowed Claims.

Class 4 consists solely of the Allowed General Unsecured Claims. In
full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and
discharge of each General Unsecured Claim, except to the extent
that any holder of a General Unsecured Claims agrees to different
treatment with respect to such Claim, on the Effective Date, or as
soon as practicable thereafter, each holder of an Allowed General
Unsecured Claim shall receive:

     * in the event the Plan is consummated through the New Value
Transaction, its Pro Rata share of the Plan Trust Assets, including
the Effective Date GUC Distribution, the Deferred Distributions and
fifty percent of the Net Landlord Litigation Proceeds; or

     * in the event the Plan is consummated through the Sale
Transaction, its Pro Rata share of the Plan Trust Assets, including
the Project Sale Proceeds after payment in full of the Mortgage
Debt Secured Claim (if any), and fifty percent of the Net Landlord
Litigation Proceeds.

Class 5 consists solely of the Equity Interests. On the Effective
Date, or as soon as practicable thereafter, each Equity Interest
shall, in the event the Plan is consummated through the New Value
Transaction or the Sale Transaction, be cancelled and extinguished,
and holders of Equity Interests shall receive no recovery on
account of such Equity Interests.

On the Effective Date, the Debtors shall contribute all Cash on
hand towards the payment of Administrative Claims (including Fee
Claims), Other Secured Claims and Priority Tax Claims in accordance
with the priority scheme of the Bankruptcy Code.

In the event the Plan is consummated through a New Value
Transaction, the Debtors shall utilize the Effective Date
Contribution for (i) payment of the Administrative Claims, Other
Secured Claims, and Priority Tax Claims, (ii) the go-forward
operational expenses of the Reorganized Debtors (each of the
foregoing, to the extent not paid in full by the Debtors' Cash on
hand), (iii) the Mezzanine Claim Consideration and (iv) the
Effective Date GUC Distribution, which, for the avoidance of doubt,
shall be paid to the holders of the Allowed General Unsecured
Claims on a Pro Rata basis.

In the event a Toggle Notice is filed and the Plan is consummated
through a Sale Transaction, the Project Sale Proceeds shall be paid
to the Plan Trust and then distributed to holders of Claims as set
forth in Article V of the Plan.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated May 22, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=bqnAzg from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtors:

     Douglas R. Gooding, Esq.
     M. Hampton Foushee, Esq.
     CHOATE HALL & STEWART LLP
     Two International Place
     Boston, MA 02110
     Telephone: (617) 248-5000
     E-mail: dgooding@choate.com
             hfoushee@choate.com

                      About The Bon Morro

The Bon Morro, LLC and its debtor affiliates, a Boston, MA-based
single-asset real estate debtor holding the ground lease to "The
Bon," a 451-unit mixed-use project at 1260 Boylston Street, filed
for Chapter 11 protection on Nov. 2, 2025 in the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the District of Massachusetts (Bankr. D. Mass. Case No.
25-12379).

At the time of the filing, the Company reported $100 million to
$500 million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Christopher J. Panos oversees the case.

Choate Hall & Stewart LLP is the Debtors' legal counsel.


BRAND INDUSTRIAL: Moody's Alters Outlook on 'Caa1' CFR to Negative
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings changed the rating outlook for Brand Industrial
Services, Inc. (Brand) to negative from stable and affirmed the
existing ratings, including the Caa1 Corporate Family Rating,
Caa1-PD Probability of Default Rating and Caa1 ratings on its
senior secured term loan C, senior secured first lien notes and
senior secured first lien revolving credit facility due 2028.

"The negative outlook for Brand Industrial Services' ratings
reflects its ongoing weak operating performance and negative free
cash flow," stated James Wilkins, Moody's Ratings Vice President.
"The company's elevated leverage has increased and its financial
flexibility is limited as a result of generating negative free cash
flow."

RATINGS RATIONALE

The negative outlook reflects Brand's weak operating performance,
uncertain outlook for its business and the potential for ongoing
negative free cash flow generation. The company's revenue, which
grew a modest two percent year-over-year in 2025, remains below
peak levels and profit margins deteriorated as the company
experienced cost inflation and invested in commercial activities to
expand into new markets as well as improve the profitability of the
existing business. It is uncertain if the focus on business
opportunities in new end markets and geographies will meaningfully
increase revenue growth, and profits will likely lag a rebound in
revenue due to upfront investments to generate new business. The
company has limited financial flexibility as a result of its weak
profit margins and lack of positive free cash flow generation, and
without positive free cash flow generation on a sustained basis,
the company's highly levered capital structure is not sustainable.

Brand's Caa1 CFR reflects its high leverage and weak credit
metrics. Leverage (debt / EBITDA) was 7.5x as of December 31, 2025.
The considerable interest burden ($359 million interest expense in
2025, before Moody's analytical adjustments) on Brand's debt is a
drag on cash flow. Retained cash flow and free cash flow (even
after considering proceeds from the regular sale of PP&E) was
negative in 2025. Interest coverage (1.3x EBITDA to interest
expense, 0.7x EBITA to interest expense) declined modestly in 2025
compared to 2024. Disappointing operating performance was driven by
weakness in the rental business, the core commercial business tied
to high rise office space and multifamily residences and European
business volumes. Brand's credit profile also considers the
benefits of the company's scale, geographic diversity, leading
market position in a highly fragmented market, diversified revenue
stream, a large and broad customer base and high levels of
recurring revenue.

The Caa1 ratings on the senior secured bank credit facility and the
senior secured first lien notes are at the same level as the Caa1
CFR, and reflect the fact that all of the debt is secured, benefits
from guarantees from the US subsidiaries of the borrowers and ranks
pari passu.

Brand has adequate liquidity supported by a revolving credit
facility, a receivables financing facility, cash flow from
operations and existing cash balances. It is uncertain if the
company will generate meaningful positive free cash flow in
2026-2027 and therefore liquidity may decline over the next 12-18
months. The seasonal nature of the business results in tighter
liquidity during the first half of the calendar year and cash
inflows from working capital in the second half of the year. As of
year-end 2025, the company had approximately $199 million of
outstanding letters of credit and $40 million of borrowings under
its $676.6 million revolving credit facility that matures in August
2028, with remaining availability of approximately $438 million.
The credit facility has a springing maximum Consolidated Secured
Leverage Ratio financial covenant of 7.0x, which is triggered only
if over 35% of the revolver is drawn. The $700 million receivables
financing facility due January 2029 (subject to a springing
maturity 90 days prior to the stated maturity of the revolver), is
subject to a borrowing base limitation. The receivables financing
facility had $563.5 million in borrowings and $5 million in letters
of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2025, and no remaining
availability. The next debt maturities are the revolver (August
2028) and receivables financing facility (May 2028).

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be downgraded if liquidity deteriorates, interest
coverage declines or the company continues to generate negative
free cash flow. The ratings could be upgraded if the company
generates consistent positive free cash flow, debt and interest
costs decline such that the company has a sustainable capital
structure, interest coverage improves with EBITA-to-Interest
expense above 1.0x, leverage declines below 6x and liquidity is
adequate with no near-term debt or financing facility maturities.

Brand Industrial Services, Inc., headquartered in Atlanta, GA, is
the largest provider of scaffolding, insulation, coatings and other
industrial services within the following market segments in North
America: upstream, midstream, and downstream oil & gas, power
generation, industrial and infrastructure. The company is majority
owned by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice and Brookfield Business
Partners.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Business and
Consumer Services published in February 2026.

The net effect of any adjustments applied to rating factor scores
or scorecard outputs under the primary methodology(ies), if any,
was not material to the ratings addressed in this announcement.


BRIGHT BEGINNINGS: Carlos Garcia Miranda Named Subchapter V Trustee
-------------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Region 21 appointed Carlos Garcia Miranda as
Subchapter V trustee for Bright Beginnings Day Care Center and
Learning Academy Corp.

Mr. Garcia Miranda will be paid an hourly fee of $175 for his
services as Subchapter V trustee and will be reimbursed for work
related expenses incurred.

Mr. Garcia Miranda declared that he is a disinterested person
according to Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

              About Bright Beginnings Day Care Center
                     and Learning Academy Corp

Bright Beginnings Day Care Center and Learning Academy Corp. filed
its voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.P.R. Case No. 26-02112) on May 8, 2026,
listing up to $50,000 in assets and $500,001 to $1 million in
liabilities.

Judge Mildred Caban Flores presides over the case.

Carmen D. Conde Torres, Esq., at C. Conde & Associates serves as
the Debtor's legal counsel.


BRIGHT HORIZONS: S&P Rates $375MM First-Lien Term Loan A 'BB+'
--------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB+' issue-level rating and '2'
recovery rating to Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC's $375
million first-lien term loan A maturing in 2030. The '2' recovery
rating indicates its expectation for substantial (70%-90%; rounded
estimate: 75%) recovery in the event of a default.

The company plans to use the proceeds from the proposed term loan A
to repay its revolver borrowings. Bright Horizons' revolver had
$629 million of outstanding borrowings as of March 31, 2026. At the
same time, the company plans to increase its revolver's capacity to
$1 billion from $900 million.

S&P said, "While our recovery ratings on Bright Horizons' existing
debt are unchanged, we revised our rounded recovery estimate for
the existing senior secured debt to 75% from 80% to reflect the
increased outstanding debt assumption in our simulated default
scenario.

"Our 'BB' issuer credit rating and stable outlook on Bright
Horizons are unchanged and continue to indicate our expectation
that its leverage will remain in the mid-2x area, which will
provide it with a sufficient cushion relative to our 4x downside
leverage threshold. We expect the company to continue expanding
both revenue and margins through higher utilization of back up care
services, increased full service center enrollment, and tuition
increases."

ISSUE RATINGS--RECOVERY ANALYSIS

Key analytical factors

S&P said, "Our simulated default scenario contemplates a default
occurring in 2031 stemming from a deterioration in the company's
operating performance because of lower day care center utilization
rates due to very high unemployment, corporate downsizing, and
reduced employer subsidies.

"Our simulated default scenario assumes Bright Horizons reorganizes
as a going concern to maximize its lenders' recovery prospects. We
anticipate the company would reorganize due to its good market
position and brand recognition, strong relationships with its many
corporate sponsors, and high level of accredited child care
centers. We also expect continued demand for quality, convenient,
on-site daycare solutions.

"We used an enterprise valuation approach to assess the company's
recovery prospects and applied a 6.0x multiple to our assumed
emergence-level EBITDA. This multiple is at the higher end of the
5.0x-6.5x range we use for business and consumer companies,
including the 5.5x multiple we use for the company's peers
Kindercare and Learning Care, which reflects its stronger
competitive position in the employer-sponsored child care market.

"Our assumption also considers that $850 million of borrowings will
be outstanding under its revolving credit facility by the time the
company defaults, which reflects 85% utilization of the $1 billion
commitment."

Simulated default assumptions

-- Simulated year of default: 2031
-- EBITDA at emergence: About $216 million
-- EBITDA multiple: 6x

Simplified waterfall

-- Net enterprise value after 5% administrative costs: About $1.2
billion

-- Secured first-lien debt claims: About $1.6 billion

    --Recovery expectations: 70%-90% (rounded estimate: 75%)

Note: Debt claim amounts include six months of prepetition
interest.


BRODY HOLDINGS: Case Summary & Three Unsecured Creditors
--------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Brody Holdings, LLC
        10225 E. 71st Street South
        Derby KS 67037

Business Description: Brody Holdings, LLC is a real estate holding
company that owns a portfolio of commercial, office, retail,
industrial and residential properties in Derby, Rose Hill and
Wichita, Kansas.  The company's holdings include restaurant,
office, retail-center, flex-industrial and single-family
residential properties, with several assets concentrated in
Derby's Greenway, Baltimore, Market and Madison corridors.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 29, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of Kansas

Case No.: 26-40399

Judge: Hon. Dale L Somers

Debtor's Counsel: Tom R. Barnes II, Esq.
                  STUMBO HANSON, LLP
                  2887 SW MacVicar Ave
                  Topeka KS 66611
                  Tel: 785-267-3410
                  Email: tom@stumbolaw.com

Total Assets: $16,013,600

Total Liabilities: $12,192,492

The petition was signed by Brant Dumford as managing member.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/ZI64WMA/Brody_Holdings_LLC__ksbke-26-40399__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

List of Debtor's Three Unsecured Creditors:

   Entity                         Nature of Claim     Claim Amount

1. Joe Williams                    Money Loaned           $200,000
11600 East 79th South
Derby, KS, 67037

2. Martha Slack                    Money Loaned           $175,000
1439 Emerald Valley Drive
Mulvane, KS, 67110

3. Mike Helmer                     Money Loaned           $140,000
800 North River Street
Derby, KS, 67037


BROOKS CUSTOM: Must Make Adequate Protection Payments to Deere
--------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Selene D. Maddox of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Northern District of Mississippi approved the agreement entered
into by Deere & Company, Construction & Forestry Company, and
Brooks Custom Application, LLC resolving the motion for relief from
the automatic stay and for abandonment of property, or, in the
alternative, for adequate protection filed by Deere & Company and
John Deere Construction & Forestry Company in the bankruptcy case.

The Court finds the terms and conditions of the agreement as set
forth in this Agreed Order are appropriate and should be approved.

Deere & Company and John Deere Construction & Forestry Company are
affiliated entities.

The Debtor is indebted to Deere & Company on a purchase money
financing contract designated as Claim T. Claim T (account 1243) is
evidenced by a purchase money loan contract which is primarily
secured by a duly perfected purchase money security interest in a
John Deere Model 344L four-wheel drive loader (serial number
1LU344LHPZB067365). Claim T is payable in monthly installments of
$2,002.24 each, due on the 26th day of each month. The unpaid
balance of Claim T as of the petition date is $35,507.73, of which
$4,037.48 was past due on the petition date, all as evidenced by
and more fully described in Deere & Company's proof of claim 45.

The Debtor is indebted to John Deere Construction & Forestry
Company on three purchase money financing contracts designated as
designated as Claims U, V, and W:

     -- Claim U (account 0072) is evidenced by a purchase money
loan contract which is primarily secured by a duly perfected
purchase money security interest in a second 344L four-wheel drive
loader (serial number 1LU344LHHZB067487). Claim U is payable in
monthly installments of $1,958.77 each, due on the 10th day of each
month. The unpaid balance of Claim U as of the petition date is
$58,255.38, of which $3,933.59 was past due on the petition date,
all as evidenced by and more fully described in John Deere
Construction & Forestry Company's proof of claim 47.

     -- Claim V (account 8522) is evidenced by a purchase money
loan contract which is primarily secured by a duly perfected
purchase money security interest in a third 344L four-wheel drive
loader (serial number 1LU344LHVZB072037). Claim V is payable in
monthly installments of $2,248.39 each, due on the 1st day of each
month. The unpaid balance of Claim V as of the petition date is
$92,512.43, of which $4,526.30 was past due on the petition date,
all as evidenced by and more fully described in John Deere
Construction & Forestry Company's proof of claim 48.

     -- Claim W (account 0778) is evidenced by a purchase money
loan contract which is primarily secured by a duly perfected
purchase money security interest in a fourth 344L four-wheel drive
loader (serial number 1LU344LHKZB065973). Claim W is payable in
monthly installments of $2,979.07 each, due on the 1st day of each
month. The unpaid balance of Claim W as of the petition date is
$105,203.51, of which $5,997.26 was past due on the petition date,
all as evidenced by and more fully described in John Deere
Construction & Forestry Company's proof of claim 49.

A fifth claim referred to as Claim X (account 7772) is evidenced by
a purchase money loan contract with Brooks Custom Spraying, Inc., a
sibling entity of the Debtor. Claim X is secured by a duly
perfected purchase money security interest in a John Deere Model
R4023 self-propelled sprayer (serial number 1N04023RPR0240270) (the
"Claim X Sprayer"). The unpaid balance of Claim X as of the
petition date is $243,045.07. The Debtor is not a party to the
contract that evidences Claim X. The Claim X Sprayer is not
property of the estate, and the automatic stay does not apply to
it.

The Court ordered as follows:

     (A) The Debtor shall pay to Deere & Company and to John Deere
Construction & Forestry Company periodic adequate protection
payments in the amount of $9,188.47 per month, beginning on April
15, 2026, and continuing on the 15th day of each month thereafter
until the effective date of a confirmed Chapter 11 plan. Deere &
Company and John Deere Construction & Forestry Company shall apply
such payments to the Claims.

     (B) In the event that Brooks Custom Spraying, Inc. has not
caused Claim X to be paid in full within 21 days of the entry of
this Agreed Order, then the Debtor shall cause Brooks Custom
Spraying, Inc. to deliver the Claim X Equipment to the lot of Wade,
Inc. in Sumner, Mississippi, within 28 days of the entry of this
Agreed Order.

     (C) In the event that the Debtor defaults by failing to fully
and timely comply with any provision of this Agreed Order for any
reason (including any reason which is beyond the Debtor's control),
and in the further event of the Debtor's failure to cure such
default within 14 days from the date of written notice thereof to
the Debtor's attorney of record, then upon the filing by Deere &
Company of a Notice of Default or Noncompliance Pursuant to Order,
all of the Equipment shall stand abandoned from the bankruptcy
estate and the automatic stay arising under 11 U.S.C. Sec. 362
shall stand terminated as to all of the Equipment and to Deere &
Company and John Deere Construction & Forestry Company, all without
necessity of further notice or order of the Court, and Deere &
Company and John Deere Construction & Forestry Company shall then
be free to proceed with enforcement of their security interests in
the Equipment under applicable nonbankruptcy law. In the event of
any termination of the automatic stay under this Agreed Order, the
14-day stay arising under Rule 4001(a) of the Federal Rules of
Bankruptcy Procedure shall stand waived.

The provisions of this Agreed Order deal only with issues of
adequate protection of Deere & Company's and John Deere
Construction & Forestry Company's interests in the Equipment. All
other issues concerning the Equipment and the Claims, including,
but not limited to, payment terms and the value of the Equipment to
be paid, are reserved for treatment in the Debtor's Chapter 11
plan, in the confirmation process, and in any motion, objection, or
other application for relief as may be hereafter filed by any of
the parties.

A copy of the Agreed Order dated May 27, 2026, is available at
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=JsGOR2 from PacerMonitor.com.

Attorney for Debtor:

Christopher J. Steiskal, Sr., Esq.
LAW OFFICES OF GENO AND STEISKAL, PLLC
601 Renaissance Way, Suite A
Ridgeland, MS 39157
Tel: (601) 427-0048
E-mail: csteiskal@cmgenolaw.com

Attorney for Deere & Company and John Deere Construction & Forestry
Company:

Les Alvis, Esq.
LES ALVIS
P.O. Box 1836
Tupelo, MS 38802-1836
Tel: (662) 842-8945
E-mail: lalvis@rccalaw.com

               About Brooks Custom Application

Brooks Custom Application, LLC, provides agricultural application
services including liquid fertilizer and chemical treatments, lime
spreading, and both fixed-rate and variable-rate applications. The
family-owned Company, founded in 1969 and based in Houston,
Mississippi, serves growers and ag retailers across Mississippi,
Alabama, Tennessee, and Kentucky.

Brooks Custom Application filed its voluntary petition for relief
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Miss. Case No.
25-13062) on September 16, 2025. At the time of filing, the Debtor
listed $6,229,773 in total assets against $8,477,809 in total
liabilities. The petition was signed by John Paul Brooks as
managing member.

Judge Selene D. Maddox presides over the case.

Craig M. Geno, Esq., at LAW OFFICES OF GENO AND STEISKAL, PLLC, is
the Debtor's counsel. Watkins, Ward & Stafford serves as the
Debtor's accountant.


CANTOR GROUP: Case Summary & 13 Unsecured Creditors
---------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Cantor Group, LLC
        520 Newport Center Drive, Suite 480
        Newport Beach, CA 92660

Business Description: Cantor Group, LLC is a single-asset real
                      estate entity that owns a commercial office
                      property in Antioch, California.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 29, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Central District of California

Case No.: 26-11706

Debtor's Counsel: Kyra E. Andrassy, Esq.
                  RAINES FELDMAN LITTRELL LLP
                  4675 MacArthur Court, Suite 1550
                  Newport Beach, CA 92660
                  Tel: (310) 440-4100
                  E-mail: kandrassy@raineslaw.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Jason Miller as authorized agent.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's 13 unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/MR3T7NA/Cantor_Group_LLC__cacbke-26-11706__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


CARBON HEALTH: Gets Approval for AI-Focused Ch. 11 Turnaround Plan
------------------------------------------------------------------
James Nani of Bloomberg Law reports that a bankruptcy judge
approved Carbon Health Technologies Inc.'s Chapter 11
reorganization plan, paving the way for the healthcare provider to
exit bankruptcy under the ownership of its secured lenders. The
restructuring is backed by new capital commitments and a strategy
centered on technology-driven growth.

The plan includes approximately $33 million in fresh funding and a
$100 million debt-for-equity swap that significantly reduces the
company's debt burden. Through the exchange, a lender group led by
Future Solution Investments LLC will assume majority ownership of
the reorganized enterprise, the report relays.

Following emergence from bankruptcy, Carbon Health plans to
continue offering primary and urgent care services while investing
in artificial intelligence capabilities designed to streamline
operations and improve patient engagement. Supporters of the plan
argue that the technology investments will help strengthen the
company's competitive position.

Judge Christopher Lopez approved the proposal during a hearing in
the US Bankruptcy Court, allowing the company to move toward
implementation of the restructuring. The decision brings Carbon
Health closer to completing its financial overhaul and continuing
operations under new ownership, the report cites.

            About Carbon Health Technologies

Founded in 2015, Carbon Health Technologies Inc. is a modern
healthtech company that offers in-person and virtual care for
easier everyday health. Before the bankruptcy filing, Carbon Health
Technologies operated 93 urgent care or primary care clinics in the
states of Texas, Washington, California, Colorado, Kansas,
Missouri, New Jersey and Massachusetts. On the Web:
http://www.carbonhealth.com/   


On Feb. 2, 2026, Carbon Health Technologies and 28 affiliated
debtors each filed voluntary Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. S.D. Texas
Lead Case No. 26-90306). At the time of the filing, Carbon Health
Technologies reported $100 million to $500 million in both assets
and liabilities.

The cases are pending before the Honorable Christopher M. Lopez.

Pachulski Stang Ziehl & Jones, LLP and Alvarez and Marsal serve as
bankruptcy counsel and financial advisor, respectively. Kroll is
the claims agent.

KTBS Law is representing Future Solution Investments LLC, the agent
for the pre-petition lenders and the DIP lenders.


CARBON HEALTH: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to Aug. 31
----------------------------------------------------------
Carbon Health Technologies, Inc., and its affiliates asked the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas to extend their
exclusivity periods to file a plan of reorganization and obtain
acceptance thereof to Aug. 31 and Nov. 2, 2026, respectively.  

The Debtors explain that the relevant factors strongly favor an
extension of their Exclusivity Periods:

     * The Debtors' Chapter 11 Cases Are Large and Complex. These
cases were filed as a complex case. The Debtors are a health
technology and management services organization that provides
non-clinical, administrative, and operational support to urgent
care and primary care medical service providers at approximately 93
locations across eight states. Additionally, the Debtors have an
array of active constituents, including, the Committee.

     * An Extension of the Exclusivity Periods Will Not Prejudice
Creditors. The Debtors seek to maintain exclusivity so parties with
competing interests do not hinder their efforts to finalize a
value-maximizing restructuring. All stakeholders benefit from the
continued stability and predictability that a centralized process
provides, which can only occur while the Debtors remain the sole
potential plan proponents.

     * The Debtors Are Not Pressuring Creditors by Requesting an
Extension of the Exclusivity Periods. The Debtors' restructuring
process is intended to confirm a plan that maximizes the value of
the Debtors' estates for all of the Debtors' key economic
stakeholders. The Debtors request a brief extension of the
Exclusivity Periods not to pressure creditors, but to provide a
sufficient, flexible window in which the Debtors can obtain
additional certainty regarding their path to exit from chapter 11
without the disruption and distraction created by unanticipated
competing plan proposals.

     * Relatively Little Time Has Elapsed in the Chapter 11 Cases.
Just approximately three months have elapsed since the Petition
Date, and this is the Debtors' first request for an extension of
the Exclusivity Periods. During the brief pendency of these cases,
the Debtors have negotiated, filed, and solicited acceptances for
the Plan, which is set for confirmation imminently. The Debtors
seek extension of the Exclusivity Periods out of an abundance of
caution while finalizing the plan process.

The Debtors' Bankruptcy Counsel:           

                   Maxim B. Litvak, Esq.
                   Theodore S. Heckel, Esq.
                   PACHULSKI STANG ZIEHL & JONES LLP
                   700 Louisiana Street
                   Suite 4500
                   Houston, TX 77002
                   Tel: 713-691-9385
                   Fax: 713-691-9407
                   Email: mlitvak@pszjlaw.com
                          theckel@pszjlaw.com

                      AND

                   Debra I. Grassgreen, Esq.
                   John W. Lucas, Esq.
                   One Sansome Street, 34th Floor, Suite 3430
                   San Francisco, CA 94104
                   Tel: (415) 263-7000
                   Fax: (415) 263-7010
                   Email: dgrassgreen@pszjlaw.com
                          jlucas@pszjlaw.com

                  About Carbon Health Technologies

Founded in 2015, Carbon Health Technologies Inc. is a modern
health-tech company that offers in-person and virtual care for
easier everyday health.  Before the bankruptcy filing, Carbon
Health Technologies operated 93 urgent care or primary care clinics
in the states of Texas, Washington, California, Colorado, Kansas,
Missouri, New Jersey and Massachusetts. On the Web:
http://www.carbonhealth.com/   

On Feb. 2, 2026, Carbon Health Technologies and 28 affiliated
debtors each filed voluntary Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. S.D. Texas
Lead Case No. 26-90306). At the time of the filing, Carbon Health
Technologies reported $100 million to $500 million in both assets
and liabilities.

The cases are pending before the Honorable Christopher M. Lopez.

Pachulski Stang Ziehl & Jones, LLP and Alvarez and Marsal serve as
bankruptcy counsel and financial advisor, respectively. Kroll is
the claims agent.

KTBS Law is representing Future Solution Investments LLC, the agent
for the prepetition lenders and the DIP lenders.


CARLSBAD 10: To Sell Carlsbad Property to Alliance Development
--------------------------------------------------------------
Carlsbad 10 Hospitality, LLC seeks permission from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of California, to assume
purchase and sale agreement and certain leases.

The Debtor is the lessee of the real property located at 5010
Avenida Encinas, Carlsbad, California 92028 under a 35-year Ground
Lease Agreement dated July 24, 2000 with the Property owner Cannon
Road, LLC.

The Debtor is also the sublandlord under a Wireless
Telecommunications Site Agreement dated August 15, 2011 (as amended
with Cannon's prior consent, the "Verizon Sublease") pursuant to
which Debtor subleases to a wireless carrier a certain portion of
the Premises.

The Debtor filed bankruptcy after Cannon refused to approve
Debtor's assignment of its Ground Lease to buyer Alliance
Development Services, Inc. (ADS) in connection with Debtor and
ADS's Purchase and Sale Agreement and Escrow Instructions dated
July 1, 2024, and Cannon noticed Debtor’s default under the
Ground Lease.

Debtor, Cannon Road, and ADS mediated the disputes between them
regarding, among other things, the assumption and assignment of
Debtor's interest in the Ground Lease and Debtor's sale of related
assets to ADS under the PSA, and have reached an agreement
regarding the sale, the assumption and the assignment of Debtor's
interest in the Ground Lease and in the Verizon Sublease, and
Cannon's interim forbearance on enforcement of Debtor’s alleged
defaults under the Ground Lease.

To document their agreement, Debtor and ADS have executed an
Addendum No. 1 to Purchase and Sale Agreement (PSA) and Escrow
Instructions dated April 28, 2026, and the Parties have entered
into a written settlement agreement which will enable the Sale to
proceed to closing.

Concurrent with the filing of the Motion, the Debtor is filing a
request to have the Motion heard on shortened notice for good
cause. The Addendum provides for a Target Closing Date of June 9,
2026 which is in the best interest of all creditors and the estate
as closing the Sale as quickly as possible is the best way to avoid
additional carrying costs while Debtor is not operating, to pay
claims as quickly as possible, and to avoid any potential
degradation in the value of Debtor’s assets while the Property
remains vacant.

The Debtor is a California limited liability company formed on
August 26, 2014. Debtor's largest asset is a leasehold interest in
real property located at 5010 Avenida Encinas, Carlsbad, California
92028 and the buildings and improvements located consisting of a
hotel.

The Debtor is the lessee under a Ground Lease Agreement dated July
24, 2000, between Debtor, as successor in interest to Inns of
America Cannon, LLC, on the one hand, and Cannon Road, LLC.

The Debtor determined that, given its inability to operate the
Hotel at a profit, it was necessary to move forward with a sale of
its assets.

In 2024, the proposed sale to ADS, which appeared to be cooperative
with Cannon, made sense. The Debtor believed that the sales price
of $12,500,000 was a fair price, given the restrictions under the
Ground Lease.

Among other conditions, the PSA required Debtor deliver to ADS an
assignment and assumption of the Ground Lease executed by Debtor
and consented to by Cannon.

The Debtor entered into the PSA with the understanding that ADS and
Cannon had reached or would reach an agreement regarding the terms
of that sale.

Overview of the Debtor's alleged default under the ground lease is
provided.

On March 31, 2026, Debtor participated in a mediation with ADS and
Cannon to discuss the terms under which the parties could agree to
move forward with the Sale.

At the Mediation, ADS agreed to proceed with the Sale for a reduced
a purchase price of $10,600,000 under certain
terms and conditions.

On May 29, 2026, Debtor, Cannon, and ADS executed a Settlement
Agreement in which the Parties agreed to conditionally resolve
certain claims and disputes existing between them in connection
with the
assumption of the PSA, Ground Lease, and Verizon Sublease,
assignment of the Leases, and approval of the Sale.

             About Carlsbad 10 Hospitality

Carlsbad 10 Hospitality, LLC is a California-based company that
operates hotel properties in Carlsbad under the brand names Hyatt
House Carlsbad, Studio 6 Suites, and Carlsbad Suites, with Studio 6
Suites operated as a franchise of G6 Hospitality Franchising LLC.
It holds a leasehold interest under a ground lease for the land,
buildings, and associated improvements at 5010 Avenida Encinas,
valued at $11 million.

Carlsbad 10 Hospitality filed Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. S.D.
Calif. Case No. 26-00434) on February 3, 2026, with between $10
million and $50 in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Christopher B. Latham oversees the case.

Paul Leeds, Esq., at Franklin Soto Leeds, LLP is the Debtor's legal
counsel.


CAROLINA RENOVATION: Unsecureds Will Get 1.7% over 36 Months
------------------------------------------------------------
Carolina Renovation Warehouse LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Western District of North Carolina a Plan of
Reorganization dated May 21, 2026.

Formed October 5, 2022, the Debtor is a North Carolina limited
liability company that operates as a retail brick and mortar
storefront with six locations focusing on home improvement.

As of the Petition Date, the Debtor had six storefront locations
but has since terminated one commercial lease. The Debtor intends
on operating out of the remaining five locations. The Debtor has
one equity owner, Dustin Bealby.

The Debtor commenced this Chapter 11 case to address a liquidity
constraint resulting from its use of merchant cash advance ("MCA")
financing, which imposed extraordinarily high effective interest
rates and costs of capital. This Plan of Reorganization is designed
to deleverage the Debtor's balance sheet and position the business
for long-term viability in a competitive market environment.

Class 2 consists of all Allowed General Unsecured Claims. After the
Claims Deadline, the holders of the Allowed Class 2 Claims will
receive distributions in an amount equal to their unsecured
creditor pool amount. The monthly payment is $700.00 for 36 months
for a total payment to Allowed Class 2 Claims in the amount of
$25,200. After deducting anticipated disputed claims, the unsecured
creditor pool amount to $1,478,914.48 which equals a Pro Rata Share
estimated to be 1.7%.

Monthly payments will be escrowed into a designated account
established by the Debtor and remitted by the Debtor to Allowed
Class 2 Claims on a semi-annual basis. Monthly payments provided
herein shall begin the first full month after the expiration of the
Claims Deadline.

These Claims shall be treated as unsecured obligations of the
Reorganized Debtor. Allowed General Unsecured Creditors shall be
paid a pro rata share of the Reorganized Debtor's projected
disposable income. Class 2 is impaired.

Distributions to holders of Allowed Claims will be made from
available Cash, funded by the revenue generated through the
Debtor's operations. If an Allowed Claim does not have a specific
due date, the distribution shall be made timely as long as the
distribution was made during the applicable month, quarter or year
associated with the Allowed Claim.

A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated May 21, 2026
is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=UC3SVt from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     John C. Woodman, Esq.
     Essex Richards, PA
     1701 South Blvd.
     Charlotte, NC 28203
     Tel: (704) 377-4300
     Fax: (704) 372-1357

                About Carolina Renovation Warehouse

Carolina Renovation Warehouse, LLC sought protection under Chapter
11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D.N.C. Case No. 26-40048)
on Feb. 20, 2026. In the petition signed by Dustin C. Bealby,
president, the Debtor disclosed up to $500,000 in assets and up to
$10 million in liabilities.

Judge Ashley Austin Edwards oversees the case.

John C. Woodman, at Essex Richards PA, is the Debtor's legal
counsel.


CATTLE CARTEL: Unsecureds to Recover 100% over 5 Years
------------------------------------------------------
Cattle Cartel, LLC and M&O LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the District of Kansas a Plan of Reorganization dated May 21,
2026.

Cattle Cartel is a Kansas limited liability company formed under
the laws of the State of Kansas with its principal place of
business in Lucas, Kansas. M&O is a Kansas limited liability
company formed under the laws of the State of Kansas with its
principal place of business in Lucas, Kansas.

The members of M&O and Cattle Cartel are William Shane Pertl and
AgFluent, LLC. AgFluent, LLC is owned 100% by the Westset Trust and
Mindy Montgomery is the trustee. William Shane Pertl is the manager
of M&O and Cattle Cartel.

The Debtors operate a cattle and agriculture commodity
transportation company headquartered in Lucas, Kansas. M&O is a
holding company of the equipment, and Cattle Cartel is the
operating arm for the Debtors' trucking operations. The Debtors are
a reliable livestock and agricultural commodity hauler that offer
time and money savings to farmers, including but not limited to
cow/calf ranchers, grain farmers, and small business meat
processors.

Except as hereinafter specified in the Plan, Confirmation of the
Plan shall not vest the assets of the Estate in the Debtors. All
assets of the Debtors shall remain property of the Estate until the
Discharge has been entered.

As of the Effective Date of the Plan, all of the Disposable Income
of the Debtors to be received in the five-year Plan Period,
beginning on the date that the first payment is due under the Plan,
shall be applied to make the payments to Unsecured Claims during
the Plan Period. The Budget set forth on Exhibit B shows that the
Debtors will have sufficient net income to fund the payments
required by the Plan. They are based on past performance, changes
summarized above to the Debtors' operations, and reasonable
expectations for the future.

Class 7 consists of all timely filed and Allowed Claims of General
Unsecured Creditors, including the portion of the Claims of Secured
Creditors which exceeds the value of their Collateral. Class 7
further consists of the IRS Claims. The IRS filed a tax claim in
Cattle Cartel's and M&O cases. The Cattle Cartel IRS Claim was
filed as Claim 5, in the amount of $16,200.00. The M&O IRS Claim
was filed as Claim 1, in the amount of $18,299.06. Both IRS Claims
are subject to setoff. According to the IRS, the IRS Claims are
unsecured general claims that are not entitled to priority under
section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code. As such, the IRS Claims
will be treated in Class 7 as General Unsecured Claims.

Class 7 will receive the total amount of $860,596.89 payable Pro
Rata with monthly payments over the five-year Plan Period
commencing on the Effective Date of the Plan. Claimants in Class 7
would recover roughly nothing, if anything, in a liquidation, and
accordingly Class 7 Claimants' recovery under the Plan is greater.
The proposed recovery for Claimants in Class 7 is estimated at
100%. This percentage is subject to change depending on the
ultimate recoveries of creditors in Classes 1 through 6. If the
monthly payment for a creditor is less than $50.00. Class 7 is
Impaired under the Plan.

Class 8 consists of all Equity Interests in the Debtors. Each
Debtors' pre-petition equity interests shall remain the same post
petition. Class 8 Claim Holders are retaining ownership interests
in the Debtors.

The Debtors shall implement the Plan and fund Payments and
Distributions to Creditors through the following means: (a) the
Debtors shall sell two Wilson Cattle Trailers, with the net sale
proceeds applied to pay down the Allowed Class 3 Claim of
Commercial Capital; (b) the Debtors shall transfer one 2019
Peterbilt 579, VIN 1XPBDP9X4KD260191, to Commercial Capital, which
shall be authorized to sell or otherwise dispose of such vehicle
and apply the net proceeds as a credit against the Allowed Class 3
Claim; (c) the Debtors shall continue their hauling operations,
with the majority of operations consisting of agricultural hauling
and one to two trucks dedicated to cattle hauling, the revenue from
which shall fund ongoing Plan payments; (d) Cattle Cartel will
repair four trucks and acquire four trucks over the first six
months of the Plan (between July 2026 and January 2027), which will
increase revenue by approximately $32,500.00 per truck per month;
Cattle Cartel will fund the truck purchases with the personal funds
of its principal, except for the first truck, which will be
financed over a period of five months; and (e) the Debtors shall
pursue the Avoidance Actions and Causes of Action, including those
identified in their bankruptcy schedules, and any proceeds
resulting from such lawsuits shall be used to pay creditors under
this Plan.

A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated May 21, 2026
is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=rjju2f from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtors:

     Robert A. Hammeke, Esq.
     DENTONS US LLP
     4520 Main Street, Suite 1100
     Kansas City, MO 64111-7700
     Telephone: (816) 460-2400
     Facsimile: (816) 531-7545
     E-mail: robert.hammeke@dentons.com

           - and -

     Krystal R. Mikkilineni, Esq.
     Tirzah R. Roussell, Esq.
     Dentons Davis Brown PC
     215 10th St.
     Des Moines, IA 50309
     Telephone: (515) 288-2500
     Facsimile: (515) 243-0654
     E-mail: krystal.mikkilineni@dentons.com
     E-mail: tirzah.roussell@dentons.com

                     About Cattle Cartel LLC

Cattle Cartel, LLC is a Kansas-based agricultural and livestock
company engaged in cattle operations, including cattle ownership,
trading, and related agricultural services.

Cattle Cartel and affiliate M&O, LLC filed Chapter 11 petitions
(Bankr. D. Kansas Lead Case No. 26-20079) on January 23, 2026. In
its petition, Cattle Cartel reported assets of between $1 million
and $10 million and liabilities of between $500,001 and $1
million.

Honorable Chief Bankruptcy Judge Dale L. Somers handles the cases.

The Debtors are represented by Robert Hammeke, Esq., at Dentons US,
LLP.    


CHON'S PAINT: James Cross Named Subchapter V Trustee
----------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Region 14 appointed James Cross, Esq., at
Cross Law Firm, PLC as Subchapter V trustee for Chon's Paint &
Body, Inc.

Mr. Cross will be paid an hourly fee of $575 for his services as
Subchapter V trustee and will be reimbursed for work-related
expenses incurred.

Mr. Cross declared that he is a disinterested person according to
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Subchapter V trustee can be reached at:

     James E. Cross, Esq.
     Cross Law Firm, PLC
     P.O. Box 45469
     Phoenix, AZ 85064
     Phone: 602-412-4422
     Email: jcross@crosslawaz.com

                   About Chon's Paint & Body Inc.

Chon's Paint & Body, Inc. filed a petition under Chapter 11,
Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Ariz. Case No.
26-05065) on May 21, 2026, with $500,001 to $1 million in both
assets and liabilities.

Jody A. Corrales, Esq., at Deconcini Mcdonald Yetwin & Lacy, P.C.
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


CONAIR HOLDINGS: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'CCC+', Outlook Negative
-------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings raised its rating on U.S.-based Conair Holdings
LLC to 'CCC+' from 'SD' (selective default). The outlook is
negative. S&P also affirmed its 'CCC+' issue-level credit rating on
its first-lien term loan due in May 2028.

The negative outlook reflects the potential for a downgrade if
Conair does not significantly improve operating performance in line
with S&P's base-case scenario and it views a default scenario as
increasingly likely over the next 12 months.

S&P said, "We forecast Conair Holdings LLC's profitability will
improve significantly in 2026, leading to lower albeit still
elevated leverage. Difficult macroeconomic conditions continue, and
incremental demand and cost headwinds could pressure credit
metrics.

"Our upgrade to 'CCC+' reflects our forecast of significant profit
growth over the coming quarters, albeit with heightened risks to
our base case posed by the difficult macroeconomic environment.
Conair reported a year-over-year decline in net sales during the
first quarter of fiscal 2026 (ended March 31, 2026) due to lower
volumes in its culinary and beauty business segments in the U.S.
Conair significantly raised prices last year to offset higher U.S.
import tariff costs, which pressured volumes. Nonetheless, we
estimate S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA improved from the same
prior-year period because of pricing and cost-saving initiatives.

"Notwithstanding the first-quarter net sales decline, we project
sales will sequentially improve and expand over 5% in 2026 due to
easier comparable sales from tariff-related disruptions last year,
selective price decreases to improve volumes, new distribution
wins, new product introductions, and continued e-commerce
expansion. We also expect restructuring, network optimization, and
other nonrecurring expenses will decrease this year. The company's
recent repurchase of approximately $82 million of its second-lien
term loan will decrease annual interest expense by about $5
million, net of funding costs. Our base-case forecast reflects our
expectation of S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA cash interest
coverage improving to about 1.4x in 2026 from below 1x in 2025."

Nonetheless, volumes could be weaker than expected because of lower
consumer spending due to slowing disposable income growth, a
weakening labor market, and a pick-up in inflation. A protracted
Middle East war could sustain high oil prices, which would weigh on
profitability by contributing to lower household purchasing power,
more cautious consumer spending, and higher input and shipping
costs.

In February 2026, the U.S. Supreme Court struck down tariffs
imposed last year under the International Economic Emergency Powers
Act (IEEPA). In May 2026, the U.S. Court of International Trade
ruled that the temporary global 10% Section 122 tariffs that the
U.S. administration implemented to replace the IEEPA tariffs were
unlawful. The Trump administration immediately appealed. S&P said,
"We have not materially altered our forecast because we expect the
U.S. to maintain high tariffs via a mix of sectoral levies through
various channels. For instance, the U.S. is investigating several
countries under Section 301 of the Trade Act of 1974 regarding
their acts, policies, and trade practices, which could lead to new
levies. Our forecast does not incorporate the potential benefit of
IEEPA tariffs refunds which could improve credit measures if used
for debt reduction."

Conair faces heightened refinancing risk if it cannot improve
operating performance. S&P said, "We believe Conair will maintain
adequate liquidity over the next 12 months through sufficient cash
on hand, availability under its asset-based lending (ABL) facility,
and free operating cash flow (FOCF) generation. It reported
positive FOCF in the first quarter, compared with a deficit last
year, on price increases to offset import tariffs, improved working
capital management through tight inventory controls, and timing of
capital expenditures (capex). We forecast about $40 million of FOCF
in 2026 from improved earnings and working capital management."

At the same time, Conair has approaching debt maturities that could
be difficult to refinance on manageable terms if it does not
improve operating performance over the coming quarters. Its
first-lien term loan becomes current in less than 12 months, and
its ABL facility, which it heavily relies on to fund its seasonal
working capital needs, becomes current in February 2027.

The negative outlook on Conair reflects risks to S&P's base-case
scenario of significant profit improvement, such that it views a
default scenario as increasingly likely over the next 12 months.

S&P could lower its ratings on Conair if it envisions a default
scenario in the next 12 months. This could occur if:

-- S&P views a distressed debt exchange, additional below-par debt
repurchases, or other debt restructuring as increasingly likely;
-- Conair's credit facilities become current;

-- It cannot significantly improve sales and earnings because of
lower consumer discretionary spending or competitive pressures; or

-- Profits deteriorate due to rising input costs that it cannot
mitigate with price increases, productivity savings, or other
measures.

S&P could take a positive rating action if Conair sustains EBITDA
cash interest coverage of about 1.5x and generates positive FOCF.

S&P believes this could occur if it:

-- Increases the organic sales in both its culinary and beauty
segments on market share gains or improved macroeconomic
conditions; and

-- Continues to save costs through productivity initiatives.

S&P said, "We would also need to believe Conair can address its
upcoming debt maturities on manageable terms. This could be from
demonstrated operating performance improvement and ongoing cash
generation that we believe will support a sustainable capital
structure. This could also include support from the financial
sponsor."



CONEJO RIVERSIDE: Case Summary & 18 Unsecured Creditors
-------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Conejo Riverside Group, LLC
        520 Newport Center Drive, Suite 480
        Newport Beach, CA 92660

Business Description: Conejo Riverside Group, LLC is a real estate
company that owns and leases commercial property at 2402-2502
South Grove Avenue in Ontario, California.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 28, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Central District of California

Case No.: 26-11647

Judge: Hon. Scott C Clarkson

Debtor's Counsel: Kyra E. Andrassy, Esq.
                  RAINES FELDMAN LITTRELL LLP
                  4675 MacArthur Court
                  Suite 1550
                  Newport Beach, CA 92660
                  Tel: (310) 440-4100
                  Email: kandrassy@raineslaw.com

Estimated Assets: $10 million to $50 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Jason Miller as manager.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/I2NLGIQ/Conejo_Riverside_Group_LLC__cacbke-26-11647__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

List of Debtor's 18 Largest Unsecured Creditors:

   Entity                       Nature of Claim       Claim Amount

1. Joses Nuevo                                             $51,000
Landscaping LLC
3857 Birch Street
Suite 209
Newport Beach, CA 92660

2. Vierergruppe                                            $26,750
Management, Inc.
1932 East Deere Avenue
Suite 150
Santa Ana, CA 92705
Email: jennifer@vgruppemanagement.com
Phone: (714) 442-0625

3. City of Ontario                                          $5,881
PO Box 8000
Ontario, CA
91761-1076
Email: customerservice@ongarioca.gov
Phone: (909) 395-2050

4. California FAIR Plan                                     $4,592
Property Ins.
725 S Figueroa St
Suite 3900
Los Angeles, CA 90017

5. Sain Builders                                            $3,200
147 Hart Beach Road
Darby, MT 59829

6. Southern California Edison                               $2,369
PO Box 300
Rosemead, CA
91772-0001
Tel: (800) 655-4555

7. City of Ontario                                          $1,953
Business Licensing Division
PO Box 3247
Ontario, CA 91761

8. City of Ontario                                          $1,924
PO Box 8000
Ontario, CA
91761-1076
Email: customerservice@ontarioca.gov
Phone: (909) 395-2050

9. Kuri Services LLC                                        $1,764
14817 Janine Drive
Whittier, CA 90605

10. Smart Key Locksmith                                     $1,600
25211 Sunnymead Blvd.
Suite C-4
Moreno Valley, CA 92553
Email: smartkeylocksmiths@yahoo.com
Phone: (951) 544-2544

11. Trend Systems Group                                     $1,170
2126 S. Standard Avenue
Santa Ana, CA 92707
Email: reice@trendsystems.net
Phone: (714) 936-6545

12. Fenn Termite & Pest Control                               $920
7322 Walnut Avenue
Buena Park, CA 90620
Tel: (714) 736-9000

13. Alz Electrical and                                        $346
Lighting Service
23905 Clinton Keith
Road 114-395
Wildomar, CA 92595
Email: alzelectrical@yahoo.com

14. Dominion Disposal                                         $330
1436 E. Pinewood Ave
Anaheim, CA 92805
Email: dominiondisposal@mail.com
Phone: (714) 402-0274

15. Arrowhead Group, Inc.                                     $135
dba Basic Backflow
3424 Del Rosa Ave
San Bernardino, CA 92404
Email: darlene@basicbackflow.com
Phone: (909) 881-0898

16. EVN Salon Studios LLC               Litigation              $0
c/o Timothy P. Dillon
Dillon Miller Ahuja & Boxx, LLP
5872 Owens
Avenue, Suite 200
Carlsbad, CA 92008
Email: tdillon@dmablaw.com
Phone: (858) 587-1800
  
17. Hussam Channaoui                    Litigation              $0
c/o Carmela Birnbaum
Singleton Schreiber, LLP
591 Camino de la
Reina #1025
San Diego, CA 92108
Email: cbirnbaum@singletonschreiber.com
Phone: (619) 272-4128

18. Newmark of Southern Calif. Inc.     Litigation              $0
c/o Cantor Fitzgerald Securities
Attn: Andrew Raunau
18401 Karman
Avenue, #150
Irvine, CA
92612-8590
Email: andrew.raunau@cantor.com
Phone: (949) 608-2024


CONSTRUCTION PARTNERS: S&P Affirms 'BB-' ICR, Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed our 'BB-' issuer credit rating on civil
infrastructure company Construction Partners Inc. (CPI).

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects our view that CPI's leading
market position in the Sunbelt region will allow it to benefit
further from demand for its asphalt paving services. We expect
margins to modestly expand toward mid-15% over the next 12 months,
S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA to remain high-3x, and
FOCF to debt to hover around 10%."

Construction Partners will prioritize allocating capital to
acquisitions and greenfield development, which will expand regional
market share. Its most recent purchase, Four Star Paving in
Nashville, will diversify its Tennessee end markets by adding a
specialized focus on commercial paving services.

S&P said, "We assume Construction Partners will spend approximately
$500 million annually on acquisitions over our forecast, using
rollover equity, cash, and revolver borrowings. As of the end of
the second quarter of fiscal 2026 (quarter ended Mar. 31, 2026),
the company has spent approximately $276 million on acquisitions,
not inclusive of the recent acquisition of Four Star Paving, which
was completed in the third quarter. We forecast S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA to remain high-3x in 2026 and
2027--about a turn higher than its average of 2.7x for the past 5
years. Leverage had spiked in 2025 to 3.7x for a large platform
acquisition."

Revenue grew approximately 35% in the second quarter of its fiscal
year (quarter ending March 31, 2026), reflecting acquisition
contributions of 24% and strong organic growth of 11%. Strong
demand for the company's paving services stems from steady
government funding and population growth in the Sunbelt. S&P said,
"We expect this trend to persist as aging regional infrastructure
requires a continuous stream of new projects. Additionally, we
expect the company will continue to pursue greenfield investments
in the Sunbelt by constructing new hot mix asphalt plants, further
increasing its vertical integration. As a result, we expect revenue
will expand by over 25% in 2026 and about 15% in 2027."

Construction Partners will continue to generate healthy free
operating cash flow (FOCF) in 2026 and 2027. S&P expects the
company to maintain a disciplined capital expenditure (capex) plan,
with maintenance capex of approximately 3.25% annually with an
additional 2% allocated to growth investments, including greenfield
opportunities. While working capital outflows will be slightly
higher in 2026 to fund revenue growth, working capital requirements
still remain modest at $10 million to $20 million, given the short
duration and small size of the company's projects.

S&P said, "As such we expect the company to generate S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted FOCF of $180 million to $200 million in 2026 and
$220 million to $240 million in 2027.This results in S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted FOCF to debt of high-single-digit percent in both
years.

"We expect margin to expand to low-15% in 2026 and mid-15% in 2027.
Margin growth was robust in the second quarter of 2026, with S&P
Global Ratings-adjusted margins of 13.9%--a 200-basis-point,
year-over-year increase--due to better vertical integration and
strong execution.

"For the full year in 2026, we expect S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
EBITDA margins to reach low-15% as vertical integration continues
to improve, partially offset by transaction fees. In 2027, we
expect margins to expand to mid-15%, driven by improving vertical
integration, increased operating leverage from scale, and the
phasing out of one-time transaction costs.

"The stable outlook reflects our view that CPI's leading market
position in the Sunbelt benefits from demand for its asphalt paving
services in both the public and private sectors. This is due to
sustained government funding, population growth in the region, and
reshoring. We expect margins to modestly expand toward 15% over the
next 12 months, S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA to
remain high-3x, and FOCF to debt to hover around 10%.

"We could lower our ratings on CPI over the next 12 months if its
operating performance unexpectedly weakens such that its S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA approaches 5x or its S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted FOCF to debt approaches 5%." This could result
from:

-- Financial policy that is more aggressive than we expect, with
acquisitions or share repurchases well beyond our base case; or

-- S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margins deteriorating toward
12%.

Although highly unlikely over the next year, S&P could raise its
ratings on CPI over the next 12 months if:

-- The company can sustain leverage of low-3x and FOCF to debt of
mid-teens percent through most market conditions; and

-- S&P believes its financial policy is committed to maintaining
such credit measures.


CPPIB OVM: Moody's Affirms 'B2' CFR & Alters Outlook to Positive
----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings changed CPPIB OVM Member US LLC's (CPPIB OVM)
rating outlook to positive from stable. Moody's also affirmed CPPIB
OVM's ratings, including its B2 Corporate Family Rating, B2-PD
Probability of Default Rating and the B2 rating of its senior
secured 1st lien term loan B.

CPPIB OVM is an investment of the Canada Pension Plan Investment
Board (CPPIB). CPPIB OVM owns a 35% interest in Ohio Valley
Midstream LLC (OVM), a joint venture (JV) with The Williams
Companies, Inc. (Williams, Baa2 positive), with Williams owning the
remaining ownership interest and operating the JV assets. The JV is
expected to remain unlevered.

RATINGS RATIONALE

CPPIB OVM's positive outlook incorporates the improved credit
quality of the JV in which it has an ownership interest, driven by
its enhanced counterparty risk profile and bigger scale. While some
of this benefit has been offset by the company's increased debt
balances and leverage, the positive outlook is supported by Moody's
expectations that CPPIB OVM's leverage metrics will improve over
the remainder of 2026 and 2027.

CPPIB OVM's B2 CFR reflects its 35% ownership in the OVM JV with
Williams, the JV's well-positioned operations in the Marcellus and
Utica shales, as well as its strong contractual rights and expected
influence on key decisions of the JV. OVM's contracts are 100%
fee-based, eliminating direct commodity price risk. However, these
contracts rely largely on acreage dedications with only limited
minimum volume commitments (MVCs), exposing OVM to volume risk. OVM
(and by extension, CPPIB OVM) benefits from Williams' 65% stake and
its long and successful track record as operator of these types of
assets.

OVM's counterparty credit profile has meaningfully improved and it
has steadily increased its earnings. Based on its business profile
and the implicit burden to support its owners' debts, Moody's now
view OVM to be of a mid Ba credit quality. The JV is expected to
remain unlevered and distribute a substantial majority of its cash
flows to its partners. While CPPIB OVM benefits from its strong
influence on the JV's financial policies, the company's credit
profile is limited by its minority ownership position and lack of
operating control over the JV's operations.

The B2 secured term loan rating, consistent with the B2 CFR,
reflects its status as the only debt in CPPIB OVM's capital
structure. The term loan is secured by a pledge of CPPIB OVM's
equity interest in the JV and security interest in substantially
all of its assets.

Moody's expects that CPPIB OVM will maintain adequate liquidity
through 2027. Liquidity will be sourced from JV distributions the
company will receive. The JV's cash flow is well in excess of its
capital expenditures, leading to distributions that Moody's expects
to be more than sufficient to fund CPPIB OVM's debt service
obligations. CPPIB OVM does not have a bank revolving credit
facility. The term loan matures in August 2031 and has a minimum
debt service coverage ratio covenant of 1.1x. Moody's expects the
company to be well in compliance with its covenants through 2027.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

CPPIB OVM's ratings could be upgraded if OVM maintains its scale
and overall credit quality, and CPPIB OVM's debt/EBITDA falls below
4.5x.

Ratings could be downgraded if JV distributions fall substantially,
debt/EBITDA exceeds 5.5x, OVM's credit quality erodes materially,
or if liquidity meaningfully deteriorates.

CPPIB OVM Member US LLC owns a 35% interest in Ohio Valley
Midstream LLC, that owns natural gas gathering and processing
assets in the southwestern Appalachian Basin.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Midstream
Energy published in October 2025.

CPPIB OVM Member US LLC's B2 CFR is three notches below the
scorecard-indicated outcome of Ba2 reflecting, among other factors,
its minority and non-operating ownership position in the Ohio
Valley Midstream LLC joint venture.


CRONLY BLUFFS: Case Summary & 12 Unsecured Creditors
----------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Cronly Bluffs LLC
        514 Wayne Drive
        Wilmington, NC 28403-1255

Business Description: Cronly Bluffs LLC is a North Carolina real
estate holding company that owns rural land and related real
estate assets in Columbus County, including Delco Road acreage,
solar-farm parcels, the Kelly House property and an access road.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 28, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Eastern District of North Carolina

Case No.: 26-02381

Judge: Hon. Joseph N Callaway

Debtor's Counsel: Clint Morse, Esq.
                  BROOKS, PIERCE, McLENDON, HUMPREY & LEONARD, LLP
                  230 North Elm Street, Suite 2000
                  Greensboro, NC 27401
                  Tel: 336-373-8850
                  Fax: 336-378-1001
                  Email: cmorse@brookspierce.com

Total Assets: $2,199,895

Total Liabilities: $972,266

The petition was signed by James Cecil Barker as president.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's 12 unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/5KVMKNY/Cronly_Bluffs_LLC__ncebke-26-02381__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


CTN HOLDINGS: Co-Founder Sentenced to 14 Yrs. in $248MM Fraud Case
------------------------------------------------------------------
Gina Kim of Law360 Bankruptcy Authority reports that a California
federal judge has sentenced Joseph Sanberg, co-founder of
Aspiration Partners, to 14 years in prison following his conviction
in a fraud scheme tied to the once high-profile,
sustainability-focused financial services firm. The company, which
counted celebrities among its backers, later ceased operations.

Court records indicate that Sanberg was implicated in misleading
investors and engaging in deceptive financial practices that helped
sustain the company's fundraising efforts. Prosecutors described
the scheme as extensive, affecting multiple stakeholders and
financial counterparties.

The sentencing concludes a major criminal case involving the
collapse of Aspiration Partners, which had marketed itself as an
environmentally responsible fintech alternative before its
downfall, the report states.

                     About CTN Holdings

CTN Holdings Inc., formerly known as Aspiration Partners Inc., is a
climate finance company specializing in providing high-quality
carbon solutions to businesses worldwide. They connect companies
with effective decarbonization strategies and a wide range of
carbon removal projects, selling carbon credits sourced from a
diverse network of project developers. The company is famous for
providing carbon creditors of Microsoft Corp., Meta Platforms Inc.,
and other big companies.

CTN Holdings Inc. and six of its affiliates sought relief under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Case No.
25-10613) on March 30, 2025. In the petition, the Debtors reported
estimated assets of $50 million to $100 million and up to $50,000
and estimated liabilities of $100 million to $500 million. The
petitions were signed by Miles Staglik as chief restructuring
officer.

The Debtors tapped Whiteford, Taylor & Preston LLC as counsel and
BDO USA PC as tax consultants. Kurtzman Carson Consultants, LLC dba
Verita Global, is the Debtors' claims and noticing agent.


CURIS INC: Stockholders Approve Share Increase
----------------------------------------------
Curis Inc. stockholders approved an amendment to the company's
restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, increasing
authorized capital stock to 572,514,300 shares, the company
reported in a Form 8-K filing with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.

The amendment increased authorized common stock to 567,514,300
shares from 283,757,150 shares. The company filed the certificate
of amendment with the Delaware secretary of state on May 19, and it
became effective on filing.

Curis also filed a certificate of elimination for its Series A
Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible
Non-Redeemable Preferred Stock. The shares of both series were
returned to authorized and unissued preferred stock without
designation as to series.

At the annual meeting, stockholders elected Martyn D. Greenacre and
Kenneth I. Kaitin, Ph.D., as Class III directors for terms expiring
at the company's 2029 annual meeting. Stockholders also approved
advisory executive compensation, ratified PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP as auditor for the fiscal year ending Dec. 31, 2026, and
approved an adjournment proposal that the company said was not
needed.

                           About Curis Inc.

Curis Inc. is a biotechnology company focused on developing
emavusertib, also known as CA-4948, an orally available
small-molecule inhibitor of IRAK4 and FLT3. Emavusertib is being
evaluated in the TakeAim Lymphoma Phase 1/2 study in relapsed or
refractory primary central nervous system lymphoma in combination
with ibrutinib and in a Phase 2 chronic lymphocytic leukemia
combination study with zanubrutinib. The company has an exclusive
license to emavusertib through a 2015 collaboration with Aurigene
Discovery Technologies Ltd. Curis is headquartered in Lexington,
Massachusetts.

In an audit report dated March 24, 2026, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
said Curis had incurred recurring losses and cash outflows from
operations that raised substantial doubt about its ability to
continue as a going concern.

As of March 31, 2026, Curis reported total assets of $29.69
million, total liabilities of $16.98 million and total
stockholders' equity of $12.71 million.


DARRINGTON PROPERTIES: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
--------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Darrington Properties LLC
        801 2nd St
        Mukilteo, WA 48275

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 28, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Western District of Washington

Case No.: 26-11771

Judge: Hon. Christopher M Alston

Debtor's Counsel: Eric Hultman, Esq.
                  HULTMAN LAW OFFICE
                  218 Main St., #477
                  Kirkland, WA 98033
                  Phone: 425-943-0649
                  E-mail: eric@hultmanlawoffice.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Michael Dahl as authorized
representative of the Debtor.

The Debtor has confirmed in the petition that it has no unsecured
creditors.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/LWDS5AQ/Darrington_Properties_LLC__wawbke-26-11771__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


DAVID HARLEY PALFI: Wins Bid to Correct Scrivener's Error in Plan
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Jerry C. Oldshue, Jr. of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Northern District of Alabama granted the motion of debtors David
Harley Palfi and Brittany Amber Palfi to correct the scrivener's
error in their Subchapter V Plan.

The Palfis filed their Chapter 11, Subchapter V petition on
November 21, 2024. On the Petition Date, the Palfis owned real
property commonly described as 171 General Cleburne Drive in
Richmond, Virginia. Stockton Mortgage Corporation filed a proof of
claim reflecting a first mortgage indebtedness of $248,607.45 on
the Property and the University of Kentucky Federal Credit Union
filed a proof of claim denoting indebtedness of $60,936.71 as fully
secured by its second mortgage.

The Debtors' Plan contained the following provisions:

Class 4: Claim of University of Kentucky Federal Credit Union

   (1) Description. Class 4 consists of the claim of University of
Kentucky Federal Credit Union ("UKFCU") in the asserted amount of
$60,936.71 which represents the amount set forth in Claim #9, and
which the Class 4 Creditor asserts is secured by a lien on the
General Cleburne Property. The Debtors reserve the right to file a
motion to value the collateral which may result in a lower secured
claim on behalf of UKFCU.

   (3) Treatment. The Debtors shall surrender the General Cleburn
Property to Stockton Mortgage, the Class 3 Creditor, subject to the
lien (the Class 4 Claim) of UKFCU. The treatment set forth herein
shall be in full satisfaction of the Class 4 Claim.

   (5) Impairment and Voting. Class 4 is Impaired. UKFCU shall be  
entitled to vote its Secured Claim to accept or reject the Plan.

Class 10: General Unsecured Claims

Class 10: General Unsecured Claims  

   (1) Description. Class 10 consists of Claims of General
Unsecured Creditors.

   (2) Treatment of General Unsecured Claims. The Class 4 Unsecured
Creditors Class shall receive payments as set forth in Article
VII(B)(4) with funding provided as described in Article XI below.
No Class 10 Unsecured Claim shall be  allowed to the extent that it
is for interest or other similar charges other than as otherwise
specifically and expressly provided for herein.

   (3) (1) Impairment and Voting. Class 10 is Impaired. Class 10
creditors with Allowed Claims shall be entitled to vote their
Allowed Class 10 Claims to accept or reject the Plan.

The Palfis obtained non-consensual confirmation of their Chapter
11, Subchapter V Plan on October 31, 2025 and the Confirmation
Order was subsequently entered on November 5, 2025. On January 8,
2026, the Debtors, by and through their counsel, filed a Motion to
Amend the Plan to Correct Scrivener's Error, stating in part:

   (4) The Plan was created from a template and, while all other
references in the Class 10 treatment were edited and properly refer
to Class 10, there is one reference which incorrectly states "Class
4" instead of "Class 10."

   (5) The paragraph with the error is clearly meant to set forth
the plan treatment for the Class 10 unsecured creditors class and
should be corrected to properly reflect the plan treatment for the
unsecured creditors class (Class 10).

The Credit Union objected to the Debtors' Motion asserting the Plan
allowed for the unsecured portion of its Class 4 claim in Class
10.

In this case, the Debtors' Motion states that the reference to
Class 4 in the Article VI Class 10 Treatment was a scrivener's
error caused by an oversight in editing a template and that
Paragraph 10 was clearly meant to set forth the treatment for Class
10 unsecured creditors. According to the Court, careful
consideration of the Plan language, context, and Record, supports
the Debtors' position. Construing the language otherwise would
result in illogical and contradictory Plan provisions.

Although the Credit Union contends that the reference to Class 4 in
Paragraph 10 evidences the Debtors' intent to treat its secured
claim differently than specifically delineated in Paragraph 4, the
Court disagrees.

Judge Oldshue explains, "With the exception of the digit in
question, all the other references in Paragraph 10 refer to Class
10 as the unsecured creditor's class, with no other mention of
Class 4. At the time that the Debtors' Plan was confirmed, the
Credit Union's Proof of Claim on record reflected that its debt was
fully secured. Therefore, it is clear that the Debtors' Plan
proposed to treat the Credit Union's Claim as secured under the
terms of Paragraph 4, not as a general unsecured claim and the
reference to Class 4 in Paragraph 10 was an obvious error. The
Court does not view this as a substantive change in the treatment
of the Credit Union, but rather a correction of inconsistent
language due to an error of the plan scrivener, which was not
realized or brought to the Court's attention by any party prior to
confirmation. Thus, in light of the totality of the circumstances,
the Credit Union's argument against correction of the scrivener's
error is untenable."

The Court finds that the reference to Class 4 in Paragraph 10 was
an obvious clerical error and the Debtor's Motion is due to be
granted. Accordingly, it is ordered that VI.C.10(2) of the Plan is
corrected to read as follows:

   (2) Treatment of General Unsecured Claims. The Class 10
Unsecured Creditors Class shall receive payments as set forth in
Article VII(B)(4) with funding provided as described in Article XI
below. No Class 10 Unsecured Claim shall be allowed to the extent
that it is for interest or other similar charges other than as
otherwise specifically and expressly provided for herein.

The Court further held that the Confirmation Order is likewise
amended to reflect the said corrective amendment to the Plan.

A copy of the Court's Memorandum Opinion and Order dated May 28,
2026, is available athttps://urlcurt.com/u?l=eOoCjj from
PacerMonitor.com.

David Harley Palfi and Brittany Amber Palfi filed for Chapter 11
bankruptcy protection (Bankr. N.D. Ala. Case No. 24-30978) on
November 21, 2024, listing under $1 million in both assets and
liabilities.


DEL MONTE: Minority Lenders Fail to Halt Chapter 11 Plan
--------------------------------------------------------
Alex Wittenberg of Law360 Bankruptcy Authority reports that a
bankruptcy judge in New Jersey refused to pause Del Monte Foods'
Chapter 11 plan after a minority lender group sought a stay pending
appeal. The lenders challenged aspects of the confirmed plan,
contending that their rights were adversely affected by the
restructuring process.

In denying the motion, the court determined that the lenders had
not met the legal standard required to halt the plan's
implementation. The judge found insufficient evidence that the
lenders would suffer immediate and irreparable injury if the
reorganization moved forward while appellate proceedings continue,
the report states.

The decision allows Del Monte to press ahead with its bankruptcy
exit strategy and implement transactions contemplated under the
plan. The lender group retains the ability to pursue its appeal,
but without an order stopping the restructuring from advancing,
according to Law360.

          About Del Monte Foods Corporation II Inc.

Founded in 1886 and headquartered in Walnut Creek, California, the
Del Monte business has been a cornerstone of American grocery
stores for more than 130 years. Del Monte Foods has been driven by
its mission to nourish families with earth's goodness. As the
original plant-based food company, Del Monte is always innovating
to make nutritious and delicious foods more accessible to consumers
across its portfolio of beloved brands, including Del Monte,
Contadina, College Inn, Kitchen Basics, JOYBA, Take Root Organics
and S&W.  On the Web: http://www.delmontefoods.com/or
http://www.joyba.com/      

On July 1, 2025, Del Monte Foods Corporation II, Inc. and 17
affiliated debtors filed voluntary petitions for relief under
Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.N.J. Lead
Case No. 25-16984) to address $1.235 billion in funded debt
obligations. At the time of the filing, the Debtors listed $1
billion to $10 billion in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Michael B. Kaplan presides over the case.

The Debtors tapped Herbert Smith Freehills Kramer (US), LLP and
Cole Schotz P.C. as legal counsel; Jonathan Goulding, managing
director at Alvarez & Marsal North America, LLC, as chief
restructuring officer; and Stretto, Inc. as claims and noticing
agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Regions 3 and 9 appointed an official
committee to represent unsecured creditors. The committee hired
Morrison & Foerster LLP as counsel; Province, LLC as financial
advisor; Kelley Drye & Warren LLP as co-counsel; and Stifel,
Nicolaus & Co., Inc. as investment banker.


DENALI CONSTRUCTION: Unsecureds to Get 100% via Quarterly Payments
------------------------------------------------------------------
Denali Construction Services, LLC, submitted an Amended Combined
Disclosure Statement and Chapter 11 Plan dated May 21, 2026.

The Debtor proposes a Plan that it believes will repay its
undisputed debts in full over time and result in a higher recovery
to creditors than a chapter 7 liquidation. The Debtor's equity
security holders will retain their interests in the Debtor under
the Plan.

Class 8 consists of General Unsecured Claims against the Debtor,
including, without limitation, any unsecured deficiency Claims of
the holders of Secured Claim in Classes 2 to 7. Beginning on the
first Business Day of the first month after the occurrence of the
Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor will pay all Allowed General
Unsecured Claims in full, with simple interest then accruing at
five percent per annum, in 20 equal quarterly installments. The
Reorganized Debtor may prepay Allowed General Unsecured Claims at
any time in full or in part without penalty.

Class 8 is Impaired and entitled to vote.

All Interests in the Debtor shall remain in full force and effect
and shall be retained by the holder(s) thereof.

Unless otherwise set forth in the Plan, pursuant to section 1123 of
the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration
for the classification, distributions, releases, and other benefits
provided under the Plan, upon the Effective Date, the provisions of
the Plan shall constitute a good-faith compromise and settlement of
all Claims, Interests, Causes of Action, and controversies
released, settled, compromised, discharged, or otherwise resolved
pursuant to the Plan.

Payments to creditors contemplated under this Plan shall be made
from revenue generated from the Reorganized Debtor's continued
business operations. The Debtor anticipates pursuing claims
objections that will reduce the Allowed General Unsecured Claim
pool.

Following the Effective Date, Michelle Thrailkill will continue to
serve as the Reorganized Debtor's president and managing member,
and she will receive compensation of $265,000.00.

A full-text copy of the Amended Combined Disclosure Statement and
Plan dated May 21, 2026 is available at
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=vzr5Tv from PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Thomas D. Berghman, Esq.
     Jonathan S. Petree, Esq.
     Munsch Hardt Kopf & Harr P.C.
     1717 West 6th Street, Suite 250
     Austin, TX 78703
     Telephone: (512) 391-6100
     Facsimile: (512) 391-6149
     Email: tberghman@munsch.com

               About Denali Construction Services

Denali Construction Services, LLC, provides mechanical solutions
for commercial, government, and industrial projects ranging from
preventive maintenance, renovation, remodel, and retrofit to new
construction ventures. Its specialty areas are municipalities,
airports, schools, colleges, hospitals, secured-government
facilities, correctional facilities, and manufacturers.

Denali Construction sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No. 24-33155) with $1
million to $10 million in both assets and liabilities.  Michelle L.
Thrailkill, president and managing member, signed the petition.

Thomas Daniel Berghman, at Munsch Hardt Kopf & Harr, PC, is serving
as counsel to the Debtor.


DORMAN PRODUCTS: S&P Assigns 'BB' ICR, Outlook Stable
-----------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB' issuer credit rating to Dorman
Products Inc. and 'BB-' issue-level rating and '5' recovery rating
to the senior unsecured notes, indicating its expectation of modest
recovery (10%-30%; rounded estimate: 10%) in the event of a payment
default.

The stable outlook reflects S&P's view that S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margins remain above 20%, supporting debt
to EBITDA below 3x and free operating cash flow (FOCF) to debt
above 10%.

Dorman, an aftermarket auto parts supplier, proposes to raise $450
million, eight-year senior unsecured notes to recapitalize its
balance sheet and pay transaction expenses. The company also plans
to obtain a $800 million, five-year cash flow revolver (undrawn at
close).

S&P said, "We assigned a 'BB' rating to Dorman on its
recapitalization transaction. The automotive aftermarket parts
supplier's products include powertrain, chassis, and body systems
largely for nondiscretionary auto maintenance. The company also has
a specialty vehicle segment that is more discretionary, but is
small and accounts for only 10% of revenues. Most of Dorman's sales
come from designing and engineering largely nondiscretionary
stock-keeping units (SKU) sold into maintenance and repair end
markets. This high mix of largely nondiscretionary products
supports volume and margin stability because demand is primarily
stimulated by vehicle miles driven and structural tailwinds of an
aging U.S. vehicle population--averaging approximately 13
years--rather than more volatile new vehicle sales. While a weak
consumer environment or recession could lead consumers to delay
nonessential repairs, we view demand for most of Dorman's parts as
resilient."

Dorman is a smaller auto parts supplier with $2 billion in annual
revenues competing in big box retail end markets. The company
competes in the $165 billion North American automotive aftermarket,
selling predominantly to big box retailers and wholesale
distributors. Dorman's scale is smaller and less geographically
diverse than larger aftermarket peers such as Clarios, Goodyear,
and LKQ, as well as global auto part suppliers such as BorgWarner,
Magna, and Lear. In addition, Dorman is highly exposed to the
bargaining power of its large retail customers (AutoZone, O'Reilly,
and Napa), which control much of the aftermarket shelf space. Its
top two retail customers accounted for more than 40% of 2025
revenue, and big box retail channel sales overall were more than
50%, creating a vulnerability to shifts in customer strategy such
as the potential for retailers to move toward private-label
brands.

It somewhat mitigates these pressures through a continuous cycle of
new product launches and brand strength. By releasing approximately
1,500 new to the aftermarket parts annually and maintaining a large
catalog of over 144,000 SKUs, Dorman provides high-margin products
that are difficult to disintermediate, capturing specialty niches
and better negotiation that reduce its reliance on any product
category or customer relationship.

Dorman's sourcing strategy is dependent on foreign manufacturers,
with more than 75% of its annual spend directed toward vendors
outside the United States including just under 40% from China.
While the company has actively diversified its supplier base away
from China and reduced concentration with any single country,
Dorman remains exposed to heightened geopolitical, regulatory, and
logistical uncertainties. Many aftermarket suppliers tend to source
from outside the U.S., so to the extent that tariffs were to
increase, Dorman and its competitors would likely increase prices.
Dorman also introduces high-margin, innovative replacement parts
through robust research and development to better price products
and sustain growth. Although margins faced temporary pressure in
early 2026 as it exhausted peak tariff inventory from 2025, the
anticipated decline in these costs combined with prior-year pricing
actions support our expectation for modest margin recovery this
year.

To mitigate the risk of supply disruptions and manage the extended
lead times inherent in foreign procurement, the company maintains
substantial inventory. Though this supports high fill rates and
operational continuity, it necessitates significant working capital
investment and leaves Dorman vulnerable to geopolitical shocks or
higher tariffs.

S&P said, "We anticipate solid growth and margin stability in our
base case forecast. Behind a continuous cycle of new product
launches and anticipated mergers and acquisitions, we forecast
revenue growth of 9.7% in 2026 and above 10% thereafter. Despite
near-term headwinds as the company works through higher-cost
inventory, we expect margin recovery throughout the year to above
20% for 2026-2027. We expect this trajectory to be supported by
steady demand and ability to capture market share in niche
aftermarket categories."

Dorman utilizes customer-arranged supplier finance programs to
factor its receivables. This bridges the gap between operational
needs and the protracted payment terms mandated by its big-box
retail customers. At the end of 2025, this was close to $1.1
billion. S&P said, "We do not assume Dorman will have permanent
access to the securitization or factoring market and may need
conventional debt to replace this source of supplier arranged
financing. We would therefore typically include these factored
receivables as an adjustment to debt. Much of Dorman's factoring is
due to programs instituted by the big box North American auto
retailers - Advanced Auto Parts, O'Reilly, AutoZone, Genuine Auto
Parts (Napa). Given the very extended nature of the payment terms,
we believe if these programs end, suppliers could not continue to
operate at the longer 365-day term given the cash flow demands to
fund their own operations and pay suppliers. We expect in this
situation that terms would revert to more normal payment terms.

S&P said, "Therefore, we add back only the portion of the factored
receivables, representing Dorman's advantage that we believe the
company is receiving versus “normal” payment terms, which
results in a significant haircut to the portion of factored
receivables associated with big box accounts. In contrast, we add
back the full amount of factored receivables outside the big box
retailers because these terms are less extended. Our adjustment at
the end of 2025 represented about a three-quarters turn of
leverage."

S&P said, "We expect continued organic growth through its
innovation-led strategy. Dorman would simultaneously maintain
acquisition capacity to expand its product categories or geographic
reach. We anticipate annual acquisition spending of $250
million-$350 million alongside ongoing share buybacks exceeding
$100 million, based on the company's lower leverage relative to its
stated goal of 2x (per management's calculation). This could be
substantially different depending on Dorman's capital allocation
priorities. While such capital deployment can accelerate growth and
diversify the portfolio, it also introduces integration risks and
potential short-term leverage pressure.

"Including these anticipated transactions in our assumptions and
its factoring programs, we forecast debt to EBITDA will rise to
2.8x in 2027 from 2.5x in 2026 and 1.8x at year-end 2025. Long
term, we expect a manageable leverage profile, focused on balancing
opportunistic mergers and acquisitions with sufficient liquidity.

"The stable outlook on Dorman reflects our view that S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margins remain above 20%, supporting debt
to EBITDA below 3x and FOCF to debt above 10%."

S&P could lower its ratings if debt to EBITDA approaches 4x for a
prolonged period or FOCF to debt falls below 10%. This could occur
if Dorman:

-- Faces operational disruptions affecting sales volumes,
profitability, and cash flow; or

-- Engages in aggressive financial policies such as mergers,
acquisitions, or share buybacks above our expectations.

While unlikely over the next 12 months, S&P could raise its rating
on Dorman if it sustains debt to EBITDA below 2x and FOCF to debt
greater than 15%. This could occur if:

-- Dorman maintains growth with customers;

-- Better manages net working capital while balancing capital
allocation priorities; and

-- Sustains these credit metrics and commits to remain at these
level levels or better.


DREAMS AND DESTINATIONS: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Dreams and Destinations, Inc. received another extension from the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida, Fort
Myers Division, to use cash collateral.

The court issued a fourth interim order authorizing the Debtor to
use cash collateral strictly for ordinary operating expenses under
an approved budget, subject to a 10% variance. The Debtor may not
use funds to pay pre-bankruptcy debts unless specifically
authorized.

The four-week budget shows total operational expenses of $15,141
for the week ending June 9; $3,471 for the week ending June 16;
$14,239 for the week ending June 23; $26,521 for the week ending
June 30.

As of filing, the Debtor's cash collateral consisted mainly of
approximately $7,526.20 in bank accounts and receivables. Secured
debts include about $197,380 owed to the U.S. Small Business
Administration (first-priority lien) and roughly $30,700 owed to
PayPal Loan Builder (second-priority lien).

As adequate protection, secured creditors will receive replacement
liens on post-petition assets to the extent of cash collateral
actually used and any resulting diminution in value. The Debtor
must also maintain insurance, preserve collateral, comply with
reporting obligations, and make a $200 adequate-protection payment
to the SBA during the interim period.

Creditors retain the right to challenge liens, claims, or
collateral valuation at later stages.

Authorization to use cash collateral will terminate if the Debtor's
Chapter 11 case is dismissed or converted, a reorganization plan is
confirmed, the Debtor defaults and fails to cure within the allowed
period, or business operations cease.

The next hearing is set for June 30.

The fourth interim order is available at
https://tinyurl.com/43achu7v PacerMonitor.com.

Dreams and Destinations, founded in 2001, operates a romance-travel
agency specializing in honeymoons and destination weddings, working
through independent travel advisors and supplier commissions. The
filing aims to restructure debt while allowing the business to
continue operations and serve clients.

The Debtor experienced financial distress primarily due to the
COVID-19 pandemic, which eliminated projected revenue and forced
the business to incur debt to cover operating expenses. Although
travel demand later returned, economic uncertainty, delayed
bookings, and reduced cash reserves created unsustainable financial
pressure by late 2025.

              About Dreams and Destinations Inc.

Dreams and Destinations, Inc. sought protection under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D.N.C. Case No. 26-10095) on
February 13, 2026, with up to $50,000 in assets and $500,001 to $1
million in liabilities.

Judge Benjamin A. Kahn oversees the case.

Samantha K. Brumbaugh, Esq., at Ivey, Mcclellan, Siegmund,
Brumbaugh & Mcdonough, LLP represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


DUKE ROBOTICS: Somekh Chaikin Raises Going Concern Doubt
--------------------------------------------------------
DUKE Robotics Corp. filed its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 with the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission earlier this year. The audited report contains
a blunt warning: conditions exist that raise substantial doubt
about its ability to continue as a going concern.

Based on the financial statements, the Company reported a net loss
of $1,241,000 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared with a
net loss of $985,000 for 2024.  Revenues for the year ended
December 31, 2025 were $377,000, compared to $108,000 in 2024.
While revenues are trending upward, they remain nowhere near
sufficient to offset the Company's mounting losses.

Going Concern

Tel Aviv, Israel-based Somekh Chaikin, Member Firm of KPMG
International, the Company's auditor since 2023, issued a "going
concern" qualification in its report dated March 12, 2026, attached
to the Company's Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December
31, 2025, citing that the Company has incurred significant losses
and negative cash flows from operations and has an accumulated
deficit that raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue
as a going concern.

Since its incorporation, the Company incurred losses from
operations and net cash outflows from operating activities as
reflected in the consolidated statements of operations and cash
flows. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had an accumulated
deficit of $12,403,000, and it expects to incur losses for the
foreseeable future. The Company has historically financed its
operations primarily through fundraising from various investors,
and the revenues generated from operations to date were not
sufficient to cover its losses. As a result, it remains dependent
upon external sources to finance its operations. There can be no
assurance that it will succeed in obtaining the necessary financing
to continue its operations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since inception, the Company has devoted substantially most of its
efforts to research and development and has incurred accumulated
losses of $12,403,000.

During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company's loss of
$1,241,000 included non-cash stock-based compensation of $224,000.
As of December 31, 2025, it had a working capital of $151,000 as
compared to a working capital of $1,010,000 as of December 31,
2024.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had a cash balance of $750,000
compared to a cash balance of $1,256,000 as of December 31, 2024.
The reason for the decrease in its cash balance was mainly due to
operating expenses. This balance excludes $275,000 received in
January 2026 under its December 30, 2025, Securities Purchase
Agreement.

Cash used in operations for the year ended December 31, 2025, was
$811,000, as compared to cash used in operations of $918,000 for
the year ended December 31, 2024. The reason for the decrease in
cash used in operations is mainly related to increase in trade
receivable and other liabilities.

Since its inception, the Company and Duke have funded operations
through equity and debt financing, bank loans, loans provided by
shareholders, and demonstration projects of its technology to
potential customers.

Since Duke's inception and until 2017, certain Duke affiliates
provided loans to Duke from time to time, as needed. Before
entering into the Share Exchange, Duke entered into debt
cancellation letters with regard to the Stockholders Loans.
Pursuant to the Debt Cancellation Letters, the accumulated interest
on the Stockholders' Loans was waived and 842,135 shares of Duke's
common stock were issued in exchange for the cancellation of
$623,180 in debt, leaving $280,000 of Outstanding Stockholders'
Loans. The Outstanding Stockholders' Loans, including the
accumulated interest amount, shall be repaid on the later of the
following:

     (i) three years after the Effective Date (March 9, 2020); or

    (ii) Duke raised capital amounting to at least $15 million
following the Effective Date and the Earnings before interest, tax,
depreciation and amortization of Duke has reached an amount of $3
million. As of December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, the
outstanding balances of such stockholders' loans were $330,000 and
$322,000, respectively.

On May 11, 2021, the Company entered into securities purchase
agreements with eight (8) non-U.S. investors, pursuant to which it
agreed to issue and sell, in a private placement offering, an
aggregate of:

     (i) 500,000 shares of Common Stock at a price of $10.00 per
share; and

    (ii) warrants to purchase 500,000 shares of Common Stock. The
warrants were exercisable immediately and for a term of 18 months,
with an exercise price of $10 per share. The aggregate gross
proceeds from the offering were approximately $5,000,000 and the
offering closed on May 11, 2021.

On April 5, 2022, the Company entered into an agreement with the
investors pursuant to which it extended the term of the warrants to
expire on November 11, 2023.

On November 1, 2023, the Company and the investors executed a
second extension agreement, such that the term of the warrants was
extended to expire on November 11, 2024.

On June 20, 2024, the Company entered into a Warrant Amendment
Agreement with the investors to amend the terms of the warrants,
agreeing to:

     (i) extend the warrant exercise term to May 11, 2026;

    (ii) amend the warrant exercise price, increasing it from
$10.00 per share to $16.25 per share; and

   (iii) include a beneficial ownership blocker that limits the
exercise of such warrants if the exercise would result in the
holder beneficially owning more than 19.99% of the Company's common
stock immediately following the exercise.

On March 10, 2026, the Company entered into an additional Warrant
Amendment Agreement with the investors pursuant to which it
extended the term of the warrants to expire on May 1, 2031.

On December 30, 2025, the Company entered into securities purchase
agreements with seven (7) non-U.S. investors, pursuant to which it
agreed to issue and sell, in a private placement offering, an
aggregate of:

     (i) 83,338 shares of common stock at a price of $9.00 per
share; and

    (ii) warrants to purchase 83,338 shares of common stock. The
warrants have an exercise price of $16.25 per share, are
exercisable immediately, and expire on November 30, 2026, subject
to extension to May 30, 2028 if a public offering or other
qualifying financing of at least $2,500,000 has not occurred prior
to such date.

In addition, the securities purchase agreement contains a
make-whole provision that provides for the investors to receive
additional shares of Common Stock in the event that the Company
consummates a firm-commitment underwritten public offering on a
major stock exchange by November 30, 2026 at a price per share --
after giving effect to a 20% discount -- that is less than the
Purchase Price. The aggregate gross proceeds from the offering were
approximately $750,000 and the offering closed on January 6, 2026.
Proceeds from the offering were used for general corporate purposes
and working capital, including supporting operational and
commercialization initiatives. On March 10, 2026, the Company
entered into an additional Warrant Amendment Agreement with the
investors pursuant to which it extended the term of the warrants to
expire on May 1, 2031.

Tough skies ahead

Although the Company is actively pursuing opportunities to increase
revenues -- including the potential expansion of commercial sales
in additional jurisdictions -- some of these efforts remain at an
early stage while other initiatives have progressed to more
advanced stages of discussion. However, because none of these
initiatives have resulted in binding agreements or firm
commitments, there can be no assurance that any of them will
materialize within expected timeframes. If the Company is unable to
successfully proceed with these initiatives, its need for
additional capital may accelerate.

The Company currently believes that its existing capital resources
will be sufficient to support its operating plan at least through
the fourth quarter of 2026. To support planned growth, strategic
initiatives, and general working capital needs, it will likely seek
to raise additional capital through the issuance of debt, equity,
or a combination thereof. There can be no assurance it will be
successful in raising additional capital on favorable terms, or at
all.

If unable to obtain sufficient amounts of additional capital, the
Company may be required to reduce the scope of its operations,
delay or discontinue development activities, limit its
manufacturing or commercial expansion plans, or take other actions
that could materially harm its business, financial condition, and
operating results. If it obtains additional funds by selling
equity, the percentage ownership of its stockholders will be
reduced, stockholders may experience additional dilution, or the
equity securities may have rights, preferences, or privileges
senior to the common stock. If it issues debt securities, there may
be negative covenants which may restrict the Company's activities.
If adequate funds are not available when needed on satisfactory
terms, the Company may be required to cease operating or otherwise
modify its business strategy.

A full text copy of the Company's Form 10-K is available at
https://tinyurl.com/yvdvfjde

                     About DUKE Robotics Corp.

DUKE Robotics, based in Mevo Carmel Science and Industrial Park,
Israel, is a robotics Company developing advanced robotic and
drone-based systems. Its technologies include an advanced robotic
stabilization system that enables remote, real-time,
pinpoint-accurate firing of small arms and light weapons, as well
as civilian drone-based solutions focused on infrastructure
maintenance, which is a drone technology for conducting routine
maintenance of critical infrastructure for electric utility
insulator cleaning.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $1,249,000 in total
assets, $1,149,000 in total liabilities, and $100,000 in total
stockholders' equity.


EASTSIDE COLLISION: Case Summary & Six Unsecured Creditors
----------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Eastside Collision & Car Care Center, Inc.
        8430 Covington Highway
        Lithonia, GA 30058

Business Description: Eastside Collision & Car Care Center
provides automotive collision repair, body, paint and car-care
services from Lithonia, Georgia.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 29, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Northern District of Georgia

Case No.: 26-57078

Debtor's Counsel: Adam E. Ekbom, Esq.
                  JONES & WALDEN LLC
                  699 Piedmont Avenue NE
                  Atlanta, GA 30308
                  Tel: 404-564-9300
                  E-mail: info@joneswalden.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Brian Young as CEO.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's six unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/IWETQLI/Eastside_Collision__Car_Care__ganbke-26-57078__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


ELDORADO GOLD: Fitch Hikes IDR to 'BB-', Outlook Positive
---------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has upgraded Eldorado Gold Corporation's Issuer
Default Rating (IDR) to 'BB-' from 'B+' and assigned a Positive
Outlook. Fitch has also upgraded the senior unsecured notes to
'BB-' from 'B+' with a Recovery Rating (RR) of 'RR4' and affirmed
the secured RCF at 'BB+' and revised the RR to 'RR2' from 'RR1'.

The upgrade reflects Eldorado's strong EBITDA generation, which
Fitch expects to remain above USD1 billion over the forecast
period, a cost position in the second quartile of the Wood
Mackenzie "total cash costs plus sustaining capex" normal cost
curve, average operating reserve life over 10 years, and reduced
financial and execution risk from the Skouries project and the
Foran Mining acquisition. The rating remains constrained by
jurisdiction risks in Greece and Türkiye.

The Positive Outlook reflects Fitch's expectation that Skouries and
the Foran acquisition will increase average annual gold output
while keeping EBITDA leverage below 1.1x.

Key Rating Drivers

Skouries Adds Scale/Copper: Fitch expects the successful completion
of the Skouries copper-gold project in Greece to improve the
company's overall cost position, add scale, and provide
diversification through copper exposure. Execution risk at Skouries
appears limited given the project is 94% complete as of March 2026.
The first concentrate is expected in 3Q26, with commercial
production in 4Q26. Fitch expects liquidity to be sufficient to
support completion and ramp up of the project.

For 2026, Skouries is expected to produce between 60,000 ounces
(oz) and 100,000 oz of gold and 20 million pounds (lbs)-40 million
lbs of copper. The technical report dated Jan. 22, 2022, outlines a
nine-year mine life for Phase 1, followed by an additional 11 years
for Phase 2. Over the life of the mine, average annual production
is expected to be 140,000oz of gold and 67 million lbs of copper,
with cash costs in the low first quartile of the Wood Mackenzie
total cash costs plus sustaining capex normal cost curve.

Competitive Cost Position: Fitch expects Eldorado to maintain an
average cost position in the second quartile of Wood Mackenzie
total cash costs plus sustaining capex normal cost curve over the
forecast period. The recent increase in unit cash costs at Olympias
is likely to moderate. Based on company guidance, total cash cost
per ounce sold at Olympias is expected to decline to $1,030-$1,230
in 2026 from $1,722 in 2025.

Eldorado's key Kişladag mine in Turkiye was positioned in the
fourth quartile of Wood Mackenzie total cash costs plus sustaining
capex normal cost curve. Efemcukuru in Turkiye, the Lamaque Complex
in Canada, and Olympias in Greece were in the fourth quartile,
third quartile, and first quartile, respectively. In 2025,
Kişladag represented 35% of gold production, the Lamaque Complex
38%, Efemcukuru 15%, and Olympias 12%.

Foran Acquisition Credit Positive: Fitch views Eldorado's largely
equity-funded acquisition of Foran Mining Corp. (NR) credit
positive, as the acquisition strengthens Eldorado's production
growth profile, increases copper and zinc exposure, enhances
jurisdictional strength by adding Canada focus, and adds long-life
assets with exploration upside. The McIlvenna Bay project is a
high-quality Canadian underground project that is expected to reach
commercial production in 3Q26. The asset has an estimated 18-year
mine life and is expected to produce annually around 41 million lbs
of copper, 20,000oz of gold, 444,000oz of silver, and 54 million
lbs of zinc.

Corporate Structurally Subordinated: FCF from Skouries will be
prioritized to the repayment of the project's financing as the
borrower of those loans is not a guarantor of Eldorado's debt.
Fitch expects distributions to be subject to an excess cash flow
sweep while amounts are still outstanding.

Gold Price Sensitivity: The ratings incorporate Eldorado's expected
resilience to moderating gold prices, in line with Fitch's rating
case gold price assumptions. The rating case assumes gold prices of
USD4,500/oz in 2026, moderating to USD2,700/oz by 2029, compared
with a realized gold price of USD3,505/oz in 2025. Fitch expects
EBITDA of about USD1.6 billion in 2026, increasing in 2027 as
Skouries ramps up to commercial production. The Skouries project
and the Foran acquisition are expected to diversify production
exposure to about 77% gold, 15% copper, and 8% other metals from
2027.

Recovery Rating Criteria Variation: Fitch applied a variation for
Eldorado's RCF ratings, assigning a rating two notches above the
IDR at 'BB+' with the Recovery Rating revised to 'RR2' from 'RR1'.
This is higher than the 'RR3' indicated by Fitch's
"Country-Specific Treatment of Recovery Ratings Criteria". The
security from Eldorado Gold (Quebec) Inc.'s secured guaranty
overcollateralizes the RCF. This supports a higher Recovery Rating
than the 'RR3' that would result from the weighted average of the
recovery caps for Canada and Turkiye, where the economic value of
the guarantors could be realized. The RCF rating may change if the
collateral value of the Canadian subsidiary's secured guaranty
changes.

Peer Analysis

Eldorado's guidance for 2026 gold production midpoint of around
540,000 oz is below IAMGOLD Corporation's (B+/Positive)
attributable gold production midpoint guidance of about 770,000 oz.
However, Fitch expects Eldorado gold production to increase toward
700,000 oz by 2029 and to generate higher EBITDA than IAMGOLD from
2027 onward, supported by the completion of the Skouries project
and McIlvenna Bay project. On this basis, Eldorado would have
exposure to six operating mines, compared with IAMGOLD's three.

Relative to other rated mining peers, Eldorado is larger and more
diversified than Ero Copper Corp. (Ero; B+/Stable), but fairly
similar in terms of 2025 EBITDA however less diversified than
Hudbay Minerals Inc. (Hudbay; BB-/Stable). It is also smaller than
Endeavour Mining plc (Endeavour; BB/Positive), which is projected
to produce about 1.1 million oz of gold in 2026 and benefits from
greater scale at current gold prices however the rating is
constrained by the weak operating environment in west Africa.

Eldorado's operating reserve life of at least 13 years at YE 2025
compares favorably with many rated gold mining peers, while its
cost position is broadly in line with similarly rated producers.

Eldorado's EBITDA leverage was 1.3x at Dec. 31, 2025, compared with
0.5x for IAMGOLD, 1.2x for Hudbay, and 0.3x for Endeavour. Fitch
expects Eldorado to delever materially over the forecast period,
supported by stronger EBITDA generation in the current gold price
environment. This should move the company toward the lower end of
the peer leverage range, supporting the Positive Outlook relative
to Hudbay's Stable Outlook. Fitch also expects Eldorado to generate
materially stronger positive FCF than Hudbay over the next few
years.

Fitch’s Key Rating-Case Assumptions

- Gold sales approximately 500,000/oz in 2026, 635,000/oz in 2027,
660,000/oz in 2028 and 690,000/oz in 2029;

- Gold prices at USD4,500/oz in 2026, USD3,800/oz in 2027,
USD3,300/oz in 2028 and USD2,700/oz in 2029;

- Copper prices at USD11,500 per tonne in 2026, USD11,000/tonne in
2027, and USD10,000/tonne thereafter;

- EBITDA margins average 59% weighted toward the ramp-up of
Skouries;

- Capex at USD1,150 million in 2026, averaging USD430 million
between 2027-2029;

- Skouries project financing hedged as announced and amortized
according to the agreement;

- Additional USD250 million credit facility debt following the
closing of the Foran acquisition which closed in April 2026;

- Dividends and share repurchases with excess operating cash flow
after capex.

Corporate Rating Tool Inputs and Scores

Fitch scored the issuer as follows, using its Corporate Rating Tool
(CRT) to produce the Standalone Credit Profile (SCP):

Business and financial profile factors (assessment, relative
importance): management ('bbb', Lower), sector characteristics
('bbb-', Lower), market and competitive positioning ('bb-',
Higher), diversification and asset quality ('b+', Higher), company
operational characteristics ('bb-', Moderate), profitability
('bbb-', Moderate), financial structure ('a+', Lower), and
financial flexibility ('bb', Moderate).

The quantitative financial subfactors are based on custom CRT
financial period parameters: 10% weight for the historical year
2025, 20% for the forecast year 2026, 20% for the forecast year
2027, 20% for the forecast year 2028 and 30% for the forecast year
2029.

The governance assessment of 'good' has no impact.

The operating environment assessment of 'a-' has no impact.

The SCP is 'bb-'.

To derive the Long-Term IDR:

Fitch made no adjustments to the SCP, resulting in an IDR of
'BB-'.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- Expectations for EBITDA leverage sustained above 3.0x;

- Deviation from financial policy without a clear path toward
deleveraging during periods of heavy investment spending.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- Successful completion and ramp-up from Skouries & McIlvenna
mines;

- EBITDA leverage sustained below 2.0x;

- Average cost position maintained in second quartile of the Wood
Mackenzie total cash costs plus sustaining capex cost curve;

- Visibility into maintaining low-risk mines with an average
operating mine life greater than 10 years.

Liquidity and Debt Structure

Eldorado had cash on hand of USD630 million and USD158 million was
available under its USD350 million senior secured RCF due in 2028,
as of March 31, 2026. The RCF is used for letters of credit
supporting the company's contributions to fund the Skouries
project. Fitch believes the RCF availability will improve
throughout 2026 as the company invests further in the Skouries
project.

Following the closing of the Foran acquisition in April 2026, the
acquisition comprised of a USD250 million credit facility with a
maturity of Sept. 30, 2031. Eldorado has no near-term debt
maturities. The RCF is due in 2028. The notes are due in 2029. The
Skouries project debt is due in 2032.

The RCF facility has a net debt/EBITDA covenant maximum of 3.5x and
an interest coverage covenant of no less than 3.0x. Fitch believes
the company will remain in compliance with these covenants.

Issuer Profile

Eldorado is a mid-tier, average cost, Canada-domiciled gold and
base metals producer operating four mines: Kisladag and Efemcukuru
in western Turkiye, Lamaque in Canada, and Olympias in northern
Greece. The company also owns two near term production projects,
the Skouries project in Greece and McIlvenna Bay project in
Canada.

Criteria Variation

Fitch has applied a criteria variation for Eldorado's RCF ratings
to be two notches above the IDR at 'BB+' with a Recovery Rating of
'RR2'. The over-collateralization provided by the secured guaranty
of Canadian subsidiary, Eldorado Gold (Quebec) Inc., is consistent
with the higher recovery rating. A Recovery Rating of 'RR3' would
result from the weighted average of the caps of Canada and Turkiye,
where the economic value of the guarantors could be realized, under
to Fitch's "Country-Specific Treatment of Recovery Ratings
Criteria".

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS AND SECTOR FORECASTS

Fitch's latest quarterly Global Corporates Sector Forecasts Monitor
data file which aggregates key data points used in its credit
analysis. Fitch's macroeconomic forecasts, commodity price
assumptions, default rate forecasts, sector key performance
indicators and sector-level forecasts are among the data items
included.

Climate Vulnerability Signals

The results of its Climate.VS screener did not indicate an elevated
risk for Eldorado Gold Corporation.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt               Rating           Recovery   Prior
   -----------               ------           --------   -----
Eldorado Gold
Corporation      

                       LT IDR BB-  Upgrade               B+
   senior secured      LT     BB+  Affirmed    RR2       BB+
   senior unsecured    LT     BB-  Upgrade     RR4       B+



ELITE PROJECT: Final Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 11
------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort
Worth Division, is set to hold a final hearing on June 11 to
consider Elite Project Management, LLC's bid to use cash
collateral.

The Debtor is currently authorized to use cash collateral pursuant
to the court's May 22 interim order. This authorization remains in
effect until a final determination is made.

Under the interim order, the Debtor is authorized to utilize its
cash collateral based on an approved budget, subject to a 10%
variance. The budget may be revised before the final hearing
through agreement between the Debtor and lenders, subject to court
approval.

As adequate protection, lenders received replacement liens on the
Debtor's equipment, inventory, and accounts, with the same priority
and validity as their pre-petition liens. These replacement liens
do not apply to avoidance actions and remain subordinate to certain
administrative expenses, including professional fees, trustee fees,
and court-related costs.

The lenders that collectively assert liens on substantially all of
the Debtor's accounts receivable and related proceeds, typically
arising from UCC-1 financing statements, are Redwood Business
Loans, LLC, LG Funding, LLC, W Funding Group, LLC, Headway Capital,
LLC, and Fiji SPV, LLC. These lenders are associated with merchant
cash advance or similar financing arrangements. Their claimed
secured positions range from approximately $43,000 to over
$700,000.

A copy of the court's order and the Debtor's budget is available at
https://shorturl.at/1xPHp from PacerMonitor.com.

                About Elite Project Management LLC

Elite Project Management LLC is a Texas-based company engaged in
project management and business support services for commercial and
operational projects.

Elite Project Management sought relief under Subchapter V of
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Texas Case No.
26-42193) on May 19, 2026. In its petition, the Debtor reported up
to $50,000 in assets and between $1 million and $10 million in
liabilities.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Mark X. Mullin handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Robert Thomas DeMarco, Esq.


ELK GROVE VILLAGE: S&P Assigns Prelim 'BB-' Rating on Sec. Notes
----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its preliminary 'BB-' rating and '2'
recovery rating to Elk Grove Village Property LLC's (EGVP) $850
million senior secured notes, indicating the likelihood of
substantial recovery in the event of a default.

EGVP's operating risk reflects its attractive site and advanced
construction. Underpinned by a 15-year triple-net lease with
CoreWeave (B+/Positive), S&P believes the project can find a
replacement tenant on similar terms relatively quickly, so the
rating is not capped by the credit strength of the tenant.

EGVP is raising $850 million in senior secured notes to refinance
construction debt, fund an additional construction contingency
reserve and six-month debt service reserve, and for a distribution
to parent Prime Data Centers.

S&P said, "Under our base-case scenario, we assume immediate
replacement of CoreWeave by another tenant with stronger financial
position at the start of operations, albeit at a lower lease rate
at a similar 15-year term. Under this scenario, we estimate a
minimum debt service coverage ratio (DSCR) of about 1.13x (versus
1.24x under the CoreWeave lease) through the lease term. The median
DSCR is significantly higher at 1.36x.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation that the data center
will be complete on schedule and remain on budget. We also expect
it to generate sufficient cash flow to repay its obligations
through the 15-year initial lease term."

EGVP is one in a three-building data center campus in Elk Grove
Village, which is in the Chicago area owned by the sponsor, Prime
Data Centers. It will have 72 megawatts (MW) of capacity with six
data halls across a three-story configuration. Construction is
advanced, with 75% of estimated total spending complete at the end
of May 2026. Three data halls are operating, with the fourth
expected to be operational in August 2026. The remaining two halls
have anticipated delivery dates in December 2026. Construction is
being performed under a guaranteed maximum price construction
contract with Clune Construction, the general contractor. All
equipment has been acquired by the sponsor separately under an
owner-furnished, contractor installed basis, with fixed-price
purchase orders, and delivered ahead of installation.

Construction also relies on power supply. Commonwealth Edison
(ComEd) is constructing a new substation onsite for the long-term
supply, expected to be completed early in the second quarter of
2027. It also has an agreement to supply bridging power in the
interim. There is sufficient bridging power for commissioning and
full operation of four halls, and ComEd and EGVP are discussing an
upsize to support halls five and six.

The entire building is contracted with CoreWeave as lessee under a
15-year triple-net lease with two potential seven-year extensions.

S&P said, "The preliminary 'BB-' rating reflects more risk for
operations than construction. We base the rating on the lower of a
construction phase stand-alone credit profile (SACP) of 'bbb' and
an operations phase SACP of 'bb-'. Construction is well advanced,
with all equipment ordered and about 75% of spending complete.
There are some delays, including completion of the onsite
substation, but we expect construction to conclude by year end of
2026 and final power to be available in the first half of 2027. In
operations, debt service coverage is strong, but EGVP relies on a
low-rated tenant in CoreWeave. Our assessment of operations
considers replacement with another tenant, which we consider
possible due to the tier 1 location, the fact it is nearly
complete, small scale, and other potential tenants such as one in
the other two campus buildings.

"EGVP is well advanced in construction. We expect all halls to be
complete and generating revenue under the lease by the second
quarter of 2027. The project has bridging energy from ComEd, which
is also constructing a substation onsite expected to provide
long-term energy supply through the operating period. We base the
construction phase SACP of 'bbb' on relatively simple remaining
construction efforts, advanced design, a well experienced and
qualified sponsor and contractor, and significant remaining
liquidity and contingency amounts. This is offset somewhat by
expected substation completion delayed by 3-6 months from the
original schedule, and final power on the critical path to begin
operations for the final two data halls.

"We view EGVP as having significant liquidity to cover our downside
scenario and allow for replacement of the guaranteed maximum price
contractor if required. All material equipment has been sourced by
the developer outside the contract, ordered, and firm prices
signed. Equipment is being delivered on schedule.

"The entire facility is under a triple-net lease with CoreWeave.
Since all revenue comes from CoreWeave, we see this single tenant's
credit strength as an important influence on the rating on EGVP. To
rate the project above the rating on CoreWeave, we model cash flow
assuming CoreWeave is replaced by another tenant immediately at
completion of construction. We consider the location as tier 1,
with available alternative tenants; a flexible and smaller scale
footprint that allows relatively easy replacement; and availability
in the near term (versus a greenfield development). As such, we
assume a similar 15-year triple-net lease but at a haircut in
price. We also consider a downside scenario with further reduction
in re-leasing rate and lower annual adjustment in rates. The
difference between lease rates in our base and downside scenarios
leads to a '2' market risk score and an OPBA of '5' (rather than
the '2' typical for data centers that don't face potential tenant
replacement).

"EGVP has refinancing risk but significant buffer in DSCRs. With
tenant replacement included in our modeling, our operations
assessment is driven by DSCRs rather than counterparty credit
strength. We note that median DSCRs are significantly stronger,
with the project having one year at the minimum and coverage
increasing through the lease term.

"We base the operations phase SACP of 'bb-' on an asset class
operations stability score of '2' (relatively simple technology
complexity) and the assumption of immediate replacement of the
tenant. Our base and downside scenarios forecast different haircuts
in re-leasing rates, leading to market risk of '2' and an OPBA of
'5'. A minimum DSCR of 1.13x leads to a preliminary SACP of 'b+',
with modest resilience leading to a one-notch uplift and a strong
median through the life of the project for another one-notch
adjustment."

However, S&P notches EGVP down one notch for weakness in structural
protection, due to a combination of capacity for additional debt
and some looseness in the distribution test:

-- Documents allow both a $50 million letter of credit and an
additional debt bucket up to 50% of the last 12 months of net
operating income (about $60 million under the CoreWeave lease).

-- Can also make permitted tax distributions as well as payment to
its parent to cover director insurance, and financial advisory feed
related to the project even if the DSCR is below the restricted
payment test level of 1.1 to 1.0.

These two features lead to a negative one-notch adjustment to the
operations SACP. The overall outcome is 'bb-'. S&P's assumption of
tenant replacement means there is no material counterparty cap
during operations.

S&P said, "The stable outlook on EGVP reflects our expectations
that the data center and substation will be built on time and
budget, with all halls operating in the second quarter of 2027,
generating sufficient cash flow to allow full repayment of debt
obligations within the initial 15-year lease term of an assumed
replacement lease.

"We would consider a negative rating action if we believe DSCRs
would fall below 1.10x. This could happen if CoreWeave fails to
perform as a tenant and a replacement counterparty enters a new
lease at worse terms than our base-case assumptions, or the project
raises material additional debt as under the additional debt
buckets. The project could also potentially face downgrade during
construction if there is significant delay to completion of the
substation and commencement of operations for the final two data
halls.

"We could consider raising the rating if CoreWeave's credit
strength increases above the project rating or because of a
replacement lease at a better price than our assumption."


ENCORE CAPITAL: Fitch Alters Outlook on BB+ LongTerm IDR to Stable
------------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has revised its Outlook on Encore Capital Group,
Inc.'s Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR) to Stable, from
Negative, and has affirmed the rating at 'BB+'. Fitch also affirmed
Encore's senior secured debt rating at 'BB+'.

The Outlook revision reflects Encore's improved collections
performance and Fitch's expectation that its strategic execution
should result in Encore's financial profile, in particular
leverage, remaining within Fitch's tolerance levels for the rating
over the next 12 to 24 months.

Key Rating Drivers

Strong Franchise; Challenging Environment: Encore's leading
franchise in the key US and, to a lesser extent, European debt
purchasing market is balanced against its concentrated business
activities and a reliance on leverage for portfolio purchases. This
is particularly relevant in an increasingly volatile operating
environment with inherent challenges of forecasting cash
collections to ensure profitable underwriting. The rating also
accounts for Encore's robust liquidity and experienced management
team with a sound investment record.

Prominent Franchise; Narrow Segment: Encore has a leading position
in the debt purchasing sector, particularly within the structurally
deep credit markets of the US, supplemented by activities in the UK
and continental Europe. It acquires portfolios of unsecured
defaulted receivables from financial service providers including
banks, credit unions, consumer finance companies and commercial
retailers.

Encore's well-established franchise and relationships with
financial institutions are particularly beneficial in the US, where
defaulted receivables are largely sourced through ongoing forward
flow agreements. Fitch expects strong recent purchasing in the US
to support cash collection inflows.

Robust EBITDA Margin: Profitability, on a cash flow basis, is
adequate with an adjusted EBITDA/revenue (adjusted for portfolio
amortisation) margin consistently above 50% which is in line with
peers'. On a net income basis, profitability has been volatile in
recent years and was hit by goodwill impairments and
under-collections in 2024 and 2023 leading to a net loss for both
years. Last year saw a reversal of the under-collections with
significant over- collections bolstering net income and no goodwill
impairments being recognised.

Fitch does not expect further material goodwill impairments or
under-collections and the recent increased US portfolio purchases
should support robust profitability, with estimated remaining
collections up at USD9.8 billion at end-1Q26 (1Q25: USD8.9
billion).

Stable and Experienced Management: Encore's management has
substantial through-the-cycle experience in debt purchasing and has
achieved significant organic growth within the business. The nature
of the assets Encore purchases carries inherent risks, but its
presence in both the US and Europe allows the choice of capital
deployment to match the relative strength of investment
opportunities available, and the company's historical money
multiples (collections relative to purchase price) indicate
adequate long-term pricing discipline.

Dependence on Leverage: Encore funds portfolio purchases largely
through debt, which means that leverage can fluctuate according to
collections and portfolio purchasing activity. Management has a
long-term guidance range for net debt/EBITDA of 2x-3x and leverage
has consistently been maintained within that range. Fitch
calculates leverage using gross debt/EBITDA (adjusted for portfolio
amortisation), which was 2.5x at end-2025 (2024: 2.7x) and Fitch
would expect this metric to be around this level on a normalized
basis.

Fitch also considers debt/tangible equity as a complementary
leverage metric, which at end-2025 was high at 9x (2024: 14x),
inflated by the impact of goodwill. The company has recently
restarted its share repurchase programme. Fitch expects these
amounts to be moderate, but they could still put pressure on
tangible equity in a more difficult collections environment.

Sound Near-Term Liquidity: Encore has no material near-term
refinancing needs, having proactively addressed debt maturities.
The earliest material maturity is June 2028. Interest coverage, as
calculated by adjusted EBITDA/interest expense, is adequate and
unchanged at 5x. The company generates large cash flows through
collections and has recently amended and extended its revolving
credit facility to provide additional liquidity headroom, with the
increased facility now at USD1,485 million, maturing in 2029.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- Recognition of impairments resulting in a material negative
impact on net income or underlining risk management weaknesses

- A sustained fall in cash collections, resulting in significantly
reduced earnings generation, material write-downs of the value of
portfolio investments, cash flow leverage consistently at the
higher end of management's target range for net debt/adjusted
EBITDA of 2x-3x, or more aggressive capital management resulting in
tangible equity reduction

- A material adverse operational event or regulatory intervention
undermining franchise strength or business-model resilience

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- Fitch views upside potential to be limited in the near-to-medium
term unless there is a material increase in the company's tangible
equity, alongside maintenance of cash flow leverage consistently at
the low end of management's guidance range. This is provided that
strategic execution is effective with no material underperformance
of collections.

DEBT AND OTHER INSTRUMENT RATINGS: KEY RATING DRIVERS

Encore's senior secured notes are guaranteed by most group
subsidiaries and rank equally with other senior secured
obligations. The rating is equalised with Encore's Long-Term IDR as
the senior secured debt class represents most of Encore's
borrowings, resulting in average rather than above-average expected
recoveries.

DEBT AND OTHER INSTRUMENT RATINGS: RATING SENSITIVITIES

The ratings of the senior secured notes are primarily sensitive to
changes in Encore's IDR.

Changes to Fitch's assessment of recovery prospects for senior
secured debt in a default (eg due to a material shift in the
proportion of Encore's debt that is either super-senior or
unsecured) could also result in the senior secured debt rating
being notched up or down from the IDR.

ADJUSTMENTS

Encore's 'bb+' standalone credit profile (SCP) is in line with the
'bb+' implied SCP.

The business profile score of 'bb+' is below the implied score of
'bbb' due to the following adjustment reason: business model
(negative).

The capitalisation and leverage score of 'bb' is below the implied
score of 'bbb' due to the following adjustment reason: risk profile
and business model (negative).

ESG Considerations

Encore has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Customer Welfare -
Fair Messaging, Privacy & Data Security due to the importance of
fair collection practices and consumer interactions and the
regulatory focus on them, particularly in the US. Encore has an ESG
Relevance Score of '4' for Financial Transparency due to the
significance of internal modelling to portfolio valuations and
associated metrics such as estimated remaining collections. These
factors have negative influences on the rating but they are
features of the debt purchasing sector as a whole, and not specific
to Encore.

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt               Rating           Prior
   -----------               ------           -----
Encore Capital
Group, Inc.     

                     LT IDR   BB+   Affirmed    BB+
   senior secured    LT       BB+   Affirmed    BB+


ENDLESS SUMMER: Case Summary & Eight Unsecured Creditors
--------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Endless Summer Real Estate & Investments, LLC
        241 Ashworth Circle
        Madison, MS 39110

Business Description: Endless Summer is a privately held company
                      that holds and rents out real estate
                      properties.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 29, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Southern District of Mississippi

Case No.: 26-01509

Judge: Hon. Jamie A Wilson

Debtor's Counsel: Craig M. Geno, Esq.
                  LAW OFFICES OF GENO AND STEISKAL, PLLC
                  601 Renaissance Way, Suite A
                  Ridgeland, MS 39157
                  Tel: 601-427-0048

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Steven T. Johnson as managing member.

A copy of the Debtor's list of its eight unsecured creditors is
available for free on PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/VNTNFQA/Endless_Summer_Real_Estate__Investments__mssbke-26-01509__0008.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/UIZRBNI/Endless_Summer_Real_Estate__Investments__mssbke-26-01509__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


ESJ TOWERS: Special Counsel Loses Bid to Dismiss Adversary Case
---------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Enrique S. Lamoutte of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Puerto Rico denied the motion filed by Luis Daniel
Muniz to dismiss the amended complaint in the adversary proceeding
captioned as ESJ TOWERS, INC, Plaintiff, vs. LUIS DANIEL MUNIZ, and
DE ANGEL & COMPANIA CPA, LLC, Defendants, ADV. PROC. 25-00036
(Bankr. D.P.R.).

On July 14, 2022, roughly a month after the Petition Date, the
Debtor filed an application to employ Muniz as special counsel for
a wide variety of matters.  The Original Muniz Application proposed
to pay Muniz a "retainer" of $3,500 per month for up to 30 hours of
work, and $150.00 per hour for any work in excess of the 30 hours.


On March 3, 2023, less than a month after the Muniz Order, Muniz
filed an interim fee application pursuant to section 331 of the
Bankruptcy Code.

The Interim Muniz Fee Application requested payment of $21,000 --
that is, $3,500 for six months of work from July 2022 through
February 2023, but excluding December 2022 and January 2023.

On April 3, 2023, when no one had objected to the Interim Muniz
Application, the Court entered an Order granting the request. On
March 28, 2023, shortly after the Court entered the Interim Muniz
Award, the Debtor paid counsel $21,000.

During the ensuing 14 months, through May 24, 2024, the Debtor paid
counsel another $52,500, all without court approval.

Muniz did not file a final fee application before (or after) the
Administrative Expense Claim Bar Date.

The Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors filed an adversary
proceeding complaint against Muniz and De Angel & Compania CPA, LLC
("DAC") on July 20, 2025. An Amended Complaint was subsequently
filed on October 30, 2025.

The Amended Complaint includes two counts related to Muniz. In
Count I, the Committee alleges Muniz was not allowed fees on a
final basis and, thus, requests the Court to enter an order
requiring Muniz to disgorge the full amount that he was paid by the
Debtor ($73,500.00). Meanwhile, in Count II the Committee seeks to
avoid the $52,500.00 of allegedly unauthorized payments made to
Muniz by the Debtor between April 2023 and May 2024.

Muniz argues in the Motion to Dismiss that the issues raised by the
UCC in relation to the compensation received by the Defendant can
be entertained with a final application for compensation Nunc Pro
Tunc. Further, Muniz posits that the Committee failed to assert an
actionable claim for relief against him, even when the
non-conclusory allegations in the Amended Complain are assumed to
be true. Lastly, Muniz argues that the filing of an adversary
proceeding, instead of filing an objection to the Final Fee
Application for Compensation is the incorrect mechanism to
entertain the matter before the court.

The Committee states that the motion nowhere argues that the
Amended Complaint's allegations fail to provide Muniz with notice
of a substantively plausible claim. Nor does the motion attempt to
explain why -- even if the Bankruptcy Code or the Confirmed Plan
would allow the court to enter a nunc pro tunc fee award -- Muniz
would qualify for such extraordinary relief in this case.

The Court agrees with the Committee's position, holding that the
conclusory and unsupported allegations in the Motion to Dismiss do
not adequately contest the well-plead allegations in the Amended
Complaint as to the Committee's claims against Muniz. In addition,
as of this date and over four months after the filing of the Motion
to Dismiss, no final application for compensation has been filed by
Muniz. Moreover, contrary to Muniz's assertion, an adversary
proceeding, such as the instant case, is the proper method to
recover the money allegedly paid improperly to Muniz by the Debtor.
Accordingly, the Motion to Dismiss filed by Muniz is denied.

A copy of the Court's Opinion and Order dated May 28, 2026, is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=HVWCFc from PacerMonitor.com

                       About ESJ Towers

ESJ Towers, Inc. owns the ESJ Towers in Carolina, P.R. The luxury
apartments and condo units at ESJ Towers have direct access to Isla
Verde Beach, widely considered one of the best in Puerto Rico.

ESJ sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. D.P.R. Case No. 22-01676) on June 10, 2022, with as much as
$50 million in both assets and liabilities. ESJ President Keith St.
Clair signed the petition.

Judge Enrique S. Lamoutte Inclan oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Charles A. Cuprill, Esq., at Charles A. Cuprill,
PSC Law Offices as bankruptcy counsel; Ramon Luis Nieves, Esq., at
RL Legal Consulting Services, LLC and Luis Daniel Muniz, Esq., as
special counsels; Dage Consulting CPAS, PSC as financial advisor;
CPA Luis R. Carrasquillo & Co., P.S.C. as financial consultant; and
De Angel & Compania, PA, LLC as auditor.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 21 appointed an official committee of
unsecured creditors on Sept. 12, 2022. The committee tapped the Law
Office of Jonathan A. Backman as lead bankruptcy counsel; Julio
Cesar Alejandro Serrano, Esq., at JCAS Law as local counsel; and
Dage Consulting CPAS, PSC as financial advisor.

The Court confirmed the Debtor's Chapter 11 plan of reorganization
on May 21, 2024.


ESSENTIAL INVESTMENT: Dwayne Murray Named Subchapter V Trustee
--------------------------------------------------------------
The Acting U.S. Trustee for Region 5 appointed Dwayne Murray, Esq.,
at Murray & Murray, LLC, as Subchapter V trustee for Essential
Investment Properties, LLC.

Mr. Murray will be paid an hourly fee of $500 for his services as
Subchapter V trustee and will be reimbursed for work-related
expenses incurred.  

Mr. Murray declared that he is a disinterested person according to
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Subchapter V trustee can be reached at:

     Dwayne Murray, Esq.
     Murray & Murray, LLC
     4970 Bluebonnet Blvd., Suite B
     Baton Rouge, LA 70809
     Tel: (225) 925-1110
     Fax: (225) 925-1116
     Email: dmm@murraylaw.net

             About Essential Investment Properties LLC

Essential Investment Properties, LLC is a real estate investment
and property management company engaged in acquiring, managing, and
operating investment properties.

Essential Investment Properties sought relief under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 26-11234) on May 21,
2026. In its petition, the Debtor listed $1 million to $10 million
in assets and unknown liabilities.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Meredith S. Grabill handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Mark Ladd, Esq., at Butler McDonald.


FAT BRANDS: Alagna Case Transferred to Texas Bankruptcy Court
-------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Lorna G. Schofield of the U.S. District Court for the
Southern District of New York granted the Alagna Advisors LLC's
motion to transfer venue of the case captioned as FAT BRANDS INC.,
Plaintiff, -against- ALAGNA ADVISORS LLC, Defendant, Case No.
26-cv-03371-LGS (S.D.N.Y.), to the United States Bankruptcy Court
for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division.

Plaintiff FAT Brands Inc. is a global franchising company which
owns various restaurant brands, including the brands Twin Peaks and
Fazoli's. Defendant Alagna Advisors LLC is an investment advisory
firm.

The Complaint alleges that Plaintiff sells bonds through its
operating subsidiaries and, over the last several years, has sold
millions of dollars' worth of bonds to Defendant. The Complaint
alleges that in June 2025, the parties agreed to swap bonds issued
by Twin Peaks and already held by Defendant for different bonds
issued by Fazoli's. The agreed-upon transaction consisted of two
parts: (1) a sale by Defendant to Plaintiff of $6,389,930.56 worth
of bonds issued by Twin Peaks -- Twin Peaks Trade -- and (2) a sale
by Plaintiff to Defendant of $6,389,307.89 worth of bonds issued by
Fazoli's -- Fazoli's Trade.

The Complaint alleges that on June 30, 2025, Plaintiff caused its
broker to post both trades, but Defendant accepted only the Twin
Peaks Trade and not the Fazoli's Trade. That is, Defendant left
Plaintiff with both sets of bonds and the obligation to pay
Defendant for the Twin Peaks bonds. The Complaint alleges that
Plaintiff was unable to cancel its purchase of the Twin Peaks
bonds, and on July 2, 2025, when the trade settled, Plaintiff wired
the approximately $6.4 million purchase price of the Twin Peaks
bonds to Defendant.

On July 15, 2025, Plaintiff commenced this action against Defendant
in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County,
asserting claims for breach of contract, unjust enrichment and
promissory estoppel. Defendant answered, asserting a counterclaim
for breach of contract against Plaintiff.

Plaintiff does not oppose the motion to transfer venue. Defendant
contends that the dispute can then be resolved through the claims
reconciliation process in the bankruptcy proceedings and the
parties state that they will jointly seek a stay of this action in
the Texas Bankruptcy Court once the action has been transferred.
This Court finds these considerations weigh in favor of transfer.

Transfer to the Southern District of Texas is also in the interest
of justice as that Court could refer the matter to the Texas
Bankruptcy Court, where Plaintiff's bankruptcy proceedings are
pending. Judge Schofield explains, "Plaintiff's claims and
Defendant's counterclaim may affect Plaintiff's bankruptcy estate
and its administration. Transfer would promote judicial economy by
allowing the court overseeing Plaintiff's bankruptcy proceedings to
manage and coordinate both the bankruptcy proceedings and the
instant action. These interest-of-justice considerations weigh in
favor of transfer."

A copy of the Court's Opinion & Order dated May 22, 2026, is
available at http://urlcurt.com/u?l=WawijVfrom PacerMonitor.com.

          About FAT (Fresh. Authentic. Tasty.) Brands

FAT Brands (NASDAQ: FAT) -- http://www.fatbrands.com/-- is a
global franchising company that strategically acquires, markets,
and develops fast casual, quick-service, casual dining, and
polished casual dining concepts around the world. The Company
currently owns 18 restaurant brands: Round Table Pizza, Fatburger,
Marble Slab Creamery, Johnny Rockets, Fazoli's, Twin Peaks, Great
American Cookies, Smokey Bones, Hot Dog on a Stick, Buffalo's Cafe
& Express, Hurricane Grill & Wings, Pretzelmaker, Elevation Burger,
Native Grill & Wings, Yalla Mediterranean and Ponderosa and Bonanza
Steakhouses. FAT Brands franchises and owns over 2,200 units
worldwide.

Fat Brands Inc. and 181 subsidiaries sought relief under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 26-90126) on
Jan. 26, 2026.  In its petition, Fat Brands listed estimated assets
and liabilities more than $1 billion.

The Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Alfredo R. Perez handles the case.

Latham & Watkins LLP is serving as legal counsel to the Company.
GLC Advisors & Co., LLC is serving as investment banker, and Huron
Consulting Services LLC is serving as financial advisor. Omni Agent
Solutions, Inc., is serving as claims, noticing and solicitation
agent.

White & Case LLP is representing the Ad Hoc Group of Securitization
Noteholders.

Greenberg Traurig, LLP represents UMB Bank, National Association,
solely in its capacity as Trustee to certain series of notes.


FAT BRANDS: Creditors to Get Proceeds From Liquidation
------------------------------------------------------
FAT Brands Inc. and affiliates filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Southern District of Texas a Disclosure Statement
describing Joint Plan of Liquidation dated May 22, 2026.

The origin of the Debtors' restaurant portfolio traces back over 20
years when, in June of 2003, they acquired Fatburger, an iconic,
all-American hamburger restaurant that was founded in Los Angeles
in 1947.

In March 2017, the Debtors launched FAT Brands as a Delaware
corporation that was a wholly-owned subsidiary of Fog Cutter
Capital Group, Inc. Initially, FAT Brands served as a holding
company for the Fatburger, Buffalo's Cafe, and Buffalo's Express
brands. To facilitate its continued growth and goal of becoming a
multi-brand restaurant franchising company focused on developing,
marketing, and acquiring predominantly fast casual restaurant
concepts, FAT Brands completed its initial public offering in
October 2017.

The Debtors operate primarily as a franchisor for the brands owned
by the direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Securitization
Issuers. They are party to franchise agreements (the "Franchise
Agreements") with about 700 franchisees who operate over 1,900
franchisee restaurants across the world. As such, the Debtors
generate a significant amount of their revenue approximately $86.3
million in royalties and $5.7 million in franchise fees in 2025, by
collecting certain franchise fees, royalties, and other fees
associated with providing certain services to franchised
restaurants in accordance with the Franchise Agreements.

On April 27, 2027, at 9:00 a.m., the Debtors held the Auction
virtually via Zoom, at which the Debtors and their advisors
participated in active negotiations with the Proposed Purchasers'
and opened the floor to the bidders in an attempt to obtain the
highest and best Bids for the Debtors' assets.

Following the Auction, and in accordance with the Bidding
Procedures Order, the Debtors designated (i) FBG Bid Co. as
Successful Bidder for the FBG Sale Assets16, as well as DC
Restaurant Group, LLC as the Backup Bidder for substantially all
Assets related to the Debtors' Round Table Pizza restaurant brand;
(ii) TWNPKS Bid Co. as Successful Bidder for substantially all of
the assets related to the Debtors' Twin Peaks business, excluding
the Debtors' Smokey Bones brand; (iii) Amazing Brands, LLC as
Successful Bidder for substantially all of the assets related to
the Debtors' Hot Dog on a Stick restaurant brand; and (iv) TABCO
International Food Catering K.S.C.C. as Successful Bidder for all
of the assets related to the Debtors' Elevation Burger restaurant
brand.

Following extensive discussions and multiple rounds of negotiations
with each Successful Bidder, on May 15 and 16, 2026, the Debtors
agreed to the terms of the respective Asset Purchase Agreements and
filed notices and proposed orders in connection therewith.
Following the Sale Hearing on May 19, 2026, at 9:00 a.m.,
Bankruptcy Court approved each of the four Sale Transactions.

The Plan is a liquidating plan. The Debtors have undertaken a
value-maximizing and competitive marketing and sale process (the
"Sale Process") to sell substantially all of their assets. The Sale
Process resulted in four separate Sale Orders entered by the
Bankruptcy Court, whereby the Debtors obtained authorization to
sell substantially all of their assets to several Purchasers. The
Debtors intend to liquidate their remaining assets on the terms and
conditions contained in the Plan.

As such, the Plan provides for (i) the Distribution of any proceeds
from the Sale Process and the liquidation of any remaining
non-litigation assets, as well as the Distribution of other Cash
that the Debtors have on hand on the Effective Date, and (ii) the
creation of a Liquidation Trust and appointment of a Liquidation
Trustee that will, among other things, reconcile Claims, make
Distributions on account of Allowed Claims under the Plan, pursue
the Retained Causes of Action, and wind down the Debtors' Estates,
the Non-Debtor Subsidiaries, and remaining business affairs.

Class 7 consists of all General Unsecured Claims. On the Effective
Date, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, and
release of its Claim (unless the applicable Holder agrees to less
favorable treatment), each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured
Claim shall receive its Pro Rata Share of the Class C Liquidation
Trust Interests, which shall be Class C-1 Liquidation Trust
Interests. Class 7 is Impaired under the Plan.

Class 12 consists of all Existing Equity Interests. On the
Effective Date, all Equity Interests shall be cancelled, released
and extinguished, and each holder of an Existing Equity Interest
shall not receive or retain any Distribution, property, or other
value on account of its Equity Interest.

On the Effective Date, the Liquidation Trustee will execute the
Liquidation Trust Agreement, thereby establishing the Liquidation
Trust for the benefit of Holders of Allowed Claims receiving
Liquidation Trust Interests. In accordance with the terms of the
Liquidation Trust Agreement, the Liquidation Trust Assets,
consisting of all Distributable Proceeds, the WindDown Account, the
Escrow Account (provided that the funds held in the Escrow Account
must first be used to pay all Allowed Professional Fee Claims and
are held in trust for the Professionals and then available to the
Liquidation Trust), the Retained Causes of Action, the DIP
Contributed Assets, Specified Securitization Entity Assets, all of
the Debtors' commercial tort claims, and all Claims and Causes of
Action, with respect to the foregoing, not released under the Plan
or sold in a Sale Transaction, will vest in the Liquidation Trust.


The Liquidation Trustee will, among other things, reconcile Claims,
investigate and pursue Causes of Action (if any), and facilitate
Distributions under the Plan until the Chapter 11 Cases of all the
Debtors have been fully administered. Pursuant to the "Recovery
Waterfall" set forth in Article V.D.7 of the Plan, Distributable
Proceeds will be applied as follows: first, to Liquidation Trust
Fees and Expenses; second, to any residual Allowed Administrative
and Priority Tax Claims; third, 100% to Class A Liquidation Trust
Beneficiaries until repayment of the NewCo Funding Claims; fourth,
in respect of the next $18.9 million of Distributable Proceeds, 65%
to Class A Liquidation Trust Beneficiaries, 15% to Class B
Liquidation Trust Beneficiaries, and 20% to Class C Liquidation
Trust Beneficiaries; and fifth, the remaining Distributable
Proceeds shall be distributed among Class B Liquidation Trust
Beneficiaries, Class C Liquidation Trust Beneficiaries, and Class D
Liquidation Trust Beneficiaries according to the terms and
percentages set forth in the Plan.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated May 22, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=FRKV3L from Omni Agent
Solutions, claims agent.

Co-Counsel for the Debtors:               

                          Timothy A. ("Tad") Davidson II, Esq.
                          Ashley L. Harper, Esq.
                          Philip M. Guffy, Esq.
                          HUNTON ANDREWS KURTH LLP
                          600 Travis Street, Suite 4200
                          Houston, TX 77002
                          Tel: (713) 220-4200
                          Email: taddavidson@hunton.com
                                 ashleyharper@hunton.com          

                                                  
                                 pguffy@hunton.com

                                -and-

                          Ray C. Schrock, Esq.
                          Natasha Hwangpo, Esq.
                          Randall Carl Weber-Levine, Esq.
                          Ashley Gherlone Pezzi, Esq.
                          Thomas Fafara, Esq.
                          LATHAM & WATKINS LLP
                          1271 Avenue of the Americas
                          New York, New York 10020
                          Tel: (212) 906-1200
                          Email: ray.schrock@lw.com
                                 natasha.hwangpo@lw.com
                                 randall.weber-levine@lw.com
                                 ashley.pezzi@lw.com
                                 thomas.fafara@lw.com

                               - and -

                          Ted A. Dillman, Esq.
                          10250 Constellation Blvd., Suite 1100
                          Los Angeles, CA 90067
                          Tel: (424) 653-5500
                          Email: ted.dillman@lw.com

             About FAT (Fresh. Authentic. Tasty.) Brands

FAT Brands (NASDAQ: FAT) -- http://www.fatbrands.com/-- is a
global franchising company that strategically acquires, markets,
and develops fast casual, quick-service, casual dining, and
polished casual dining concepts around the world. The Company
currently owns 18 restaurant brands: Round Table Pizza, Fatburger,
Marble Slab Creamery, Johnny Rockets, Fazoli's, Twin Peaks, Great
American Cookies, Smokey Bones, Hot Dog on a Stick, Buffalo's Café
& Express, Hurricane Grill & Wings, Pretzelmaker, Elevation Burger,
Native Grill & Wings, Yalla Mediterranean and Ponderosa and Bonanza
Steakhouses. FAT Brands franchises and owns over 2,200 units
worldwide.

Fat Brands Inc. and 181 subsidiaries sought relief under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 26-90126) on
Jan. 26, 2026.  In its petition, Fat Brands listed estimated assets
and liabilities more than $1 billion.

The Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Alfredo R. Perez handles the case.

Latham & Watkins LLP is serving as legal counsel to the Company.
GLC Advisors & Co., LLC is serving as investment banker, and Huron
Consulting Services LLC is serving as financial advisor. Omni Agent
Solutions, Inc., is serving as claims, noticing and solicitation
agent.

White & Case LLP is representing the Ad Hoc Group of Securitization
Noteholders.

Greenberg Traurig, LLP, represents UMB Bank, National Association,
solely in its capacity as Trustee to certain series of notes.


FIEE INC: UHY LLP Raises Going Concern Doubt Over Future Operations
-------------------------------------------------------------------
FiEE, Inc. filed its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2025 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission earlier this year. The audited report contains a blunt
warning: conditions exist that raise substantial doubt about its
ability to continue as a going concern.

Based on the financial statements, the Company reported a net
income of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025,
compared with a net loss of $4.2 million for 2024,

Total revenues increased year-over-year by $5.6 million, or 867.9%.
For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company reported revenue
of $6.2 million, compared to $639,893 in 2024. The Company also
began generating operating profit in the fourth quarter of 2025.

Going Concern

Irvine, California-based UHY LLP, the Company's auditor since 2023,
issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated March
20, 2026, citing that although the Company had liquidity for the
year ended December 31, 2025, the historical losses and negative
cash flows raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to
continue as a going concern.

The Company's operations have historically been financed through
the issuance of common stock and preferred stock. Since inception,
the Company has incurred significant losses and negative cash flows
from operations and an accumulated deficit of $95.6 million.

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2025 were
prepared under the assumption that the Company will continue as a
going concern, contemplating the realization of assets and
satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.
However, substantial doubt exists about its ability to continue as
a going concern, and the Company will require additional liquidity
to continue operations beyond the next 12 months.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

On a more encouraging note, as of December 31, 2025, the Company
had cash of $3.1 million as compared to just $30,000 on December
31, 2024 -- a dramatic improvement. It had no borrowings
outstanding and a working capital of $2.4 million as of the same
date.

The Company's historical cash outflows have primarily been
associated with:

     (1) cash used for operating activities such as the purchase
and growth of inventory, expansion of sales and marketing and
research and development infrastructure, and other working capital
needs;

     (2) expenditures related to increasing manufacturing capacity
and improving manufacturing efficiency;

     (3) capital expenditures related to the acquisition of
equipment;

     (4) cash used to repay debt obligations and related interest
expense; and

     (5) cash used for acquisitions.

Previously, the Company funded its operations and financing
activities primarily through the sale of preferred stock and common
stock. Its ability to maintain adequate levels of liquidity depends
in part on its ability to generate cash from operations and its
ability to raise additional funds through equity or debt financing.
The Company is evaluating options related to its liquidity and will
continue to monitor its costs in relation to its sales and adjust
its cost structure accordingly.

Should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern, it may
have to liquidate its assets and may receive less than the value at
which those assets are carried on its financial statements. It is
likely that investors will lose all or part of their investment in
such a scenario.

A full text copy of the Company's Form 10-K is available at
https://tinyurl.com/y33b3f2n

                   About FiEE, Inc.

FiEE, Inc. (formerly, Minim, Inc.) was founded in 1977 as a
networking Company and pivoted into delivering intelligent software
to protect and improve the WiFi connections we depend on to work,
learn, and live. FiEE held the exclusive global license to design,
manufacture, and sell consumer networking products under the
Motorola brand until 2023. Its cable and WiFi products, with an
intelligent operating system and bundled mobile app, were sold in
leading retailers and e-commerce channels in the United States.Its
AI-driven cloud software platform and applications make network
management and security simple for home and business users, as well
as the service providers that assist them--leading to higher
customer satisfaction and decreased support burden.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $10.8 million in total
assets, $4.2 million in total liabilities, and $6.6 million in
total stockholders' equity.


FIREHOUSE GRILL: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 22
--------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Illinois,
Eastern Division is set to hold a hearing on June 22 to consider
extending Firehouse Grill, Inc.'s authority to use cash
collateral.

The Debtor is currently authorized to use cash collateral pursuant
to the court's April 27 fourth interim order.

Under the fourth interim order, the Debtor is allowed to use the
cash collateral of Newtek Bank and the U.S. Small Business
Administration for the period from May 1 through June 26 based on
an approved budget, plus up to a 10% variance.

The 30-day budget projects total operational expenses of $330,200
for May and June.

The order granted secured creditors replacement liens on any
property acquired by the Debtor or the estate before and after the
bankruptcy filing, with the same validity, priority, and
enforceability as their pre-bankruptcy liens.

Additional protections include insurance coverage on the secured
creditors' collateral and access to the Debtor's books and
records.

The fourth interim order is available at https://shorturl.at/sdrBc
from PacerMonitor.com.

                     About Firehouse Grill Inc.

Firehouse Grill Inc. is a restaurant operator providing prepared
food and beverage services to customers through its dining
location. The company participates in the food service sector,
focusing on in-person dining and related hospitality operations.

Firehouse Grill Inc. sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 26-00903) on January 20, 2026. In
its petition, the Debtor listed up to $1 million in estimated
assets and up to $10 million in estimated liabilities.

The Debtor tapped Scott R. Clar, Esq., at Crane, Simon, Clar &
Goodman as counsel and Weinberg Barton & Company as accountant.


FIRST BRANDS: WARN Act Claimants Seek Greater Role in Chapter 11
----------------------------------------------------------------
Vince Sullivan of Law360 Bankruptcy Authority reports that two
groups of former First Brands Group employees are battling for
control of litigation alleging the bankrupt auto-parts maker
violated federal mass-layoff laws. Attorneys for the workers have
separately petitioned the bankruptcy court, each seeking
appointment as lead counsel in WARN Act proceedings against the
company.

According to the filings, both groups maintain that they can most
effectively represent the interests of terminated employees and
coordinate efforts to pursue compensation. The attorneys contend
that centralizing leadership is necessary to streamline the
litigation and prevent overlapping claims as the bankruptcy case
progresses.

The dispute comes as First Brands continues its Chapter 11
restructuring amid mounting creditor claims and workforce-related
liabilities. A ruling on leadership of the WARN Act litigation
could shape how employee claims are prosecuted and negotiated
within the broader bankruptcy proceedings, the report states.

                   About First Brands Group

First Brands Group, LLC, is a global supplier of aftermarket
automotive parts, based in Rochester Hills, Michigan.

On September 24, 2025, the Company's non-operational special
purpose entities, Global Assets LLC, Global Lease Assets Holdings,
LLC, Carnaby Capital Holdings, LLC, Broad Street Financial
Holdings, LLC, Broad Street Financial, LLC, Carnaby Inventory II,
LLC, Carnaby Inventory Holdings II, LLC, Carnaby Inventory III,
LLC, Carnaby Inventory Holdings III, LLC, Patterson Inventory, LLC,
Patterson Inventory Holdings, LLC, Starlight Inventory I, LLC and
Starlight Inventory Holdings I, LLC each filed a voluntary petition
for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas.

Commencing on Sept. 28, 2025, First Brands Group, LLC and 98
affiliated debtors each filed a voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Southern District of Texas.  In its petition, First Brands
Group listed $1 billion to $10 billion in estimated assets and $10
billion to $50 billion in estimated liabilities.

The cases are pending before the Hon. Christopher M. Lopez, and are
jointly administered under Case No. 25-90399, and consolidated for
procedural purposes only.

The Debtors tapped Weil, Gotshal and Manges, LLP as legal counsel;
Lazard Freres & Co. as investment banker; Alvarez & Marsal North
America, LLC as financial advisor; and C Street Advisory Group as
strategic communications advisor. Kroll Restructuring
Administration, LLC is the Debtors' claims, noticing and
solicitation agent.

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher, LLP and Evercore serve as the Ad Hoc Group
of Lenders' legal counsel and investment banker, respectively.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 7 appointed an official committee to
represent unsecured creditors in the Debtors' Chapter 11 cases. The
Committee has hired M3 Advisory Partners, LP, as Financial Advisor;
Cole Schotz P.C. as Efficiency and Local Counsel; and Brown Rudnick
LLP as Co-Counsel.

The U.S. Trustee has proposed Martin De Luca, Esq., at Boies
Schiller Flexner LLP as Chapter 11 examiner.


FRED RAU: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 24
-------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of California,
Fresno Division, is set to hold a hearing on June 24 to consider
extending Fred Rau Dairy, Inc.'s authority to use cash collateral.

The Debtor is currently authorized to use cash collateral through
June 28 pursuant to the court's April 28 interim order.

Under the interim order, the Debtor is authorized to utilize its
cash collateral to pay operating expenses based on an approved
budget and a prior stipulation with AgWest Farm Credit, FLCA and
AgWest Farm Credit, PCA.

The interim order granted creditors holding security interests in
the cash collateral replacement liens on all of the Debtor's
property, with the same validity, priority, and extent as their
pre-bankruptcy liens.

A copy of the court's order and the Debtor's budget is available at
https://shorturl.at/cP4sK from PacerMonitor.com.

Based on UCC-1 filings with the California Secretary of State,
Agwest Farm Credit, Farm Credit Leasing Services Corporation,
Stanislaus Farm Supply Co. and Nutrien Ag Solutions, Inc. may hold
interest in cash or proceeds of the Debtor's assets.

The Debtor believes it owes $20,495,322.37 to Agwest Farm Credit
and $558,126.22 to Stanislaus or its successors.

                     About Fred Rau Dairy Inc.

Fred Rau Dairy, Inc. operates a large-scale dairy farm in Fresno,
California. The family-owned business utilizes advanced robotic
milking systems and automated feeding technologies. It has been
part of the regional agricultural sector since 1976.

Fred Rau Dairy sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Cal. Case No. 25-11791) on May 29,
2025. In its petition, the Debtor reported between $10 million and
$50 million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Jennifer E. Niemann handles the case.

The Debtor tapped Peter L. Fear, Esq., at Fear Waddell, P.C. as
legal counsel and Boos & Associates, P.C. as financial consultant
and accountant.


GEC TRANSPORT: Court Abates Vela Appeal Due to Bankruptcy Filing
----------------------------------------------------------------
Chief Justice Maria Salas-Mendoza, Justice Gina Palafox and Justice
Lisa Soto of the Texas Eighth Court of Appeals abated the appeal
styled Cynthia Vela, Individually, Joel Vela, Individually, and as
Co-Representatives of  the Estate of Honesty Vela,
Appellants/Cross-Appellees v. GEC Transport Solutions, LLC,
Appellee/Cross-Appellant, No. 08-24-00313-CV (Tex. App.).

On May 15, 2026, the Court issued an opinion and rendered judgment
in this case. On May 21, 2026, GEC Transport Solutions, LLC filed a
suggestion of bankruptcy notifying this Court that on October 6,
2025, it had petitioned for Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in the United
States Bankruptcy Court of the Southern District of Texas, McAllen
Division in Cause No. 25-70297. A bankruptcy suspends the appeal,
and all appellate deadlines, until the appellate court reinstates
or severs the appeal in accordance with federal law.

For administrative purposes only, and without surrendering
jurisdiction, the appeal is abated, removed from the Court’s
active docket, and treated as a closed case until further order of
this Court.

A copy of the Court's Order dated May 22, 2026, is available at
http://urlcurt.com/u?l=Xmc0kH

                 About GEC Transport Solutions LLC

GEC Transport Solutions, LLC is a logistics and transportation
company based in Pharr, Texas, operating a fleet of 131 trucks and
trailers nationwide.

GEC Transport Solutions sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Texas Case No. 25-70297) on
October 6, 2025, listing up to $10 million in both assets and
liabilities. Benjamin Cavazos, company owner, signed the petition.

Judge Eduardo V. Rodriguez oversees the case.

Susan Tran Adams, Esq., at Tran Singh, LLP, represents the Debtor
as legal counsel.

J D Factors LLC, as DIP lender, is represented by Trent L.
Rosenthal, Esq., at Rosenthal Law Firm, P.L.L.C.


GENETCO INC: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
----------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Genetco, Inc.
        711 Union Pkwy
        Ronkonkona, NY 11779

Business Description: Genetco, Inc. is a Ronkonkoma, New York-
based generic pharmaceutical distributor that supplies generic
drugs from pharmaceutical manufacturers to pharmacies, hospitals
and other health-care facilities. Founded in 1986, the company
operates from a 24,000-square-foot facility and distributes
products through licenses covering 48 states.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 29, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Eastern District of New York

Case No.: 26-72195

Judge: Hon. Sheryl P Giugliano

Debtor's Counsel: Robert J. Spence, Esq.
                  SPENCE LAW OFFICE, P.C.
                  55 Lumber Road
                  Roslyn, NY 11576
                  Tel: (516) 972-7981
                  E-mail: rspence@spencelawpc.com

Total Assets: $670,393

Total Liabilities: $5,170,929

The petition was signed by Carol Reinbold as president.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's 20 largest unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/SOFVGVY/Genetco_Inc__nyebke-26-72195__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


GIFTIFY INC: Weinberg Flags Going Concern Due to Persistent Losses
------------------------------------------------------------------
Giftify, Inc. filed its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2025 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission earlier this year. The audited report contains a blunt
warning: conditions exist that raise substantial doubt about its
ability to continue as a going concern.

Based on financial statements filed with regulators, the Company
reported a net loss of $10,491,658 for the year ended December 31,
2025, compared with a net loss of $18,832,080 for 2024. The Company
generated net sales of $83,181,716 in 2025, compared to net sales
of $88,934,036 in 2024.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company had used cash in
operating activities of $1,590,074. At December 31, 2025, its cash
and cash equivalents balance was $3,654,944. As of the same date,
the outstanding balance on its line of credit facility was
$3,212,935, with $663,589 outstanding in promissory notes and
$46,137 in convertible notes payable, including interest.

Going Concern

Los Angeles, California-based Weinberg & Company, P.A., the
Company's auditor since 2023, issued a "going concern"
qualification in its report dated March 18, 2026, citing that the
Company has a history of reporting net losses and negative cash
flows from operations. These factors raise substantial doubt about
the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $3,654,944 in cash
available to fund its operations, including expansion plans, and to
service its debt, and working capital of $249,223.

The consolidated financial statements have been presented on the
basis that the Company will continue as a going concern, which
contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of
liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company incurred
operating losses and negative operating cash flows in both 2025 and
2024 and has financed its working capital requirements through
borrowings from various sources and the sale of its equity
securities.

As a result, management has concluded, and its independent
registered public accounting firm has agreed, that there is
substantial doubt regarding its ability to continue as a going
concern for a period of at least 12 months beyond the filing of
this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company's ability to continue as a going concern depends on its
ability to raise additional debt or equity capital to fund its
business activities and ultimately achieve sustainable operating
revenues and profitability.

As market conditions present uncertainty as to the Company's
ability to secure additional funds, there can be no assurances that
it will be able to secure additional financing on acceptable terms
as and when necessary to continue to conduct operations. There is
also significant uncertainty as to the effect that the coronavirus
may have on the Company's business plans and the amount and type of
financing available in the future.

If the Company is unable to obtain the cash resources necessary to
satisfy its ongoing cash requirements, it could be required to
scale back its business activities or to discontinue its operations
entirely.

A full text copy of the Company's Form 10-K is available at
https://tinyurl.com/2t7n9tku

                 About Giftify, Inc.

Giftify, Inc., through its wholly owned subsidiary, Restaurant.com,
Inc., has been in the business of connecting digital consumers,
businesses, and communities with dining and merchant deals
throughout the United States.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $31,841,058 in total
assets, $9,530,111 million in total liabilities, and $22,310,947
million in total stockholders' equity.


GLS MATERIALS: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in Texas
--------------------------------------------------
On May 29, 2026, GLS Materials and Trucking LLC commenced a Chapter
7 bankruptcy case in the Eastern District of Texas. Court records
indicate that the company has estimated liabilities ranging from $1
million to $10 million and between 50 and 99 creditors.

                    About GLS Materials and Trucking LLC

GLS Materials and Trucking LLC is engaged in trucking and materials
transportation services, supporting construction, infrastructure,
and industrial projects. The company specializes in hauling
materials and providing logistics solutions to regional customers.

GLS Materials and Trucking LLC filed for liquidation under Chapter
7 of the Bankruptcy Code (Case No. 26-41879) on May 29, 2026. The
petition lists estimated assets between $100,001 and $1,000,000 and
estimated liabilities between $1 million and $10 million.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Daniel R. Fine oversees the
proceedings.

The Debtor is represented by Eric G. Zelazny, Esq. of Law Offices
of Eric G. Zelazny.


GO PRO: Flags Going-Concern Risk Amid AI-Fueled Crunch
------------------------------------------------------
Dorothy Ma of Bloomberg Law reports that action-camera manufacturer
GoPro Inc. is facing mounting financial pressure as rising memory
costs and declining sales threaten its liquidity position. In a
recent filing, the company acknowledged substantial doubt about its
ability to remain a going concern and said it is seeking new
financing sources to prevent a potential loan default.

The company reported that first-quarter revenue fell 26% from the
prior year, underscoring the challenges facing its business. GoPro
previously disclosed that it had breached certain loan covenants
and received temporary waivers from lenders while pursuing
solutions to address its financial condition.

According to the filing, increasing memory prices have become a
significant burden on operations. The surge in demand for memory
products linked to artificial intelligence applications has
contributed to supply constraints and higher costs throughout the
technology sector, affecting hardware makers such as GoPro.

Management said it is actively exploring strategic alternatives,
including financing transactions and expense reductions, to improve
cash flow and preserve operations. The company's future may depend
on its ability to secure sufficient capital and adapt to changing
market conditions.

                 About GoPro Inc.

GoPro, Inc. (NASDAQ: GPRO) provides cameras, mountable and wearable
accessories, and subscription and services in the Americas, Europe,
the Middle East, Africa, and the Asia Pacific. The company provides
HERO13 Black, HERO12 Black, HERO11 Black, HERO10 Black, HERO, and
MAX cameras; Premium and Premium+ subscription, which are
subscription services that include cloud storage for its content;
and Quik subscription, a subscription service in total addressable
market to those who value organizing the visual moments of their
lives with footage from any phone or camera. The company sells its
products through retailers, distributors, and on GoPro.com. The
company was formerly known as Woodman Labs, Inc. and changed its
name to GoPro, Inc. in February 2014. GoPro, Inc. was founded in
2002 and is headquartered in San Mateo, California.


GOLDENPEAKS POLAND: Case Summary & 23 Largest Unsecured Creditors
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Lead Debtor: Goldenpeaks Poland Holding Limited
             216, Level 6, Rosa Marina Bldg.
             Marina Seafront
             Pieta PTA 9014 Malta

Business Description: GoldenPeaks Capital is a renewable energy
group headquartered in Pieta, Malta. The company owns, builds, and
optimizes renewable energy projects, producing power through
arrangements including government and corporate power purchase
agreements. Its activities include project development,
engineering, construction, operations and maintenance, Green
Credit
trading, and support services for renewable energy operations.
The
group operates a renewable energy platform in Eastern Europe,
including utility-scale solar photovoltaic assets in Poland, and
is
developing energy storage systems to supplement its existing
assets.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 29, 2026

Court:                  United States Bankruptcy Court
                        Southern District of Texas

Forty affiliates that concurrently filed voluntary petitions for
relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code:

    Debtor                                         Case No.
    ------                                         --------
    Goldenpeaks Poland Holding Limited (Lead Case) 26-90564
    Goldenpeaks Poland LLC                         26-90758
    Alpha Energy Malta Limited                     26-90565
    Alpha Renewable Energy Sp. Z O.O.              26-90577     
    Bravo Renewble Energy Sp. Z O.O.               26-90578
    Charlie Bis Renewable Energy Sp. Z O.O.        26-90579
    Charlie Renewble Energy Sp. Z O.O.             26-90580
    De Renewable Energy Holding Limited            26-90559
    Delta Renewable Energy Limited                 26-90563
    Delta Renewable Energy Sp. Z O.O.              26-90581
    Echo Renewable Energy Limited                  26-90560
    Echo Renewable Energy Sp. Z O.O.               26-90582
    Foxtrot Renewable Energy Limited               26-90561
    Foxtrot Renewable Energy Sp. Z O.O.            26-90583
    Gamma Energy Limited                           26-90562
    Gamma Renewable Energy Sp. Z O.O.              26-90584
    Helios Energy Limited                          26-90566
    Helios Renewable Energy Sp. Z O.O.             26-90585
    Iris Energy Limited                            26-90567
    Iris Renewable Energy Sp. Z O.O.               26-90586
    Juno Energy Limited                            26-90568
    Juno Renewable Energy Sp. Z O.O.               26-90587
    Leto Energy Holding Limited                    26-90569
    Leto Energy Limited                            26-90570
    Leto Renewable Energy Limited                  26-90571
    Leto Renewable Energy Sp. Z O.O.               26-90588
    Project Bravo Malta Ltd                        26-90572
    Project Charlie Spc Limited                    26-90573
    Sierra Energy Limited                          26-90574
    Sierra Renewable Energy Sp. Z O.O.             26-90589
    Timber Energy Limited                          26-90575
    Timber Renewable Energy Sp. Z O.O.             26-90590
    Whiskey Energy Limited                         26-90576
    Whiskey Renewable Energy Sp. Z O.O.            26-90591
    Goldenpeaks Bess Poland Holding Limited        26-90594
    Goldenpeaks Bess Poland Limited                26-90595
    Azure Energy Limited                           26-90592
    Azure Renewable Energy Sp. Z O.O.              26-90593
    Rhea Renewable Energy Limited                  26-90596
    Rhea Renewable Energy Sp. Z O.O.               26-90597

Judge:                  Hon. Alfredo R Perez

Debtors'
Bankruptcy
Counsel:                Benjamin L. Wallen, Esq.
                        Michael D. Warner, Esq.
                        Maxim B. Litvak, Esq.
                        Steven W. Golden, Esq.
                        PACHULSKI STANG ZIEHL & JONES LLP
                        700 Louisiana Street, Suite 4500
                        Houston, TX 77002
                        Tel: (713) 691-9385
                        Fax: (713) 691-9407
                        Email: bwallen@pszjlaw.com
                               mwarner@pszjlaw.com
                               mlitvak@pszjlaw.com
                               sgolden@pszjlaw.com
                               
                          - and -

                        Richard M. Pachulski, Esq.
                        Debra I. Grassgreen, Esq.
                        10100 Santa Monica Blvd., 13th Floor
                        Los Angeles, CA 90067
                        Tel: (310) 277-6910
                        Fax: (310) 201-0760
                        Email: rpachulski@pszjlaw.com
                               dgrassgreen@pszjlaw.com

Debtors'
Claims,
Noticing &
Solicitation
Agent:                  KROLL RESTRUCTURING ADMINISTRATION LLC

Estimated Assets: $1 billion to $10 billion

Estimated Liabilities: $500 million to $1 billion

The petitions were signed by Jame Donath as non-executive
director.

A full-text copy of the Lead Debtor's petition is available for
free on PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/GGLNPPI/GOLDENPEAKS_POLAND_HOLDING_LIMITED__txsbke-26-90564__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

Consolidated List of Debtors' 30 Largest Unsecured Creditors:

   Entity                           Nature of Claim   Claim Amount

1. Kronospan Polska Spolka Z        Accounts Payable      $530,937
Ograniczona Odpowiedzial
ul. Warynskiego 1
Szczecinek, 78-400
Poland

2. CNBM Research Institute For      Accounts Payable      $282,553
Advanced Glass
No.1047 Tushan Road
Bengbu, Anhui, 233010
China

3. Kraft Foods Schweiz              Accounts Payable      $221,290

Holding Gmbh
4 Chollerstrasse
Zug, 6300
Switzerland

4. DWF Poland Jamka Spolka          Accounts Payable       $86,487
Komandytowa
plac Stanislawa Małachowskiego 2
Warsaw, 00-066
Poland

5. Advantim Sp. z o.o.              Accounts Payable       $85,964

Audit Spolka Komandytowa
ul. Skierniewicka 10A
Warsaw, 01-230
Poland

6. CMS Cameron                      Accounts Payable       $49,400
Varso Tower
Chmielna 69
Warsaw, 00-801
Poland

7. Greenberg Traurig                Accounts Payable       $48,408
Nowakowska-Zimoch Wysokinski
Varso Tower
Chmielna 69
Warsaw, 00-801
Poland

8. Inspect Jacek Mogilka            Accounts Payable       $45,764
ul. Adama Mickiewicza 49/1
Malbork, 82-200
Poland

9. Towarzystwo Ubezpieczen I        Accounts Payable       $40,846
Reasekuracji Warta S.A.
Group, I.
Daszynskiego 1
Warsaw, 00-843
Poland

10. CRP Tax                         Accounts Payable       $34,188
       
The Shire, Plac Malachowskiego 2
Warsaw, 00-066
Poland

11. Ayesa Polska Sp. z o.o.         Accounts Payable       $31,765
Ul. Szyb Walenty 26a
Ruda Sląska, 41-700
Poland

12. Ganado & Associates Advocates   Accounts Payable       $21,768
171, Old Bakery Street
Valletta, VLT 1455
Malta

13. Reckitt Benckiser Production    Accounts Payable       $19,433
(Poland) Sp. z o.oOkunin 1Nowy
Dwor Mazowiecki, 05-100 Poland

14. DNV Poland Sp. z o.o.           Accounts Payable       $16,756
Ul. Luzycka 6E
Gdynia, 81-537
Poland

15. Kancelaria Notarialna           Accounts Payable       $13,052
Emil Gozdz
Joanna Gozdz Notariusze Spolka
Cywilna
ul. Sienna 83 lok. 102
Warsaw, Wola, 00-815
Poland

16. Compensa Towarzystwo            Accounts Payable       $11,745
Ubezpieczen S.A. Vienna
Insurance Group
ALEJE JEROZOLIMSKIE 162
Warsaw, 02-342
Poland

17. PDC Construction Management     Accounts Payable        $5,763
Spolka Jawna
55A/1 Drewnowska Street
Lodz, 91-002
Poland

18. Dentons Europe Dabrowski i      Accounts Payable        $5,245
Wspolnicy sp. k.
ul. Zajecza 4
Warsaw, 00-351
Poland

19. Bond Capital House GmbH         Accounts Payable        $4,839
Bahnhofstrasse 10
Zurich, 8001
Switzerland

20. Towarowa Gielda Energii S.A.    Accounts Payable        $1,836
Ksiazca 4
Warsaw, 00-498
Poland

21. China Construction Bank            Performance    Undetermined
Corporation Anhui Branch                   Bond
No. 253
Huizhou Road
Hefei, 230001
China

22. China Merchants Bank Hefei         Performance    Undetermined
Branch                                     Bond
Jin Cheng Building
No. 436 central Changjiang Rd
Hefei, Anhui, 230061
China

23. Agricultural Bank of China         Performance    Undetermined

Anhui Branch                               Bond
448 Changjiang Zhonglu
Hefei, Anhui Province, 230061
P.R. China


GOLIATH VENTURES: Turnover Motion OK'd, Fee Request Denied as Moot
------------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Robert A. Mark of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern
District of Florida granted the motion of Goliath Ventures Inc.
(FL) and Goliath Ventures Inc. (WY) for turnover by and from Alston
& Bird LLP and for an award of fees.

The Debtors are investigating the circumstances surrounding an
(alleged) massive fraud that was perpetrated by Christopher
Delgado, through and upon the Debtors, for which reportedly ~1,500
victims suffered losses of ~$328 million. The Debtors and their
professionals are seeking to minimize administrative fees,
recognizing that those costs will ultimately be borne by the estate
and the creditor body.

According to the Debtors, Alston & Bird, which has been sued by a
class of investors, is delaying and prejudicing the Debtors'
investigation by refusing to turnover the Alston & Bird Files to
its former client: the Debtors. As a result, the Debtors requested
an award of compensatory fees for prosecuting this Motion based on
the Court’s inherent authority and 11 U.S.C. Section 105.

The Debtors and Alston & Bird have resolved the issues raised in
the motion and agreed to the relief set forth in this Order.

Michael S. Budwick, as receiver for the Debtors, has been excused
from compliance with 11 U.S.C. Secs. 543(a)-(b). Accordingly, the
Receiver has all decision-making authority for the Debtors and the
authority to direct the Debtors in these chapter 11 proceedings.

The Receiver has the authority to cause the Debtors to demand from
Alston & Bird LLP the Debtors' entire client file held by Alston &
Bird LLP, as well as all recorded information, including books,
documents, records, and papers, relating to the Debtors' property
or financial affairs.

The Receiver has the authority to cause the Debtors to waive the
attorney-client privilege for the client file held by Alston & Bird
LLP and any other books, documents, records, and papers, relating
to the Debtors' property or financial affairs. The Debtors'
authority includes the ability to disclose attorney-client
privileged documents and information to third parties.

Based on the representation of Daniel Y. Gielchinsky, who has
identified himself to counsel to BlackBlock Management Solutions,
LLC, that BlackBlock has waived all attorney-client privilege
rights to the client file held by Alston & Bird that share a joint
privilege among it and the Debtors, the Debtors have the authority
to waive attorney-client privilege for any documents subject to
joint privilege with BlackBlock.

Alston & Bird shall turn over to the Debtors the firm's entire
client file relating to the Debtors, as well as all recorded
information, including books, documents, records, and papers,
relating to the Debtors' property or financial affairs within seven
business days of the date of entry of this Order.

The Debtors having withdrawn their request for attorneys' fees and
costs in bringing the motion, the request for attorneys' fees and
costs is denied as moot.

A copy of the Court's Order dated May 28, 2026, is available at
http://urlcurt.com/u?l=yRMEkFfrom PacerMonitor.com.

                  About Goliath Ventures Inc.

Goliath Ventures Inc., formerly known as Gen-Z Venture Firm Inc.,
incorporated in Florida, was a cryptocurrency investment firm
offering high-yield digital asset programs and liquidity pool
investments to institutional and retail investors. A Florida court
appointed Michael S. Budwick as receiver to secure remaining assets
and records.

Goliath Ventures and affiliate Goliath Ventures Inc., formerly
known as Goliath Ventures Inc., a FL corporation, sought protection
under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Fla. Lead
Case No. 26-13174) on March 16, 2026. Michael S. Budwick, receiver
of Goliath Ventures, signed the petition.

At the time of the filing, Goliath Ventures reported $1 million to
$10 million in assets and $100 million to $500 million in
liabilities.

Judge Laurel M. Isicoff presides over the cases.

The Debtors are represented by:

   Solomon B. Genet, Esq.
   Meland Budwick, P.A.
   200 South Biscayne Boulevard, Suite 3200
   Miami, FL 33131
   Telephone: (305) 358-6363
   Email: sgenet@melandbudwick.com

Jonathan S. Feldman, Esq. and Phang & Feldman, P.A. serve as
counsel for the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors.


GOOD WORKS: Updates Several Secured Claims Pay Details
------------------------------------------------------
Good Works Housing, LLC, submitted a Fifth Amended Plan of
Reorganization for Small Business dated May 21, 2026.

The Debtor will have sufficient financial resources over the life
of the Plan to make the required Plan payments, to pay
administrative costs, and to operate the Debtor's business, under
the terms of this Fifth Amended Plan of Reorganization.

The Debtor will derive the funds necessary to fund the Plan as well
as ongoing business operations from a combination of rental
revenues and proceeds from property sales and refinancing, and/or
reducing debt service thereby.

In addition to the rental revenues, the Debtor plans to sell one
property, 1311 S. 47th, and to transfer title to another property,
Dauphin, while retaining a minority interest in Dauphin, and to use
the proceeds of the 1311 S. 47th and Dauphin sales to pay off
mortgage balances and other liens, and to fund additional property
acquisitions from any residual proceeds in order to generate
additional rental revenues that will help fund the Plan.

The Plan Proponent's financial projections show that the Debtor
will have projected disposable income starting at $8,500.00
monthly, then $4,075.00 monthly after the dispositions of 1311 S.
47th and a majority interest in Dauphin (less the Debtor's share of
expenses including, but not limited to post-petition mortgage
payments, real estate taxes and insurance cost, 100% on Salford,
50% on Glenwood (as a member of Understated LLC), and 35% on
Dauphin).

Upon closing of sale on 1311 S. 47th and transfer of Dauphin, those
revenues will be reduced, but likewise the Debtor's monthly debt
service will also be reduced, leaving the Debtor with significantly
less debt and positive cash flow.

This Plan of Reorganization proposes to pay creditors of the Debtor
from sale of assets, cash flow from operations, and/or future
income.

Non-priority unsecured creditors holding allowed claims will
receive distributions, which the proponent of this Plan has valued
at a total dollar amount of approximately $20,000.00. This Plan
also provides for full payment of administrative expenses/claims
and priority claims.

Class 2 consists of Secured claims related to Debtor's properties
to be sold under the Plan, at: 505 W. Dauphin Street Philadelphia,
PA 19133; and and 1311 S. 47th Street Philadelphia, PA 19143. The
Class 2 creditors are impaired by this Plan only with respect to
the timing of payment and with respect to any reduction in the
remaining balance due as agreed to by a particular creditor; the
creditors will be paid in full, as agreed, in accordance with the
treatment set forth in Article 7, or the date on which such claim
is allowed by a final non-appealable order, whichever is later.

Class 3 consists of Secured claims related to Debtor's properties
to be retained under the Plan, at: 1927 S. Salford Street
Philadelphia, PA 19143. The Class 3 creditors are impaired by this
Plan only with respect to the timing of payment; the creditors will
be paid the full amount of their filed claims in accordance with
the treatment set forth in Article 7, or the date on which such
claim is allowed by a final non-appealable order, whichever is
later.

Like in the prior iteration of the Plan, Class 5 unsecured
creditors will be paid pro rata from pool of funds as specified in
Article 7 after full payment to Class 1 through 4 creditors, to the
extent the claims of any such creditors are allowed.

The primary means for the Debtor to fund implementation of this
Plan, including both prepetition and post-petition obligations is a
combination of the rental income received from tenants of the
Debtor's properties, transferring title to Dauphin, selling 1311 S.
47th, refinancing Salford, and acquiring an interest in Glenwood.

The Debtor has entered into a Stipulation concerning 1311 S. 47th
with the first mortgage lender, Sherman Bridge that was approved by
the Court, and has entered into an agreement of sale for which the
Debtor will be seeking Court approval promptly upon receiving
approval of the zoning variance necessary for the Debtor's
financing to receive final approval. The Debtor expects to close on
the sale of 1311 S. 47th no later than August 31, 2026 (which may
be extended under the terms of the Stipulation between the Debtor
and the first mortgage lender, as revised).

The Debtor will make payments under this Fifth Amended Plan of
Reorganization of $1,000.00 per month beginning thirty days after
confirmation until the sales of 1311 S. 47th and Dauphin are
closed, then reduce payments to $500.00 per month.

Such payments under the Plan will continue, primarily to fund
administrative costs, for the number of months needed to cover all
allowed administrative costs not paid upon confirmation from
accrued funds in the Debtor in Possession account, and will be paid
for a total of thirty-six months if funds are needed in addition to
the proceeds from the sale and refinancing described herein to pay
all secured claims either as agreed with the lienholder or as
allowed by the Court, and to also fund the pool of funds in the
amount of $20,000.00 for allowed claims of general unsecured (Class
5) creditors. The final Plan payment is expected to be paid as soon
as six months after confirmation, but in any event, no later than
on or about May 31, 2029.

A full-text copy of the Fifth Amended Plan dated May 21, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=qOUPYl from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Roger V. Ashodian, Esq.
     Regional Bankruptcy Center of Southeastern PA, PC
     101 West Chester Pike, Suite 1A
     Havertown, PA 19083
     Telephone: (610) 446-6800

                       About Good Works Housing

Good Works Housing LLC has been in the business of real estate
investment, renovation, and management.

The Debtor filed its voluntary Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. E.D. Pa.
Case No. 25-12224) on June 2, 2025, listing up to $1 million in
both assets and liabilities.

Judge Derek J. Baker oversees the case.

Roger V. Ashodian, at Regional Bankruptcy Center of Southeastern
PA, PC, serves as the Debtor's counsel.


GOODYEAR TIRE: S&P Rate New $750MM Senior Unsecured Notes 'B+'
--------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B+' issue-level rating and '3'
recovery rating to Goodyear Tire & Rubber Co.'s proposed $750
million senior unsecured notes due 2032. The '3' recovery rating
indicates its expectation for meaningful (50%-70%; rounded
estimate: 50%) recovery for lenders in the event of a payment
default. All its existing ratings on the company, including its
'B+' issuer credit rating and 'B+' issue-level rating and '3'
recovery rating on its existing senior unsecured debt, are
unchanged.

Goodyear plans to use the proceeds from these notes to repay
outstanding debt and cover related fees and expenses. S&P said,
"Due to the ongoing conflict in the Middle East and resulting
inflationary pressures, we now expect FOCF will remain negative in
2026. Despite this, the company's liquidity remains in a strong
position given ample revolving credit facility capacity. We
currently anticipate disruptions in the Strait of Hormuz will ease
in the second half of the year. However, if disruptions persist
beyond our expectations or if operating conditions remain more
challenging, we will assess how Goodyear's ability to offset higher
costs with pricing and restructuring, as well as what that
ultimately means for market share, volumes, profits, and free
cashflow. If we expect FOCF deficits to increase meaningfully or
more sustainably, we could consider a negative outlook or rating
action on the company."

ISSUE RATINGS--RECOVERY ANALYSIS

Key analytical factors

-- S&P's simulated default scenario assumes that Goodyear's cash
flow is impaired by weakened demand for replacement tires, higher
raw material costs, a loss of market share stemming from
significant competitive pressures, and continued high plant
investment.

-- S&P applied a 5x multiple to its estimate of the company's
distressed EBITDA, which reflect its brand recognition and the
diversification between its original equipment manufacturer and
replacement-market sales.

Simulated default assumptions

-- Simulated year of default: 2030
-- EBITDA at emergence: $1.5 billion
-- EBITDA multiple: 5x

Simplified waterfall

-- Gross enterprise value: $7.7 billion
-- Administrative expenses: $382.7 million
-- Net enterprise value: $7.3 billion
-- Valuation split (obligors/nonobligors): 60%/40%
-- Priority claims: $2.6 billion
-- Total value available to unsecured claims: $2.8 billion
-- Senior unsecured debt claims: $4.9 billion
-- Other unsecured claims: $474 million
-- Total unsecured claims: 5.4 billion
    --Recovery expectations: 30%-50% (rounded estimate: 50%)



GREAT CIRCLE: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for July 15
-----------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York is
set to hold a hearing on July 15 to consider extending Great Circle
Park, LLC's authority to use its lender's cash collateral.

The Debtor is currently authorized to use the cash collateral of
Flagstar Bank, N.A. pursuant to the court's April 27 order, which
approved their fourth stipulation on cash collateral use.

Under the order, the Debtor is allowed to utilize up to $51,183.85
in cash collateral from April 24 through July 23, strictly in
accordance with an approved operating budget. Any variance greater
than 5% for a budget line item requires the lender's written
consent. \

As adequate protection, Flagstar will receive monthly non-default
interest payments of $23,801.04 and retain all pre-bankruptcy liens
on the collateral.

Events of default include the appointment of a Chapter 11 trustee;
conversion of the Debtor's bankruptcy case to one under Chapter 7;
stay relief; or breach of the stipulation terms. Upon default, the
lender may move for relief from stay on seven days' notice.

Flagstar consented to the Debtor's use of its cash collateral in
order to preserve the value of its collateral and fund the Debtor's
business operations.

The stipulation is available at https://shorturl.at/0gERG from
PacerMonitor.com.

                    About Great Circle Park LLC

Great Circle Park, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. N.Y. Case No. 25-11767) on August
12, 2025, listing up to $10 million in both assets and liabilities.
Pamela Frost, managing member, signed the petition.

Judge Martin Glenn oversees the case.

Tracy L. Klestadt, Esq., at Klestadt Winters Jureller Southard &
Stevens, LLP, represents the Debtor as legal counsel.

Flagstar Bank, N.A., as lender, is represented by:

   Phillip S. Pavlick, Esq.
   McCarter & English, LLP
   Four Gateway Center, 100 Mulberry Street
   Newark, NJ 07102
   Tel: (973) 849-4181  
   ppavlick@mccarter.com


GRIDAI TECHNOLOGIES: Settles $1.01 Million Loan Demand
------------------------------------------------------
GridAI Technologies Corp. and lender 1396974 BC Ltd. entered into a
debt settlement and subscription agreement covering a loan demand
of about $1.01 million, according to an SEC filing.

The company will satisfy the obligation with an $800,000 cash
payment and the issuance of 71,482 common shares at a deemed price
of $3.25 per share.

The cash payment consists of $700,000 in principal and $100,000 in
accrued interest. The share issuance will satisfy remaining accrued
interest obligations of $232,315.

The settlement follows a lender demand letter dated April 1 that
asserted GridAI was in default under a revolving loan agreement
because the Jan. 31 maturity date had passed and amounts due had
not been repaid.

The lender had demanded $1,014,675, including the $700,000
principal amount received by the company, interest and a 20%
increase tied to the alleged default under the loan agreement.

                      About GridAI Technologies

GridAI Technologies Corp., formerly Entero Therapeutics, Inc., is a
diversified technology and life sciences company. The company
operates through two principal areas: energy orchestration and grid
optimization software solutions through Grid AI Corp. and legacy
biopharmaceutical development activities centered on Adrulipase for
exocrine pancreatic insufficiency. GridAI acquired Grid AI Corp. in
September 2025, after which Grid AI Corp. and its subsidiaries,
including AMPX, became consolidated subsidiaries. The company
changed its name to GridAI Technologies Corp. effective Dec. 1,
2025.

In an audit report dated May 1, 2026, Macias Gini & O'Connell LLP
included going-concern language, stating that GridAI had incurred
significant operating losses and negative cash flows from
operations since inception and had a significant accumulated
deficit. The auditor said the company is dependent on obtaining
additional working-capital funding from equity and/or debt
securities, and that those conditions raised substantial doubt
about its ability to continue as a going concern.

As of Dec. 31, 2025, GridAI reported total assets of $48.55
million, total liabilities of $19.72 million and total
stockholders' equity of $24.94 million.


GROUND WEST: Seeks to Hire Lefkovitz & Lefkovitz as Counsel
-----------------------------------------------------------
Ground West Franklin, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Middle District of Tennessee to hire Lefkovitz &
Lefkovitz, PLLC as counsel.

The firm's services include:

     a. advising the Debtor(s) as to her rights, duties, and powers
as Debtor(s)-in Possession;

     b. preparing and filing statements and schedules, plans, and
other documents and pleadings necessary to be filed by the
Debtor(s) in this proceeding; and

     c. representing the Debtor(s) at all hearings, meetings of
creditors, conferences, trials, and any other proceedings in this
main case in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of
Tennessee.

The firm's counsel will be paid at these hourly rates:

     Attorneys     $550
     Paralegals    $200

In addition, the firm will seek reimbursement for expenses
incurred.

The firm received a total of $18,262 as retainer, plus $1,738 in
Court filing fees.

Jay Lefkovitz, attorney at Lefkovitz & Lefkovitz, disclosed in a
court filing that the firm is a "disinterested person" as the term
is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Jay R. Lefkovitz, Esq.
     Lefkovitz & Lefkovitz, PLLC
     908 Harpeth Valley Place
     Nashville, TN 37221
     Telephone: (615) 256-8300
     Facsimile: (615) 255-4516
     Email: jlefkovitz@lefkovitz.com

      About Ground West Franklin LLC

Ground West Franklin, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Tenn. Case No. 26-02343) on May
15, 2026, with up to $50,000 in assets and $500,001 to $1 million
in liabilities.

Judge Nancy B. King presides over the case.

Jay Lefkovitz, Esq., represents the Debtor as legal counsel.



GROUPE SOLMAX: S&P Alters Outlook to Negative, Affirms 'B-' ICR
---------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings revised its outlook on Quebec-based geosynthetic
manufacturer Groupe Solmax Inc. (Solmax) to negative from stable.
At the same time, S&P affirmed its 'B-' issuer credit rating on the
company and its 'B-' issue-level ratings on its senior secured
debt.

The negative outlook reflects S&P's view that at the current
rating, Solmax has little capacity to underperform versus its
estimates or time to refinance its capital structure, which has
increased the likelihood of a downgrade.

Solmax is pursuing a multi-year transformation to drive EBITDA
growth, but macroeconomic uncertainty and the looming maturity of
its term loan in 2028 are notable credit risks.

S&P expects the company's free operating cash flow (FOCF) to be
negative through 2027 before turning positive in 2028 as the
company increases adjusted EBITDA to above $120 million from about
$83 million in 2025.

While Solmax's transformation plan offers a path to margin and cash
flow improvement, the company faces execution and refinancing risks
with the May 2028 maturity of its term loan. The company's
management team, the majority of whom have joined the company
within the last two years, is implementing a transformation plan
aimed at improving profitability and competitiveness in the
company's key markets. As S&P understands it, the plan will focus
on SKU rationalization, cross-selling value-added products, and
improving margins and product mix across the business through
pricing discipline. In addition, cost-reduction initiatives--such
as footprint consolidation and procurement efficiencies--are aiming
to reduce the company's fixed cost base.

S&P said, "We estimate that these initiatives could improve annual
EBITDA by about $5 million per year and $25 million-$35 million
over the next five years. While we consider the plan achievable, we
think there is downside risk to our projections due to potential
challenges in realizing these cost savings amid an increasingly
volatile geopolitical and macroeconomic environment. With negative
FOCF through 2027, limited liquidity, and all its debt due by May
2028, there is little room at the current rating for Solmax to
underperform against our estimates or time to refinance its capital
structure.

"We forecast Solmax will continue to generate negative FOCF through
2027, as capex is elevated due to the buildout of its Les Mureaux
facility in France. In 2026, we expect Solmax will generate
negative FOCF of about $70 million before improving to about
negative $10 million in 2027, turning positive thereafter. This
assumes that sharply higher resin costs--resulting from the war in
the Middle East--will be almost entirely passed on to its customers
while contributing to a working-capital outflow from higher
inventory costs this year before unwinding as resin prices decline.
In addition, we expect capex will be elevated through 2027 as the
company completes its buildout of its new facility in Les Mureaux,
which will consolidate production of Group Solmax's two other
European facilities that have been sold or will be. We estimate
remaining proceeds for these facilities will total about $30
million in 2026, which we exclude from our FOCF forecast.

"The negative outlook reflects our view that Solmax has little
capacity to underperform against our estimates or time to refinance
its existing capital structure at the current rating, which
increases the likelihood of a downgrade. This incorporates our
expectation for the company to generate negative FOCF through 2027.
It also incorporates our view of the company's limited liquidity,
because of its revolving credit facility that is set to expire in
May 2027 and its term loan due in May 2028.

"We could downgrade Solmax within the next several months if we no
longer view its capital structure as sustainable. In this scenario,
we would likely expect funds from operations (FFO) cash interest
coverage to remain below 1.5x or FOCF generation to be insufficient
to cover scheduled debt amortization. This could result from weaker
demand for its products (potentially stemming from competitive
pressures), a more challenging economic environment than we
anticipate, or the company's failure to achieve meaningful cost
savings from its transformation initiatives. We could also
downgrade Solmax if we no longer expect the company to address its
upcoming maturities over the coming months.

"We could revise our outlook back to stable within the next 12
months if Solmax extends the maturities of its RCF and term loans,
improves operating performance such that FFO cash interest coverage
increases to at least 1.5x on a sustained basis, and we expect the
company will generate meaningful FOCF above scheduled annual debt
amortization."



GUNTER LAND: Seeks to Hire Michael Group as Real Estate Broker
--------------------------------------------------------------
Gunter Land NTX, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Eastern District of Texas to hire The Michael Group as real
estate broker.

The firm will be paid a commission of 3% of the gross sales
proceeds on a sale of the Panther Trail Lots, located in the City
of Van Alstyne, Texas, and consisting of 81 finished, vacant,
one-half-acre residential lots, one commercial lot, and one
existing residential home, all within the Panther Trail development
in Grayson County, Texas 75495.

As disclosed in the court filings, The Michael Group is a
"disinterested person" within the meaning of Sec. 101(14) of the
Bankruptcy Code, as modified by Sec. 1107(b) of the Bankruptcy
Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     John Edelman
     The Michael Group
     1845 Precinct Line Rd #208
     Hurst, TX 76054
     Phone: (817) 577-9000
     Email: hurst@themichaelgroup.com

       About Gunter Land NTX, LLC

Gunter Land NTX, LLC is a Dallas-based real estate company
associated with property ownership and land-related activity in
North Texas. The company, whose listed address is in Dallas, is
linked to property in Van Alstyne, Grayson County, Texas.

Gunter Land NTX, LLC filed its voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Tex. Case No.
26-41416) on April 24, 2026, listing $10 million to $50 million in
assets and $1 million to $10 million in liabilities. The petition
was signed by Donald Craig Barrow as authorized member.

Eric T. Haitz, Esq. at BONDS ELLIS EPPICH SCHAFER JONES LLP serves
as the Debtor's counsel.


HAZE HOSPITALITY: Commences Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in New York
-------------------------------------------------------------
On May 21, 2026, Haze Hospitality LLC filed for Chapter 11
protection in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of
New York. According to court filings, the Debtor reports between
$100,001 and $1,000,000 in debt owed to 1-49 creditors.

A meeting of creditors filed by the United States Trustee under
Section 341(a) meeting to be held on June 26, 2026 at 10:00 AM at
USA Toll-Free (888) 330-1716, USA Caller Paid/International Toll
(713) 353-7024, Access Code 3913464.

               About Haze Hospitality LLC

Haze Hospitality LLC is a hospitality industry company engaged in
the ownership, management, or operation of hospitality-related
businesses. The company operates within the food, beverage,
lodging, or entertainment sector, serving customers in the
hospitality market.

Haze Hospitality LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 26-72050) on May 21, 2026. In its
petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets of $0-$100,000 and
estimated liabilities of $100,001-$1,000,000.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Louis A. Scarcella handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Marc A. Pergament, Esq. of Weinberg,
Gross & Pergament, LLP.


HEPION PHARMACEUTICALS: Grassi & Co. Raises Going Concern Doubt
---------------------------------------------------------------
Hepion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. filed its Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 with the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission earlier this year. The audited
report contains a blunt warning: conditions exist that raise
substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going
concern.

Based on the financial statements, the Company reported a net loss
of $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared with
a net loss of $13.2 million for 2024. The Company has not generated
revenue to date and has incurred substantial losses and negative
cash flows from operations since its inception.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $1.8 million in cash, an
accumulated deficit of $246.1 million, and working capital of $2.8
million. For the year ended December 31, 2025, cash used in
operating activities was $3.3 million.

Going concern

Jericho, New York-based GRASSI & CO., CPAs, P.C., the Company's
auditor since 2023, issued a "going concern" qualification in its
report dated March 11, 2026, attached to the Company's Annual
Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, citing that the
Company's significant operating losses and negative cash flows from
operations since inception raise substantial doubt about its
ability to continue as a going concern.

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared under
the assumption that the Company will continue as a going concern.
Due to its recurring and expected continuing losses from
operations, the Company has concluded there is substantial doubt in
its ability to continue as a going concern within one year of the
issuance of these consolidated financial statements without
additional capital becoming available to it. The consolidated
financial statements do not include any adjustments that might
result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

The Company has historically funded its operations through the
issuance of convertible preferred stock, warrants, the issuance and
sale of shares of common stock, and subsequent issuances of shares
of common stock through at-the-market offerings. Its ability to
continue operations after its current cash resources are exhausted
depends on future events outside of its control, including its
ability to obtain additional financing or to achieve profitable
operations, as to which no assurances can be given. If adequate
additional funds are not available when required, management may
need to curtail planned operations to conserve cash until
sufficient additional capital can be raised. There can be no
assurances that such a plan would be successful.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

No doubt, management has been working to stay afloat. On January
23, 2025, the Company consummated a "best efforts" public offering
of 553,846 shares of common stock (or pre-funded warrants in lieu
thereof), with each share of common stock (or pre-funded warrant)
accompanied by:

     (i) a Series A common warrant to purchase one (1) common share
at an exercise price of $20.00 per share and

    (ii) a Series B common warrant to purchase one (1) common share
at an exercise price of $20.00 per share.

The gross proceeds of the public offering were approximately $9
million before deducting placement agent fees and offering
expenses, and were used to repay certain indebtedness and for
general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating
expenses, and capital expenditures.

The Company cannot be certain that additional funding will be
available on acceptable terms, or at all. To the extent that it
raises additional funds by issuing equity securities, stockholders
may experience significant dilution. Any debt financing, if
available, may involve restrictive covenants that impact the
Company's ability to conduct business. If it is unable to raise
additional capital when required or on acceptable terms, it may
have to:

     (i) seek collaborators for its product candidates on terms
that are less favorable than might otherwise be available; or

    (ii) relinquish or otherwise dispose of rights to technologies,
product candidates, or products that it would otherwise seek to
develop or commercialize on unfavorable terms.

Tough road ahead

Absent further funding, the Company currently expects to run out of
available cash resources during the third quarter of 2026. As a
result of its lack of cash resources, it has already slowed the
timeline of its clinical trial work to preserve cash in the near
term.

If the Company fails to obtain additional financing, it likely will
be forced to abandon such activities entirely and file for
bankruptcy protection, with the possible loss of such properties or
assets, including the license to its core technology. Based on its
explorations to date, the Company does not expect that any other
strategic alternatives -- such as a potential sale of the Company
or its assets or other restructuring efforts -- will be available
in the near term.

As a result, any inability to obtain additional financing in the
near term, including a material amount of financing over the next
two to three years, would likely result in a material adverse
effect on its business, results of operations, cash flow, financial
condition, and prospects -- and cause its stockholders to receive
little or no return on their shares of common stock.

A full text copy of the Company's Form 10-K is available at
https://tinyurl.com/yvxb4mt8

                 About Hepion Pharmaceuticals

Hepion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. is a medical diagnostic Company
headquartered in Morristown, New Jersey, that was previously
focused on the development of drug therapy for treatment of chronic
liver diseases.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $3.1 million in total
assets, $402,405 in total liabilities, and $2.7 million in total
stockholders' equity.


HUMACYTE INC: PwC Raises Going Concern Doubt Over Recurring Losses
------------------------------------------------------------------
Humacyte, Inc. filed its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2025 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission earlier this year. The audited report contains a blunt
warning: conditions exist that raise substantial doubt about its
ability to continue as a going concern.

Based on the financial statements, the Company reported a net loss
and comprehensive loss of $40.8 million for the year ended December
31, 2025, compared to $148.7 million for 2024.

Although the Company is a commercial-stage biotechnology platform
Company, it has a single product approved for commercial sale and
have generated $1.4 million in product revenue from the sale of
Symvess for the period ended December 31, 2025

Going Concern

Raleigh, North Carolina-based PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the
Company's auditor since 2013, issued a "going concern"
qualification in its report dated March 27, 2026, attached to the
Company's Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2025, citing the Company has incurred operating losses and negative
cash flows from operations since inception that raise substantial
doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.

Liquidity

Since its inception in 2004, the Company has incurred operating
losses and negative cash flows from operations in each year. To
date, the Company has financed its operations primarily through the
sale of equity securities and convertible debt, proceeds from the
Reverse Recapitalization, borrowings under loan facilities,
proceeds from a revenue interest purchase agreement and, to a
lesser extent, through product revenue, governmental and other
grants.

At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company had an
accumulated deficit of $726.8 million and $686 million,
respectively. The Company's operating losses were $108.1 million
and $114.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024,
respectively. Net cash flows used in operating activities were $105
million and $98.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2025
and 2024, respectively.

Substantially all the Company's operating losses resulted from
costs incurred in connection with the Company's research and
development programs and from general and administrative costs
associated with the Company's operations. The Company expects to
incur substantial operating losses and negative cash flows from
operations for the foreseeable future as the Company advances its
product candidates.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had available cash and cash
equivalents of $50.5 million. Subsequent to December 31, 2025, on
March 20, 2026, we issued and sold to certain investors in a
registered direct offering 25,000,000 shares of Common Stock at a
price of $0.80 per share. Net proceeds to the Company from the
March 2026 Registered Direct Offering were approximately
$18,400,000, after deducting the placement agent's fees and
estimated expenses payable by the Company. Also, from January 1,
2026 until March 17, 2026, we sold an aggregate of 4,018,497 shares
of Common Stock under the TD Cowen ATM Facility at an average price
of $1.16 per share for net proceeds of approximately $4.6 million.
On March 19, 2026, we suspended and terminated the ATM Prospectus,
pursuant to which shares had been sold under the TD Cowen ATM
Facility.

On May 12, 2023, Humacyte, Inc. and Global entered into a Revenue
Interest Purchase Agreement with two purchasers, both affiliates of
Oberland Capital Management LLC, and another affiliate of Oberland
Capital Management LLC, as agent for the Purchasers, to obtain
financing with respect to the further development and
commercialization of the Company's ATEV, to repay the Company's
then-existing credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank, and for
other general corporate purposes.

The Purchase Agreement contained customary representations and
warranties and affirmative covenants for transactions of this type,
including, among others, the provision of financial and other
information to the Purchaser, notice to the Purchaser upon the
occurrence of certain material events, and compliance with
applicable laws. The Purchase Agreement also contained customary
negative covenants, including certain restrictions on the ability
to incur indebtedness and grant liens or security interests on
assets. On February 18, 2024, the Company reached an agreement with
the Purchasers and the Agent to waive certain breaches related to
and extend the deadline for certain post-closing obligations under,
the Purchase Agreement, including the requirement for the Company
to deliver a leasehold mortgage in favor of the Agent over the
Company's headquarters.

On May 8, 2024, the Company agreed with the Purchasers to amend the
Purchase Agreement to remove requirements related to the leasehold
mortgage. In exchange for removing this requirement, the Company
agreed to fund an account in the amount of $54 million over which
the Agent had certain consent and other rights to $50 million of
the funds. The Company funded an account with the required $54
million on August 14, 2024.

On September 17, 2025, the Company and Humacyte Global, Inc.
entered into a second amendment to the Purchase Agreement with the
Purchasers and the Agent to amend the Purchase Agreement.

In connection with the Purchase Agreement Amendment, the Company
made a $50 million repayment under the Purchase Agreement, funded
from the restricted cash previously maintained for the benefit of
the Agent. As a result of the Purchase Agreement Amendment Payment,
the Company was no longer obligated to maintain $50 million of
restricted cash in an account for the benefit of the Agent. As of
December 31, 2025 and 2024, $0 million and $50 million,
respectively, related to the Purchase Agreement was classified as
restricted cash on the acCompanying consolidated balance sheets.

On December 15, 2025, the Company entered into a payoff letter with
the Purchasers and the Purchasers' Agent pursuant to which the
Purchase Agreement and the Option Agreement were terminated in
their entirety. As consideration for the termination of these
agreements and the satisfaction of all obligations thereunder, the
Company paid $38 million in cash and issued 5,725,190 shares of the
Company's common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, to the
Purchasers. The cash payment was funded with proceeds from the Term
Loan Facility. Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, the proceeds of the
Term Loan Facility are required to be used to repay outstanding
indebtedness under the Purchase Agreement and for other general
corporate purposes. The funding of the first tranche of the Term
Loan Facility was conditioned upon delivery of a payoff letter with
respect to all indebtedness outstanding under the Purchase
Agreement and evidence that the liens securing such indebtedness
would be released. The extinguishment of the Purchase Agreement was
accounted for as a debt extinguishment under ASC 470-50. The
termination of the Purchase Agreement released all liens and
security interests previously granted to the Purchasers and their
agent and relieved the Company of any further obligations to the
Purchasers. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, $0 million and $64.2
million, respectively, was recorded as a revenue interest liability
on the acCompanying consolidated balance sheets.

On September 24, 2024, the Company entered into a common stock
purchase agreement with Lincoln Park Capital Fund, LLC for an
equity line financing. The Common Stock Purchase Agreement provides
that, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, the
Company has the sole right, but not the obligation, to sell to
Lincoln Park shares of Common Stock, having an aggregate value of
up to $50 million over a 24-month period. The Company controls the
timing and amount of any sales of Purchase Shares to Lincoln Park
pursuant to the Common Stock Purchase Agreement in its sole
discretion. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $47.5 million
in remaining availability for sales of Common Stock under the
Common Stock Purchase Agreement. There were no purchases under the
Common Stock Purchase Agreement during the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2025. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had
completed sales of shares under the Common Stock Purchase Agreement
that provided $2.5 million in gross proceeds. See Note 10 for
further discussion.

On September 1, 2022, we entered into a sales agreement with
Jefferies LLC, acting as sales agent for the sale from time to time
of up to $80 million of shares of Common Stock. In December 2024,
we sold an aggregate of 1,333,596 shares of Common Stock under the
Jefferies ATM Facility at an average price of $5.26 per share for
net proceeds of approximately $6.8 million. In the year ended
December 31, 2025, the Company completed sales of shares under the
Jefferies ATM Facility that provided net proceeds of approximately
$10 million. On November 21, 2025, the Company delivered a notice
to Jefferies LLC terminating the Jefferies ATM Sales Agreement,
which termination became effective 10 days thereafter. As of
December 31, 2025, no shares remained available for issuance under
the Jefferies ATM Facility.

The Company will not have sufficient liquidity to fund its
operations beyond one year from the issuance of these financial
statements if the Company is unable to generate sufficient cash
flows from commercial sales on a timely basis and/or obtain
additional capital. These factors raise substantial doubt about the
Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

The future viability of the Company is dependent on its ability to
generate cash flows from the sale of Symvess and raise additional
capital to finance its operations. The Company plans to seek
additional funding through private or public equity financings,
debt financings, debt refinancings or restructurings,
collaborations, strategic alliances, and marketing, distribution or
licensing arrangements. Adequate additional capital may not be
available to the Company when needed or on acceptable terms.

If the Company is unable to raise capital, the Company plans to
implement a program that delays, reduces, suspends or ceases
certain of its planned capital expenditures, research and
development programs or any future commercialization efforts, which
would have a negative impact on its business, prospects, operating
results and financial condition.

A full text copy of the Company's Form 10-K is available at
https://tinyurl.com/mr3tsyf9

             About Humacyte, Inc.

Humacyte, Inc. and subsidiaries is pioneering the development and
manufacture of off-the-shelf, universally implantable,
bioengineered human tissues, advanced tissue constructs and organ
systems with the goal of improving the lives of patients and
transforming the practice of medicine. The Company is leveraging
its regenerative medicine technology platform to develop
proprietary product candidates for use in the treatment of diseases
and conditions across a range of anatomic locations in multiple
therapeutic areas.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $116.4 million in total
assets, $113.3 million in total liabilities, and $3.1 million in
total stockholders' equity.


HYBAR LLC: S&P Assigns 'B-' ICR on Refinancing And Expansion
------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B-' issuer credit rating to
Arkansas-based rebar producer Hybar LLC and 'B-' issue-level rating
and '3' recovery rating to its proposed senior secured debt.

The stable outlook reflects S&P's expectation that Hybar will
continue to ramp up operations at its first facility while
constructing its second, albeit with elevated leverage during the
construction and ramp-up periods over the next few years.

Hybar LLC is raising approximately $1.1 billion of senior secured
debt to refinance its capital structure and fund its Hybar II
expansion project.

This comes after the company recently completed construction on and
is ramping up its 630,000-ton scrap-metal recycling facility, Hybar
I, on the same site in Osceola, Arkansas.

Despite higher leverage initially due to the new construction and
ramp-up periods, S&P expects Hybar's production output, contractual
revenues, market position, and industry expertise will support
increasing earnings and cash flow to support deleveraging due to
the phase II development.

S&P's rating reflects Hybar refinancing its capital structure to
construct a second facility. Hybar completed construction on its
first rebar facility in October 2025 and became EBITDA positive
within four months. Hybar 1 is ramping up production to its rated
capacity of about 630,000 tons per year and company-estimated
capacity of about 700,000 tons per year. Hybar is accessing capital
markets to raise approximately $1.1 billion to refinance its
capital structure and to build its co-located Hybar II plant, which
will cost approximately $800 million and produce similar capacity.
The proposed capital structure comprises a $75 million asset-based
lending (ABL) revolving facility (upsized from $50 million;
unrated), $100 million of new series 2026A tax-exempt bonds, $230
million of new series 2026B taxable bonds (which could become
tax-exempt after the initial year), and $110 million of series
2023A and $220 million series 2023B exchanged tax-exempt bonds (all
issued by the Arkansas Development Finance Authority and Hybar will
be the obligor).

The latter will replace the 2023A and 2023B bonds issued to finance
Hybar I and the exchanged bonds will be used to transition the
company from a project finance to corporate indenture. Hybar also
plans to issue other secured debt soon, which will be pari passu
with the municipal bonds, with total debt not expected to exceed
$1.1 billion.

S&P assigned its 'B-' issue-level rating and '3' recovery rating to
the proposed 2023 and 2026 bonds. The '3' recovery rating indicates
our expectation for meaningful recovery (50% to 70%; rounded
estimate: 65%) in a payment default. All ratings are based on
preliminary terms and conditions.

Business risk factors include its cost position, location,
concentration, and start-up risk. Hybar produces rebar in a
scrap-metal recycling steel rebar mill in Osceola, Arkansas. Its
location allows direct access to the Mississippi River, a railroad,
and major highway systems, allowing easy end-market access and
low-cost scrap sourcing. Hybar has single-site operations (although
soon to be dual facility) and narrow commodity product focus. Hybar
is a pure rebar supplier business. Unlike larger peers, such as
Nucor Corp. and Commercial Metals Co., which produce more than
three-quarters of market demand, Hybar does not fabricate. And
while the owners have had meaningful previous industry experience
(the site is near an earlier project, Big River Steel, which Hybar
eventually sold to U.S. Steel for approximately $1.47 billion), S&P
still sees construction risks associated with the approximately
$800 million phase II expansion. Hybar I was completed in the
second half of 2025 for approximately $630 million.

Estimates for the approximately $800 million phase II expansion
include contingencies for potential delays, tariff implications,
and potential supply chain disruptions. S&P also considers the
start-up risks associated with the ramp-up of phase I into our
assessment of the company's business. There is a limited track
record of operations, less than a year since Hybar I completed
construction and began ramping up operations.

Hybar is aiming for a first quartile cost position. Its feedstock
consists of 100% recycled and domestic scrap, which partial owner
Koch Minerals and Trading will assist in sourcing. Hybar is also
the first steel mill in North America capable of operating entirely
on renewable energy through an integrated, behind-the-meter solar
and battery storage facility. It is also unique in that it can
spool rebar, which allows specific specs and prevents yield loss,
as compared to competitors that often only sell predetermined
lengths of rebar. Once operational, the capacity of both mills
could account for more than 10% of expected domestic industry
capacity, according to World Steel Dynamics. Hybar should also
benefit from steady demand, with about half of its projected total
capacity in secured off-take agreements annually and the rebar
market expected to expand in the U.S. due to trends such as
infrastructure spending.

S&P said, "Our financial risk assessment considers increased
leverage in 2026 and 2027. As Hybar ramps up phase I and
simultaneously builds phase II, leverage will peak in the
low-double digits over the next two years. We project it will
gradually decline toward the mid-single digits upon completion and
successful ramp-up. We expect the ramp up in capacity at Hybar I
could translate into $80 million-$100 million of EBITDA during
2026, then improving steadily to more than $200 million once Hybar
II is complete and fully operational, with construction expected to
be completed in 2028 and a full year's worth of earnings
contribution starting in 2029. Hybar's earnings are sensitive to
metal spread fluctuations between rebar pricing and scrap pricing
in the U.S. As a result, a material compression in spreads,
especially over a prolonged period, could cause credit metrics to
deteriorate. Moreover, the capital intensity of the industry
requires significant reinvestment of cash flow, which could
constrain free and discretionary cash flow for debt reduction.

"We expect rebar pricing to remain correlated with hot rolled coil,
which we project to stay elevated above $800/st over the coming
years. In the short term, however, spot prices have recently
exceeded these levels due to trade protections; 50% tariffs on the
U.S. steel sector pushed prices approximately 30% higher than a
year ago. Although the U.S. still imports roughly 20% of its steel
needs, these barriers have redirected excess Chinese steel exports
into less-protected regions, supporting demand for locally produced
steel.

"We project a free cash flow deficit as the company builds out
phase II, with approximately $120 million-$140 million of capital
expenditure (capex) in 2026 and $440 million-$460 million during
the spending peak in 2027. We expect no dividends at least during
this expansion phase. We expect total debt of about $1.1 billion at
close of the transaction, which incorporates the new proposed
capital structure and no major pension or lease adjustments.

"The stable outlook on Hybar reflects our expectation that earnings
will continue to steadily climb from its Hybar I operations and
contained risk in its execution of Hybar II. The company has just
completed the first plant with minimal disruption. We expect
leverage of more than 10x over the next two years as Hybar I
operations ramp up while simultaneously constructing Hybar II.
However, we expect leverage should decline in further years once
both plants are running."

S&P could lower its ratings on Hybar in the next 12 months if the
company faces:

-- Delays in ramping up operations at Hybar I; or

-- Meaningful construction delays or cost overruns at Hybar II.

In these cases, S&P would expect constrained liquidity, with
sources less than 1.2x uses, which could suggest an unsustainable
capital structure.

-- S&P could upgrade Hybar in the next 12 months if leverage
trends below 6x as the company integrates and ramps up its first
facility in a heavy construction period for its second.


HYDROFARM HOLDINGS: Deloitte & Touche Raises Going Concern Doubt
----------------------------------------------------------------
Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. filed its Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 with the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission earlier this year. The audited
report contains a blunt warning: conditions exist that raise
substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going
concern.

Based on the financial statements, the Company reported a net loss
of $289.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared
with a net loss of $66.7 million for 2024.  Net sales for the year
ended December 31, 2025, were $134.3 million, a decrease of $56
million, or 29.4%, compared to the same period in 2024.

Going Concern

Minneapolis, Minnesota-based Deloitte & Touche LLP, the Company's
auditor since 2023, issued a "going concern" qualification in its
report dated March 27, 2026, attached to the Company's Annual
Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, citing the
Company has incurred recurring operating losses, negative cash
flows from operations, and has significant debt obligations due
within the next 12 months, which raises substantial doubt about its
ability to continue as a going concern.

Due to the Company's recurring operating losses, negative cash
flows from operations, and the Company's $114.4 million
reclassification of Term Loan principal to current portion of
long-term debt, management has determined that the Company's
present capital resources may not be sufficient to fund our planned
operations for at least the next 12 month.

The Company's ability to continue as a going concern will depend on
its ability to generate cash from operations and obtain additional
financing to fund operations after its current resources are
exhausted, and no assurances can be given that additional financing
will be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at
all.

If the Company is unable to raise sufficient capital when needed,
its business, financial condition, and results of operations will
be materially and adversely affected, and the Company will need to
modify its operational plans to continue as a going concern.
Moreover, the reaction of investors to the inclusion of a going
concern statement in the Company's financial statements and its
potential inability to continue as a going concern could adversely
affect the price of the Company's common stock and its ability to
raise new capital or enter into strategic or other transactions.

Management's plans to address these conditions include reducing
costs through restructuring and other initiatives, including
facility consolidations, headcount reductions, and focusing on our
proprietary brand offerings. To improve liquidity the Company is
negotiating with lenders and key vendors and is pursuing additional
financing or strategic alternatives including the sale of assets,
businesses, or through an offering of equity securities. These
plans are not within the Company's control and therefore cannot be
deemed probable. As a result, the Company has concluded that
management's plans do not alleviate substantial doubt about the
Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

A full text copy of the Company's Form 10-K is available at
https://tinyurl.com/rd5nthse

                   About Hydrofarm Holdings

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. is an independent manufacturer and
distributor of branded hydroponics equipment and supplies for
controlled environment agriculture, including grow lights, climate
control solutions, grow media and nutrients, as well as a broad
portfolio of innovative, proprietary branded products. Products
offered include agricultural lighting devices, indoor climate
control equipment, nutrients, and plant additives used to grow,
farm and cultivate cannabis, flowers, fruits, plants, vegetables,
grains and herbs in controlled environment settings that allow end
users to control key farming variables including temperature,
humidity, CO2, light intensity and color, nutrient concentration
and pH.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $123.8 million in total
assets, $187.1 million in total liabilities, and $63.3 million in
total stockholders' deficit.


ICAHN ENTERPRISES: Moody's Affirms 'B1' CFR, Outlook Stable
-----------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has affirmed Icahn Enterprises L.P.'s (IEP)
corporate family rating and backed senior secured debt ratings of
B1, and its probability of default rating at B1-PD. The outlook is
stable.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The B1 rating reflects the modestly improving albeit still weak
operating performance of IEP's core subsidiaries, lackluster
investment results, and financial policies that Moody's believes
favor depositary unitholders over creditors. As of March 31, 2026,
IEP's net asset value totaled $3.4 billion, up 12% from a year ago.
This increase has improved its market value-based leverage and
strengthened coverage of upcoming debt maturities.

The affirmation also reflects the creditworthiness of IEP's largest
dividend-paying subsidiary, CVR Energy, Inc. (B2 stable). Volatile
energy prices during Q1 2026 due to the conflict with Iran resulted
in a loss from hedging in the refining sector, although this has
partially reversed this quarter. IEP's real estate segment was
bolstered by the addition of intercompany rents from the automotive
segment after the transfer of properties in Q4 2025. While cash
flow and earnings generation are still weak, IEP's liquid resources
remain strong with $624 million in cash at the holding company, and
$2,203 million in liquid investments as of March 31, 2026.

While IEP's operating companies have modest direct exposure to US
trade policy, they are procyclical. The firm's choice to use
available cash flows for unitholder distributions, despite
uncertain economic conditions, reflects a high financial risk
tolerance. IEP's recent historical distribution policy has resulted
in annualized cash outflows of about $100 million for depositary
units not held by insiders, as determined quarterly by the board of
directors. When combined with the unpredictable cash election
decision of its majority unitholder, Mr. Carl Icahn, raises the
liquidity demands on the firm.

IEP's B1 CFR reflects its substantial liquidity reserves and track
record of activist investing, though these strengths are tempered
by the firm's high market value-based leverage, low interest
coverage, and the key person risks associated with its reliance on
its chairman and majority depositary unitholder.

The stable outlook reflects IEP's substantial cash and liquidity
resources which, given the sensitivity of its operating
subsidiaries to the macroeconomic environment, will help it
navigate increasing market volatility or a prolonged downturn.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

IEP's ratings could be upgraded if: 1) the Energy segment's
profitability improves such that its regular dividends are restored
to levels commensurate with its historical targets, or IEP's other
operating subsidiaries contribute meaningful and regular
distributions that diversify its funds from operations; 2) there is
a sustained improvement in the Investment Funds' performance; or 3)
the firm adopts financial policies that maintain the strength of
its liquidity profile and lowers market value-based leverage below
40% on a sustained basis.

Conversely, IEP's ratings could be downgraded if: 1) market
value-based leverage increases significantly, hampering the firm's
ability to execute its activist agenda; or 2) the holding company's
available cash and liquidity resources are significantly depleted
including due to an increase in unitholder distributions without a
corresponding improvement to core operating performance; or 3)
there is further reduction in the creditworthiness or valuations of
the firm's principal operating subsidiaries.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Investment
Holding Companies and Conglomerates published in April 2023.

IEP's standalone credit profile adjusted score of B1 is positioned
two notches below the standalone credit profile before qualitative
notching factors of Ba2. The downward adjustment reflects the key
person risks associated with its reliance on its chairman and
majority depositary unitholder.


INGENOVIS HEALTH: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'CCC+', Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings raised our issuer credit rating on Ingenovis
Health to 'CCC+' from 'SD' (selective default) and our issue-level
ratings on the term loan to 'CCC+' from 'D'. The '4' recovery
rating is unchanged, indicating our expectation of average recovery
prospects of between 30% - 50% (40%) in the event of a payment
default.

The stable outlook reflects the potential for weak demand for
temporary healthcare staff to persist through 2026 and into 2027.
It also reflects the company's decent liquidity position and only
limited free cash deficits, which likely give the company adequate
flexibility to participate in an eventual recovery in the
industry.

Temporary nurse staffing company, Ingenovis Health completed a
distressed exchange transaction on May 22, 2026, substantially
reducing debt outstanding and cash interest expense.

Despite the improvement in leverage to 14x (about 10x excluding the
noncash pay preferred), S&P expects the company to generate free
cash flow deficits at least through the end of 2026.

S&P expects industry trends around utilization of temporary nurse
staffing to greatly influence the company's financial performance
in 2026 and 2027.

S&P believes the company has adequate liquidity for 2026 and 2027,
including about $98 million cash on the balance sheet, and $32
million available to draw on its $85 million accounts receivable
(A/R) securitization facility.

The recapitalization transaction meaningfully reduced adjusted debt
and improved the company's liquidity position. Ingenovis exchanged
$725 million of term loan debt maturing 2028 and $85 million of
outstanding revolver debt for a $275 million new term loan maturing
2032 and about $30 million of preferred stock with a
payment-in-kind (PIK) coupon of 20% annually, redeemable at any
time or upon a liquidation event, at the higher of (1) the accrued
balance and (2) 300% of the initial balance. Additionally, the
equity sponsors have issued $100 million of preferred stock with
the same terms. S&P said, "We treat the $130 million preferred
equity as debt-like in our ratios, given the high PIK rate, while
acknowledging the financial flexibility of the subordinated
non-cash-pay obligation. While this exchange addresses immediate
maturity concerns and cash interest expense, we expect the company
to generate free cash flow deficits in 2026, on continued weakness
in demand for temporary nurses."

As of transaction close, the company has around $98 million cash on
hand and about $32 million available on its A/R securitization
facility. The company is required to maintain at least 50% of the
A/R securitization facility drawn, and its borrowing base is $85
million. S&P believes the company's liquidity is sufficient to
weather near-term pressures.

S&P anticipates the industry temporary nurse staffing business will
return to growth in 2027, which will facilitate improvement in
profitability and free cash flow generation. The temporary
healthcare staffing industry in the U.S., which aims to address
short-term capacity needs at health systems, due to turnover,
temporary leave, strikes, or during public health emergencies or
peak demand, has been experiencing multiple years of pressure as
part of a boom-bust cycle, especially in the travel nurse staffing.
Ingenovis and peers experienced significant pressure in 2023-2025,
as health systems sought to minimize their reliance on temporary
staffing after bearing extremely high prices during and following
the pandemic. Despite the continued pressures, S&P believes
providers will eventually revert to a mix of permanent and
temporary staff that optimizes cost efficiencies, supporting
increased demand for temporary staffing.

S&P said, "We expect leverage to remain elevated over the next two
years. This transaction reduced the total debt load to roughly $475
million in 2026 (including the preferred) from approximately $850
million in 2025. However, we project S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
leverage to be around 14.0x for 2026 and 12x-13x in 2027. This
reflects our continued expectation of soft demand for travel nurses
and allied health services over coming quarters. Due to its
unpredictability our forecast assumes strike revenue is limited.

"We expect persistent pricing pressure, with tighter bill-pay
spreads driven by aggressive cost management at hospital customers
coupled with wage inflation, compressing EBITDA margins by
approximately 60 basis points (bps) in 2026, but then improving by
about 90 bps in 2027.

"We expect free operating cash flow (FOCF) deficits to persist in
2026, but for the company to approach breakeven FOCF in 2027. Due
to low profitability, we expect the company to continue struggling
in generating cash flow, consistent with pressures at industry
peers. We anticipate the industry will stabilize in 2027, which
will provide the company with an opportunity to improve
profitability and achieve breakeven FOCF. However, any further
delay in the industry recovery could further strain FOCF and, by
extension, pressure liquidity.

"Our stable outlook on Ingenovis reflects adequate liquidity,
including about $100 million of cash, given the 2032 maturity of
the $275 million term loan and 2030 maturity on the A/R facility.
This gives the company time for the temporary nurse staffing
industry dynamics to improve."

S&P could lower the rating on Ingenovis if free cash flow deficits
increase or we see potential for constrained liquidity. This could
occur if:

-- Demand for temporary nurses remains depressed for multiple
years.

-- Further deterioration in the bill-pay spread, a key driver of
margins.

-- In several years prospects don't improve ahead of the maturing
debt in 2023 and 2032, increasing potential refinancing risk

S&P could raise the rating if it believes Ingenovis can
consistently generate free cash flow. S&P believes this would limit
refinancing risk. This could occur from:

-- Improved demand for temporary nurses

-- Improvement in the bill-pay spread, a key driver of margins.


INTEGRIS EQUIPMENT: Case Summary & 18 Unsecured Creditors
---------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Integris Equipment LLC
        662 Persons Street
        East Aurora, NY 14052

Business Description: Integris Equipment LLC provides new and
refurbished medical equipment, including patient monitors,
anesthesia machines, AEDs/defibrillators, EKG machines, and
related medical accessories. The company offers medical equipment
rentals for short- and long-term use and also buys or trades used
equipment. Integris Equipment operates an in-house biomed and
refurbishing department and performs quality assurance checks
on equipment sold.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 29, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Western District of New York

Case No.: 26-10689

Debtor's Counsel: Scott J. Bogucki, Esq.
                  GLEICHENHAUS, MARCHESE & WEISHAAR, P.C.
                  930 Convention Tower
                  43 Court Street
                  Buffalo, NY 14202
                  Tel: (716) 845-6446

Total Assets: $1,382,869

Total Liabilities: $3,789,151

The petition was signed by Jacob Steck as manager member/vice
president.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's 18 unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/NWQNJEQ/Integris_Equipment_LLC__nywbke-26-10689__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


INTERNATIONAL SUPPORT: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 23
--------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Florida,
Fort Lauderdale Division is set to hold a hearing on June 23 to
consider extending International Support Group, LLC's authority to
use cash collateral.

The Debtor is currently authorized to use cash collateral through
June 23 pursuant to the court's April 27 second interim order.

Under the second interim order, the Debtor is allowed to use its
cash collateral to pay operating expenses based on an approved
budget, subject to a 10% variance per line item. Any use of cash
collateral outside the approved terms requires consent from City
National Bank.

The order granted City National Bank adequate protection through a
monthly payment of $9,876 and a continuing and replacement lien on
the Debtor's post-petition assets, with the same validity, priority
and extent as its pre-petition liens.

Additional safeguards include insurance coverage on the bank's
collateral and regular financial reporting.

City National Bank is the Debtor's primary secured creditor, with a
claim of at least $1.45 million and a first-priority lien on
substantially all assets of the Debtor.

City National Bank is represented by:

   J. Ryan Yant, Esq.
   Carlton Fields, P.A.
   P.O. Box 3239
   Tampa, FL 33601-3239    
   (813) 223-7000
   ryant@carltonfields.com

               About International Support Group LLC

International Support Group, LLC is a facilities maintenance
company that has provided services to the federal government since
2009 and operates primarily in Broward County, Florida.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 26-12738) on March 4,
2026, listing up to $10 million in both assets and liabilities.
Robert Bennett, company owner and president, signed the petition.

Judge Peter D. Russin oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Thomas L. Abrams, Esq., at Gamberg & Abrams as
general bankruptcy counsel and Christopher R. Shiplett, Esq., at
Randolph Law, PLLC as special counsel.


INTRUSION INC: Whitley Penn Raises Going Concern Doubt
------------------------------------------------------
Intrusion Inc. filed its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2025 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission earlier this year. The audited report contains a blunt
warning: conditions exist that raise substantial doubt about its
ability to continue as a going concern.

For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company
generated revenues of approximately $7.1 million and $5.8 million,
respectively, and reported net losses of approximately $9.1 million
and $7.8 million, respectively, and cash flow used in operating
activities of approximately $6.8 million and $6.3 million,
respectively. The Company continues to incur losses from
operations, and negative cash flows from operations, as well as
having a continued dependence on equity and debt financing.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had cash and cash equivalents
of $3.6 million and $2.4 million in working capital. The Company's
primary source of cash for funding operations in 2025 has come from
net proceeds received from a registered direct offering of $7
million and $1.5 million in proceeds from the sale of common stock
pursuant to a SEPA, recorded as a receivable at December 31, 2024.

Going Concern

Dallas, Texas-based Whitley Penn LLP, the Company's auditor since
2009, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated
March 25, 2026, attached to the Company's Annual Report for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, citing that the Company has
suffered recurring losses from operations, has negative cash flows
from operations, and has a reliance on equity and debt financing.
These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability
to continue as a going concern.

The Company plans to finance operations by raising additional funds
through public or private financings, including the utilization of
the ATM program. The Company can provide no assurances that
additional funds will be raised or that the terms of those
financings, if available at all, will be on favorable terms or will
not result in dilution to stockholders. If the Company is not able
to obtain additional debt or equity financing, the Company may be
unable to implement the Company's business plan, fund its liquidity
needs, or even continue operations.

ATM Program

In June 2025, the Company terminated its At Market Sales Agreement
with B. Riley Securities, Inc and entered into a new ATM Offering
Agreement with H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC to potentially sell up to
$50 million of its common stock using a shelf registration
statement on Form S-3/A (File No. 333-281565) which was filed in
January 2025 and became effective in February 2025. Under the Sales
Agreement, Wainwright may sell shares of the Company's common stock
by any method permitted by law deemed to be an "ATM offering" as
defined in Rule 415(a)(4). The Company pays Wainwright a commission
of up to 3.0% of the gross sales price of any shares sold through
Wainwright under the Sales Agreement.

The Company filed a replacement shelf registration on Form S-3 in
January 2025, with an effective date of February 2025, pursuant to
which it can sell up to $50 million of its common stock. As of
February 25, 2025, the Company's public float calculated in
accordance with General Instruction I.B.1 of Form S-3, was $112.9
million based on 19,342,776 shares of common stock outstanding of
which 17,861,513 shares are held by non-affiliates, and a per share
price of $6.32 based on the average of the bid and asked prices of
common stock on the Nasdaq on December 30, 2024.

SEPA

In July 2024, the Company entered into a $10 million SEPA with
Streeterville pursuant to which the Company has the right, during
the 24-month term of the agreement and subject to certain
limitations and conditions to direct Streeterville to purchase
shares of our common stock.

Shares of common stock issued pursuant to SEPA will be purchased at
a price equal to 95% of the lowest daily volume-weighted average
price of the Company's common on the Nasdaq Stock Market during the
three consecutive trading days during regular trading hours, as
reported by Bloomberg L.P. beginning on the date the Company
delivers an advance notice. The Company is required to use 10% of
the proceeds from each advance to redeem outstanding shares of
Series A Preferred Stock held by Streeterville.

During 2024, pursuant to the SEPA, Streeterville purchased 1.2
million shares of common stock resulting in aggregate net proceeds
of $1.8 million of which $0.1 million was received in 2024 and the
remaining proceeds of $1.7 million were received in January 2025.
No draws on the SEPA were made in 2025.

A full text copy of the Company's Form 10-K is available at
http://tiny.cc/3r64101

                         About Intrusion

Headquartered in Plano, Texas, Intrusion Inc. offers businesses of
all sizes and industries products and services that leverage the
Company's exclusive threat intelligence database of over 8.5
billion IP addresses and domain names. After many years of
gathering intelligence and providing its INTRUSION TraceCop and
Savant solutions exclusively to government entities, the Company
released its first commercial product in 2021, the INTRUSION
Shield. INTRUSION Shield was designed to allow businesses to
incorporate a Zero Trust, reputation-based security solution into
their existing infrastructure to observe traffic flow and instantly
block known malicious or unknown connections from both entering or
exiting a network, making it an ideal solution for protecting from
Zero-Day and ransomware attacks.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $10.4 million in total
assets, $1.8 million in total current liabilities, $1.3 million in
total noncurrent liabilities, and $7.3 million in total
stockholders' equity.


IVANTI SOFTWARE: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'CCC', Outlook Negative
--------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its issuer credit rating on Ivanti
Software Inc. to 'CCC' from 'CCC+'.

S&P said, "We also lowered our issue-level ratings on its $350
million first-lien new money term loan and revolving credit
facility to 'B-' from 'B'; its first-lien term loan to 'CCC' from
'CCC+'; and its second-lien term loan to 'CC' from 'CCC-'. Our '1'
recovery rating on the first-lien new money term loan and revolving
credit facility, '4' recovery rating on the first-lien term loan,
and '6' recovery rating on the second-lien term loan are
unchanged.

"The negative outlook reflects our view that Ivanti's capital
structure is unsustainable given diminishing liquidity from
consistent cash burn due to high debt burden and transition to a
SaaS/subscription model."

Ivanti's high debt burden, combined with additional pressure from
its transition to a software-as-a-service (SaaS)/subscription model
is straining its cash generation capacity.

Ivanti's capital structure may be unsustainable, given its
consistent cash burn and weakening liquidity. Its high debt burden,
combined with additional pressure from transitioning to a
SaaS/subscription model is pressuring its liquidity. Ivanti burned
more cash in fiscal 2025 than we anticipated, generating negative
S&P Global Ratings-adjusted free operating cash flow (FOCF) near
$190 million.

S&P said, "We expect revenue headwinds to persist at least through
2027 and believe Ivanti's high debt burden will continue to limit
its ability to generate sufficient cash flow over the next couple
of years, with our expectation that EBITDA interest coverage will
remain around 1x. We anticipate that Ivanti will experience cash
burn through at least 2027, with negative FOCF estimated at $85
million-$95 million in fiscal 2026.

"We view Ivanti's current liquidity cushion of $234 million,
comprising $60 million in cash and $174 million in undrawn
revolver, as less than adequate to withstand the expected cash burn
and underperformance relative to our expectations. This increases
the risk that the company may not be able to meet its debt service
requirements or chooses to restructure its debt in a way we could
consider tantamount to a default (which may differ from what
constitutes a default under the credit agreement).

"We expect continued revenue headwinds until fiscal 2027. Ivanti's
transition to a SaaS/subscription model has weighed on its
financial performance in the past couple of years. In fiscal 2025
and the first quarter of fiscal 2026, the company's revenue
declined by about 5% and 4%, respectively, as decreases in license
and maintenance revenue more than offset the growth in subscription
and SaaS revenue.

"We anticipate revenue headwinds will continue until 2027, with the
potential for a gradual recovery thereafter. We believe
profitability could improve once the transition is complete, but
the pace of scale of this transition remains a key credit risk.

"The negative outlook reflects our view that Ivanti's capital
structure is unsustainable given diminishing liquidity from
consistent cash burn due to high debt burden and transition to a
SaaS/subscription model."

S&P could lower the rating if:

-- FOCF deteriorates beyond our current projections, further
weakening its liquidity position and increasing the risk of a
failure to meet mandatory debt obligations; or

-- S&P believes persistent weak operating performance and
liquidity pressures will lead to restructuring or a similar
transaction within six months.

S&P could take positive rating action on Ivanti if it expects its
FOCF and liquidity to improve considerably such that S&P views the
likelihood of a near-term default to be reduced.


JD HUNT: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to July 21
----------------------------------------------------
JD Hunt Custom Homes Inc. and affiliates asked the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Western District of Texas to extend its exclusivity
periods to file a plan of reorganization and obtain acceptance
thereof to July 21 and Sept. 21, 2026, respectively.

The Debtors believe that the relevant factors weigh in favor of
extending exclusivity.

     * First, the Debtors have been progressing towards a
reorganization in good faith. The Debtors have been communicating
with their creditors and has begun the plan drafting process.

     * Second, the Debtors are generally paying their debts as they
come due.

     * Third, the Debtors believe they have reasonable prospects
for confirming a viable plan.

     * Fourth, the Debtors are not filing the instant Motion as a
means of pressuring any creditors.

     * Fifth, and most importantly, extraneous factors beyond the
Debtors direct control will significantly impact the plan to be
filed and the Debtors believe the exclusivity period should be
extended.

JD Hunt Custom Homes, Inc. is represented by:

     Todd Headden, Esq.
     Charlie Shelton, Esq.
     Hayward PLLC
     7600 Burnet Road, Suite 530
     Austin, TX 78757
     Tel: (737) 881-7102
     E-mail: theadden@haywardfirm.com   

                   About JD Hunt Custom Homes

JD Hunt Custom Homes Inc. is a custom home builder based in Austin,
Texas. The Company specializes in high-end residential construction
projects and has been involved in sustainable building practices,
including materials repurposing.

JD Hunt Custom Homes and its affiliates sought relief under Chapter
11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Tex. Lead Case No.
25-10700) on May 11, 2025.  In its petition, JD Hunt estimated
assets and liabilities between $10 million and $50 million.

The Debtors tapped Hayward PLLC and Kell C. Mercer PC as attorneys.


JEFFERSON CAPITAL: Fitch Alters Outlook on 'BB-' IDR to Positive
----------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has affirmed Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC's
(Jefferson) Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR) and long-term
senior unsecured debt ratings at 'BB-'. The Rating Outlook has been
revised to Positive from Stable.

Today's rating actions have been taken as part of a periodic review
of North American and European debt purchasers, which is comprised
of four public rated firms. For more information on the peer
review, please refer to "Fitch Ratings Completes Peer Review of
North American and European Debt Purchasers".

Key Rating Drivers

Positive Outlook: The Positive Outlook reflects the continued
strengthening in Jefferson's franchise and demonstrated ability to
sustain strong operating performance with leverage discipline. A
one-notch upgrade could be supported by further franchise expansion
— including disciplined portfolio deployment and profitable
collections of acquired portfolios — that further narrows the
scale gap with higher-rated peers, while maintaining strong
underlying profitability and gross debt-to-adjusted EBITDA around
2x.

Growing Franchise: The affirmation of Jefferson's ratings reflects
its franchise within the debt purchasing sector, underscored by its
leading market positions across multiple niche consumer receivable
segments in the U.S. and Canada, with expanding operations in the
U.K. and Latin America. The ratings also consider Jefferson's
improved corporate governance, strong collections performance, and
funding flexibility.

Monoline Business Model: Rating constraints include Jefferson's
monoline business model focused on the purchase and collection of
charged-off consumer debt, reliance on internal modelling for
portfolio valuations and estimated remaining collections (ERC), and
regulatory risks inherent in consumer collections.

Improved Governance: Following Jefferson's initial public offering
in June 2025 and follow-on equity offering in January 2026, J.C.
Flowers & Co.'s (JCF) ownership declined to approximately 53% (from
95%) in 1Q26. Corporate governance has improved to align with
public company standards, including an increased number of
independent board directors and the formation of key board
committees.

While the sponsor-controlled ownership structure continues to
entail a degree of uncertainty over Jefferson's strategic and
financial policies, enhanced governance transparency and disclosure
requirements partially mitigate this concern. Fitch expects JCF
will continue to reduce its ownership in an orderly manner over
time.

Sector-Leading Profitability: Jefferson continues to demonstrate
sector-leading profitability, bolstered by its variable cost
structure and consistent collection efficiency, with near-term
earnings also benefiting from the recent Conn's and Bluestem
portfolio acquisitions. The cash efficiency ratio and adjusted
EBITDA margin improved to 70.3% and 73.0% for the trailing 12
months (TTM) ended 1Q26, compared to the 2022-2025 average of 67.8%
and 69.4%, respectively, both well above other rated peers.
Additionally, Jefferson has remained profitable every year since
inception, contrasting with episodic operating losses at
higher-rated peers.

As the Conn's and Bluestem portfolios run off through 2026-2027,
Fitch expects Jefferson's underlying cash efficiency ratio and
adjusted EBITDA margin will decline but be sustained in the
high-60% range, consistent with historical averages, supported by
its strong operating efficiency and a low cost-to-collect profile.

Conservative Leverage: Jefferson's gross debt-to-adjusted EBITDA
declined to 1.8x for the TTM ended 1Q26 from 2.2x one year ago,
driven by record adjusted EBITDA generation. Cash flow leverage is
now below management's 2.0x-2.5x target and below that of
higher-rated peers.

Fitch expects Jefferson to operate at the lower end of its stated
leverage target over the Outlook horizon, underpinned by continued
strong collection performance, absent any material debt-funded
acquisitions. Gross debt-to-tangible equity increased to 3.8x from
3.3x over the same period, reflecting a reduction in tangible
equity from the $59 million share repurchase executed concurrently
with the January 2026 secondary equity offering.

Disciplined Capital Policy: Shareholder returns remain measured,
with dividends representing 39% of net income for the TTM ended
1Q26. The January 2026 share repurchase was deemed one-time in
nature, with no active buyback authorization in place. Fitch
believes Jefferson will maintain a prudent capital policy with
adequate leverage headroom against Fitch's downgrade triggers.

Adequate Liquidity: Jefferson intends to repay its August 2026
senior unsecured notes at maturity, supported by available capacity
of its revolving credit facility (RCF). As of March 31, 2026,
liquidity comprised $26 million in unrestricted cash and $746
million in available RCF capacity, adequate to support its forward
flow commitment of $353 million. The next maturity is in February
2029, when $400 million of unsecured notes come due.

Stable Market Access: Jefferson's unsecured funding mix averaged
62% between 2022-2025, comparing favorably to U.S. peers. In April
2026, Jefferson upsized its RCF to $1.15 billion from $1.0 billion,
demonstrating stable capital markets access. Interest coverage
improved to 7.2x for the TTM ended 1Q26 from 6.5x one year prior,
now consistent with the 2022-2025 average.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- The Outlook could be revised back to Stable if Jefferson is
unable to sustain franchise growth momentum and underlying
operating performance, including an inability to purchase and
collect portfolios profitably, material adverse regulatory actions,
or a severe deterioration in consumer financial health that impairs
collection performance.

Beyond that, rating pressure could arise from:

- A sustained increase in gross debt/adjusted EBITDA above 2.5x or
gross debt/tangible equity above 5.0x, particularly if driven by
material debt-funded acquisitions and/or aggressive shareholder
distributions without a commensurate improvement in earnings.

- Failure to maintain a diverse funding profile and/or a sustained
shift to a largely secured funding model.

- A weakening in asset quality, as reflected in acquired debt
portfolios significantly underperforming anticipated returns or
repeated material write-downs in expected recoveries.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- A sustained enhancement of scale and franchise strength relative
to peers, as measured by net operating income and ERC, combined
with maintenance of underlying earnings resilience, could result in
a one-notch upgrade.

- A rating upgrade would also be conditioned on leverage maintained
around 2x on a gross debt/adjusted EBITDA basis and below 4x on a
gross debt/tangible equity basis, as well as further
diversification of the funding profile with an unsecured debt mix
sustained above 40% of total debt.

DEBT AND OTHER INSTRUMENT RATINGS: KEY RATING DRIVERS

Jefferson's senior unsecured debt rating is equalized with its
Long-Term IDR, reflecting the largely unsecured funding mix and
Fitch's expectation of average recovery prospects under a stressed
scenario.

DEBT AND OTHER INSTRUMENT RATINGS: RATING SENSITIVITIES

Jefferson's senior unsecured debt rating is primarily sensitive to
changes in the company's Long-Term IDR and, secondarily, to the
funding mix and recovery prospects on the unsecured debt. A
material increases in the proportion of secured debt, which weakens
recovery prospects for unsecured debtholders in a stressed
scenario, could result in the unsecured debt rating being notched
down from the IDR.

ADJUSTMENTS

- The Standalone Credit Profile (SCP) has been assigned below the
implied SCP due to the following adjustment reason: Business
Profile (negative).

- The Business Profile score has been assigned below the implied
score due to the following adjustment reason: Business model
(negative).

- The Earnings & Profitability score has been assigned below the
implied score due to the following adjustment reason: Revenue
diversification (negative).

- The Capitalization & Leverage score has been assigned below the
implied score due to the following adjustment reason: Historical
and future metrics (negative).

- The Funding, Liquidity & Coverage score has been assigned below
the implied score due to the following adjustment reason:
Historical and future metrics (negative).

ESG Considerations

Jefferson Capital Holdings LLC has an ESG Relevance Score of '4'
for Customer Welfare - Fair Messaging, Privacy & Data Security due
to the importance of fair collection practices and consumer
interactions and the regulatory focus on them, which has a negative
impact on the credit profile, and is relevant to the ratings in
conjunction with other factors.

Jefferson Capital Holdings LLC has an ESG Relevance Score of '4'
for Financial Transparency due to the significance of internal
modelling to portfolio valuations and associated metrics such as
estimated remaining collections, which has a negative impact on the
credit profile, and is relevant to the ratings in conjunction with
other factors. These are features of the debt purchasing sector as
a whole, and not specific to the company.

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt                Rating           Prior
   -----------                ------           -----
Jefferson Capital
Holdings LLC          

                       LT IDR   BB-   Affirmed    BB-
   senior unsecured    LT       BB-   Affirmed    BB-


JOHN FITZGIBBON: Hires Epiq Bankruptcy as Administrative Agent
--------------------------------------------------------------
John Fitzgibbon Memorial Hospital, Inc. and Fitzgibbon Health
Services seek approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Western District of Missouri to employ Epiq Bankruptcy Solutions,
LLC as administrative agent.

The administrative services that Epiq will render are:

     a) assist with, solicitation, balloting, tabulation, and
calculation of votes, as well as prepare any appropriate reports,
as required in furtherance of plan confirmation, and in connection
with such services, process requests for documents from parties in
interest;

     b) generate an official ballot certification and testify, if
necessary, in support of the ballot tabulation results;

     c) assist with the preparation of the Debtors' schedules of
assets and liabilities and statements of financial affairs and
gather data in conjunction therewith; and  

     d) provide such other processing, solicitation, balloting and
other administrative services described in the Services Agreement,
but not included in the Section 156(c) Application, as may be
requested from time to time by the Debtors, this Court, or the
Office of the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court.

Kathryn Tran, senior consultant with Epiq Bankruptcy Solutions,
LLC, attests that Epiq is a "disinterested person," as that term is
defined in Bankruptcy Code section 101(14).

Epiq Systems hourly rates are:

     Clerical/Administrative Support         $25 - $45
     IT / Programming                        $65 - $85
     Case Managers                           $85 - $175
     Consultants/ Directors/Vice Presidents  $175 - $190
     Solicitation Consultant                 $190
     Executive Vice President, Solicitation  $195
     Executives                              No Charge

The firm can be reached at:

     Kathryn Tran
     Epiq Bankruptcy Solutions, LLC
     777 Third Avenue
     11th and 12th Floors
     New York, NY 10017
     Tel: 212 225 9200

        About John Fitzgibbon Memorial Hospital Inc.

John Fitzgibbon Memorial Hospital, Inc. sought protection under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Mo. Case No.
26-40689) on April 21, 2026. In the petition signed by Angela P.
Littrell, president and chief executive officer, the Debtor
disclosed up to $50 million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Cynthia A. Norton oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Zachary R.G. Fairlie, Esq., at Spencer Fane as
counsel and Huron Consulting Services LLC as financial advisor.



JOJOTO GRILL: Seeks Subchapter V Bankruptcy in Florida
------------------------------------------------------
On May 22, 2026, Jojoto Grill & Latin Food LLC filed for Chapter 11
protection in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of
Florida. According to court filings, the Debtor reports between
$100,001 and $1,000,000 in debt owed to 1-49 creditors.

A meeting of creditors under Section 341(a) to be held on June 22,
2026 at 01:00 PM. U.S. Trustee (Orl) will hold the meeting
telephonically. Call in Number: 888-330-1716. Passcode: 5814238#.

             About Jojoto Grill & Latin Food LLC

Jojoto Grill & Latin Food LLC is a restaurant and food service
company specializing in Latin American cuisine. The company
operates within the hospitality industry, providing dining and food
preparation services to its customers.

Jojoto Grill & Latin Food LLC sought relief under Subchapter V of
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 26-03819)
on May 22, 2026. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated
assets of $0-$100,000 and estimated liabilities of
$100,001-$1,000,000.

The Debtor is represented by Jeffrey Ainsworth, Esq. of BransonLaw
PLLC.


JOSEPHINES RESTAURANT: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 22
--------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Illinois,
Eastern Division, is set to hold a hearing on June 22 to consider
extending Josephines Restaurant, Inc.'s authority to use cash
collateral.

The Debtor is currently authorized to use cash collateral pursuant
to the court's April 27 fourth interim order.

Under the interim order, the Debtor is allowed to utilize the
purported cash collateral of Newtek Bank, National Association and
Altbanq Lending II LLC for the period from May 1 through June 26,
strictly in accordance with an approved budget, subject to a 10%
variance.

The budget shows total monthly operational expenses of $104,250 for
May and June.

As adequate protection, the interim order granted Newtek Bank and
Altbanq replacement liens on and security interests in all property
acquired by the Debtor or its bankruptcy estate before and after
the bankruptcy filing.

Additional safeguards include insurance coverage of the secured
creditors' collateral and access to the Debtor's books and
records.

The order is available at https://shorturl.at/5udBF from
PacerMonitor.com.

As of the petition, the Debtor's cash collateral consists of cash
($18,000) and inventory ($6,200) such as liquor, food and supplies
in which Newtek holds an interest. The Debtor owes Newtek
approximately $756,000.

Josephines Restaurant sought Chapter 11 protection after rising
food costs and a post-COVID drop in revenue led it to take on
high-interest merchant cash advance loans with frequent payments.

Newtek Bank is represented by:

   Paulina Garga-Chmiel, Esq.
   Dykema Gossett PLLC
   10 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 2300
   Chicago, IL 60606
   Phone: 312-876-1700
   pgarga@dykema.com

                  About Josephines Restaurant Inc.

Josephines Restaurant Inc. operates the restaurants La Rosa Pizza
and Tick Tock Tacos in Skokie, Illinois, providing casual dining
services. La Rosa Pizza serves Italian and American cuisine,
including pizzas, pastas, salads, and sandwiches, while Tick Tock
Tacos focuses on Mexican-style dishes such as tacos, burritos, and
quesadillas. Both establishments offer catering services and
operate from the same location.

Josephines Restaurant sought relief under Subchapter V of Chapter
11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 26-00909) on
January 20, 2026. In its petition, the Debtor reported between
$50,001 and $100,000 in assets and between $500,001 and $1 million
in liabilities.

The Debtor is represented by Scott R. Clar, Esq., at Crane, Simon,
Clar & Goodman.

Matthew Brash of Newpoint Advisors Corporation serves as Subchapter
V trustee for the Debtor.


JUST LOGISTICS: Unsecureds Will Get 6.75% over 60 Months
--------------------------------------------------------
Just Logistics Group, Inc., filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the District of New Jersey a Plan of Reorganization for Small
Business dated May 21, 2026.

The Debtor operates a trucking and warehousing company that
formerly was located in Dayton, New Jersey. The company was formed
in 2016. In 2019, Michael Caracappa its current President became a
shareholder of the company.

The imposition of tariffs in 2025 plus national bankruptcy filings
of major retailers who had warehoused inventory with the Debtor
crippled the Debtor's business. The Debtor defaulted on its
obligations to is landlord and the parties could not come to a
negotiated resolution. The landlord commenced eviction proceeds
against the Debtor and this Chapter 11 case was filed to allow the
Debtor time to relocate and reorganize its affairs.

The Debtor is proposing a plan of Reorganization that will be
funded from the continued operations of the Debtor. The Debtor has
sixteen secured claims with certain secured creditors holding
multiple claims. The claims of PNC Bank secured by the two letters
of credit have been satisfied as the Court granted relief from the
stay to allow PNC to set off against those accounts. The Court
further authorized PNC Bank to pay its third secured claim from a
deposit account maintained at the bank to secure the line of
credit.

The Debtor cannot determine if PNC has set off that account as of
the date of the filing of this plan. There are certain equipment
leasing creditors that have leases that in fact are intended as
security and the Debtor intends on treating those claims as secured
creditors. Those creditors include Contract Leasing, Toyota
Industrial Commercial Finance, TD Equipment Finance, Ascentium
Capital and Marlin Leasing.

The Debtor scheduled seventy-five unsecured creditors holding total
claims of $797,793.74. Eight unsecured creditors filed claims
relating to pre-petition debts totaling $102,353.11. In addition,
the Debtor's former landlord filed rejection damages claims based
on the Debtor's rejecting two leases in the amount of $3,597,342.74
bring the total unsecured claims filed to $3,699,695.85.

Class 14 consists of General Unsecured Claims. Creditors in this
class shall be paid all of the Debtor's disposable income for the
period of 60 months commencing on the first month after
confirmation of the plan. Based on cash flow projections, the
Debtor anticipates the creditors in this class of receiving a total
distribution of 6.75% over the life of the plan. This Class is
impaired.

The plan will be funded from the Debtor's continued operations.

A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated May 21, 2026
is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=4lFRAD from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Joseph M. Casello, Esq.
     Collins, vella & Casello, LLC
     2430 Highway 34, B12
     Manasquan, NJ 08736
     Telephone: (732) 751-1766

                   About Just Logistics Group

Just Logistics Group, Inc., is a transportation and logistics
company providing freight and supply chain solutions across
multiple regions.

Just Logistics Group sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.N.J. Case No. 26-10036) on Jan. 4, 2026.
In its petition, the Debtor listed assets of $1 million to $10
million and estimated liabilities of $1 million to $10 million.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Christine M. Gravelle handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Joseph Casello, Esq., of Collins,
Vella & Casello.


KAMAN CORP: Moody's Raises CFR & Senior Secured Debt to B1
----------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings upgraded the ratings of Kaman Corporation's
corporate family rating to B1 from B2, probability of default
rating to B1-PD from B2-PD and Backed Senior Secured Credit
Facility Rating to B1 from B2. Kaman Corporation, Quantic
Electronics, LLC, Quantic Corporate Holdings, Inc., and Subs,
Sanders Industries Holdings, Inc. and Qnnect, LLC are co-borrowers
and companies collectively known as "Arxis". Moody's also assigned
a speculative grade liquidity rating of SGL-1. The rating outlook
is stable.

The upgrade reflects strengthened credit metrics for Arxis due to a
recent repayment in debt of approximately $945 million. The
repayment of debt followed the recent initial public offering of
Arxis and the use of a portion of the proceeds for this repayment
of debt. Moody's expects adjusted debt/EBITDA to decline below 3.5x
and funds from operations / debt to increase above 20% assuming no
debt-funded acquisitions or dividends. Prior to this debt
repayment, Moody's expected debt/EBITDA to be above 5x and FFO/debt
to be close to the mid-single digits. Moody's expects that sponsor
Arcline Investment Management will maintain majority control of
Arxis and risks of significant capital outflows and future
leveraging events remain. The Credit Impact Score for Arxis remains
as CIS-4 which indicates that the ratings are lower than they would
have been if ESG risk exposure did not exist.

RATINGS RATIONALE    

The B1 CFR is supported by Arxis' solid market position as a
provider of products that require considerable process and
engineering expertise for design, manufacturing and ongoing
certification requirements. The company's technological expertise
to spec and create new products for its longstanding customer base
has created a competitive advantage for Arxis. Platforms that Arxis
supports tend to have updates and enhancements after being in the
market for many years which positions Arxis favorably to supply
updated or modified parts when these product updates and
enhancements occur.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectations of positive free
cash flow and maintenance of very good liquidity over the next
12-18 months.

The SGL-1 speculative grade liquidity rating denotes Moody's
expectation for Arxis to operate with very good liquidity over the
next 12-18 months. Cash on hand as of December 31, 2025 was $250
million and will increase to $500 million partially from IPO
proceeds. Moody's projects that the company will generate positive
free cash flow of around $300 million per annum. Liquidity will
also be supported by a $400 million revolving credit facility that
is currently undrawn. Revolver draws will be modest over the next
12-18 months and will primarily be used for working capital
purposes and potential acquisitions.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if conservative and predictable
financial policies are demonstrated. Upward ratings pressure could
also occur if with the establishment of a track record of good
operating performance at the company's existing scale while
adjusted debt/EBITDA is sustained below 4.0 times and funds from
operations plus interest-to-interest is sustained above 3.5 times.
An upgrade could also occur if the company's ownership and control
concentration is materially reduced.

The ratings could be downgraded if the company adopts aggressive
return on capital policies, adjusted debt/EBITDA is sustained above
5.0 times, funds from operations plus interest-to-interest is
sustained below 2.5 times or liquidity weakens.

Arxis is a designer and manufacturer of proprietary electronic and
mechanical components used in defense, aerospace, medical and other
specialty industrial end markets. The company represents the
unification of four separate platforms which is majority owned by
sponsor Arcline Investment Management. Revenue for 2025 was $1.59
billion.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Aerospace and
Defense published in July 2025.

The net effect of any adjustments applied to rating factor scores
or scorecard outputs under the primary methodology(ies), if any,
was not material to the ratings addressed in this announcement.


KATAPULT HOLDINGS: Grant Thornton Raises Going Concern Doubt
------------------------------------------------------------
Katapult Holdings, Inc. filed its Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 with the U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission earlier this year. The audited report
contains a blunt warning: conditions exist that raise substantial
doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.

Based on the financial statements, the Company reported a net loss
of $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared with
a net loss of $13.2 million for 2024.  The Company generated
revenue of 291.8 million in 2025, compared to a revenue of $247.2
million in 2024.

Going Concern

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania-based Grant Thornton LLP, the Company's
auditor since 2023, issued a "going concern" qualification in its
report dated March 12, 2026, citing that the impending maturity of
the Company's credit facility and uncertainty about the Company's
ability to meet financial covenant requirements of the credit
facility over a forward-looking period raise substantial doubt
about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

At the center of the concern is the New Revolving Facility, which
provides total commitments of $110 million and matures on December
4, 2026. As the maturity date falls within the next 12 months and
the Company does not have sufficient cash on hand to repay the
outstanding borrowings at maturity absent refinancing or extension,
the upcoming maturity raises substantial doubt about the Company's
ability to continue as a going concern.

The New Revolving Facility contains financial covenants, and as of
December 31, 2025, the Company was in compliance with all such
covenants. However, future compliance with certain covenants may
require additional waivers from the lender, and there can be no
assurance that such waivers will be obtained.
Management intends to refinance, extend, or replace the New
Revolving Facility prior to maturity and continues to work closely
with the lender. However, there can be no assurance that such
refinancing or extension will be completed on acceptable terms or
at all.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company's financing generally consists of cash generated from
leases and borrowings under its revolving line of credit, which is
fully collateralized by the Company's assets. Restricted cash
consists primarily of customer lease payments received in a
collection account pending release by the Company's lender, with
restrictions released on a weekly basis pursuant to completion of
waterfall and borrowing base requirements.

Revenue and operating results depend significantly on gross
originations, defined as the retail price of the merchandise
associated with lease-purchase agreements entered into during the
period. Gross originations are a leading indicator of potential
revenue streams, with revenue recognized over a period of time
subsequent to the gross origination date -- on average over 8
months. As gross originations increase, the Company may require
additional borrowings under the New Revolving Facility to fund
growth in property held for lease.

On the cash flow front, net cash used in operating activities
decreased by $20.6 million in 2025 compared to 2024, primarily
driven by improved net income (loss), adjusted for non-cash
charges, and higher spending on property held for lease, partially
offset by changes in working capital, including accrued liabilities
and litigation-related balances.

Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $0.2 million in
2025 compared to 2024, primarily due to lower capitalized software
additions.

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased by $1.6 million
in 2025 compared to 2024, primarily due to the $35.1 million
repayment of the New Term Loan, lower borrowings and higher
principal repayments under the RLOC resulting in a $26 million
reduction in net financing inflows, and a $5.3 million increase in
debt issuance costs. These outflows were partially offset by $65
million of proceeds from the issuance of Convertible Preferred
Stock in 2025.

A full text copy of the Company's Form 10-K is available at
https://tinyurl.com/3pytw875

               About Katapult Holdings, Inc.

Katapult Holdings, based in Plano, Texas, is a technology driven
lease-to-own platform that integrates with omnichannel retailers
and e-commerce platforms to power the purchasing of everyday
durable goods for underserved U.S. non-prime consumers.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $107.9 million in total
assets, $118 million in total liabilities, $27.9 million in total
mezzanine equity, and $38.1 million in total stockholders' deficit.


LAVIE CARE: Trustee Sues Former Execs Over Alleged Asset Misuse
---------------------------------------------------------------
James Nani of Bloomberg Law reports that LaVie Care Centers LLC's
former leadership is facing a new lawsuit alleging that insiders
improperly extracted assets and funds from the senior-care operator
before its collapse into bankruptcy. The complaint was brought by
an unsecured creditors' trustee acting on behalf of the estate.

The trustee claims that a series of transactions carried out
between 2020 and 2024 transferred value from the company to
insiders and related parties. According to the filing, the alleged
conduct significantly weakened LaVie’s financial position and
harmed creditors who were left with reduced prospects for
repayment.

Among the defendants are Joel Landau and Isaac Lefkowitz, who are
accused of helping direct or benefit from the challenged
transactions. The lawsuit seeks to hold former company leaders
accountable for what it describes as improper asset transfers ahead
of bankruptcy, the report states.

Judge Paul Baisier temporarily sealed the complaint after it was
filed in the Northern District of Georgia bankruptcy court. The
trustee is pursuing damages and the recovery of assets allegedly
removed from the company before the Chapter 11 proceedings,
according to Bloomberg.

            About Lavie Care Centers

LaVie Care Centers, LLC is the parent company of skilled nursing
facility operators and providers, with facilities primarily located
in Mississippi, North Carolina, Pennsylvania and Virginia. The
company operates 43 licensed facilities, with 4,300 beds, providing
short-term rehabilitation, comprehensive post-acute care, and
long-term care to its residents.

On June 2 and 3, 2024, LaVie Care Centers and 281 affiliates filed
voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. N.D. Ga. Lead Case No. 24-55507), before Judge Paul
Baisier in Atlanta.

The Debtors tapped McDermott Will & Emery, LLP as legal counsel;
Stout Capital, LLC as investment banker; and Ankura Consulting as
financial advisor. M. Benjamin Jones, senior managing director at
Ankura, serves as the Debtors' chief restructuring officer.
Kurtzman Carson Consultants, LLC is the claims agent, and maintains
the page http://www.kccllc.com/LaVie           

The U.S. Trustee for Region 21 appointed an official committee to
represent unsecured creditors in the Debtors' Chapter 11 cases.

The U.S. Trustee also appointed Joani Latimer as patient care
ombudsman for patients at the Debtors' Virginia facilities; Victor
Orija for North Carolina facilities; Lisa Smith for the Mississippi
facilities; Margaret Barajas for the Pennsylvania facilities; and
Terri Cantrell for the Florida facility.


LIFEWARD LTD: Kost Forer Raises Going Concern Over Recurring Losses
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifeward Ltd. filed its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2025 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission earlier this year. The audited report contains a blunt
warning: conditions exist that raise substantial doubt about its
ability to continue as a going concern.

Based on the financial statements, the Company reported a net loss
of $19.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared
with a net loss of $28.9 million for 2024.  The Company generated
revenue of $22 million in 2025, compared to a revenue of $25.7
million in 2024.

Going Concern

Tel-Aviv, Israel-based Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, the Company's
auditor since 2014, issued a "going concern" qualification in its
report dated March 18, 2026, attached to the Company's Annual
Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, citing that the
Company has suffered recurring losses from operations, has negative
cash flows from operating activities, and has stated that
substantial doubt exists about the Company's ability to continue as
a going concern.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had cash and cash equivalents
of just $2.2 million. It had an accumulated deficit of $284.7
million as of December 31, 2025, and further losses are anticipated
in the development of its business. Those factors raise substantial
doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.
The ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon the
Company obtaining the necessary financing to meet its obligations
and repay its liabilities arising from normal business operations
when they come due.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since inception, the Company has funded its operations primarily
through the sale of equity securities and convertible notes to
investors in private placements, the sale of equity securities in
public offerings, cash exercises of outstanding warrants, the
incurrence of bank debt and loans, including the loan from Oramed.

The Company intends to finance operating costs over the next 12
months with existing cash on hand, potential reduction in operating
cash burn, and future issuances of equity and debt securities, or
through a combination of the foregoing. However, it will also need
to seek additional sources of financing if it requires more funds
than anticipated during the next 12 months or in later periods.

The Company expects to incur future net losses, and its transition
to profitability is dependent upon, among other things, the
successful development and commercialization of its products and
product candidates, the establishment of contracts for the
distribution of new product lines, or the acquisition of additional
product lines, any of which, or in combination, would contribute to
the achievement of a level of revenue adequate to support its cost
structure. Until it achieves profitability or generates positive
cash flows, the Company will continue to need to raise additional
cash from time to time.

The Company intends to fund future operations through cash on hand,
additional private and/or public offerings of debt or equity
securities, cash exercises of outstanding warrants, or a
combination of the foregoing. In addition, it may seek additional
capital through arrangements with strategic partners or from other
sources and will continue to address its cost structure.
Notwithstanding, there can be no assurance that it will be able to
raise additional funds or achieve or sustain profitability or
positive cash flows from operations.

The Company's anticipated primary uses of cash include funding:

     (i) sales, marketing, and promotion activities related to
market development for its ReWalk Personal Exoskeleton device and
AlterG Anti-Gravity system, broadening third-party payor and CMS
coverage for its ReWalk Personal Exoskeleton device and
commercializing new product lines added through distribution
agreements;

    (ii) development of future generation designs for its ReWalk
device, new AlterG products utilizing DAP technology, and the
development and commercialization of the upper-body exoskeleton
technology acquired from Skelable for potential personal health and
rehabilitation applications across multiple indications;

   (iii) routine product updates;

    (iv) potential acquisitions of businesses; and

     (v) general corporate purposes, including working capital
needs.

If current estimates of revenue, expenses, or capital or liquidity
requirements change or are inaccurate, the Company may seek to sell
additional equity or debt securities, arrange for additional bank
debt financing, or refinance its indebtedness. There can be no
assurance that it will be able to raise such funds on acceptable
terms.

A full text copy of the Company's Form 10-K is available at
https://tinyurl.com/4fp3f4xp

             About Lifeward Ltd.

Lifeward -- http://golifeward.com/-- is a global innovator focused
on advancing medical technologies and biomedical solutions that
improve lives. The Company's established portfolio includes
market-leading neurorehabilitation technologies such as the
ReWalk(R) Exoskeleton, AlterG(R) Anti-Gravity system, MyoCycle(R)
FES System, and ReStore(R) Exo-Suit. These solutions span the
continuum of care in physical rehabilitation and recovery,
deploying the most advanced robotics and AI technologies to restore
full health and quality of life to a broadening patient population.
The Company is now executing a strategic evolution into a
diversified biomedical Company, expanding beyond rehabilitation and
into high-value therapeutic platforms. This includes its Protein
Oral Delivery (POD(TM)) platform, designed to enable oral delivery
of biologic drugs, with lead candidate ORMD-0801 (oral insulin)
targeting a large and underserved diabetes market. Lifeward has
operations in the United States, Israel, and Germany.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $22.9 million in total
assets, $14.5 million in total liabilities, and $8.4 million in
total stockholders' equity.


LONGSHORE MIDCO: S&P Rates New $1.95BB First-Lien Term Loan 'B'
---------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B' issue ratings to Longshore
Midco LLC's (d/b/a MedRisk) new $1.95 billion first-lien term loan
due 2033 and $200 million revolver due 2031 (issued by borrower
Bella Holding Co. LLC). S&P also assigned its '3' recovery ratings,
indicating its expectation of meaningful recovery (50%-70%; rounded
estimate: 50%) in the event of payment default. All existing
ratings, including its 'B' issuer credit rating, are unchanged by
the new debt issuance.

MedRisk intends to use the proceeds from the issuance to refinance
its existing capital structure (consisting of a $1.5 billion first
lien term loan) and pay a distribution to shareholders of near $500
million. With the incremental debt, leverage will rise to about
7.5x, from 5.8x for the 12 months ended March 31, 2026. While
leverage post transaction will be slightly strained relative to our
downside rating trigger of 7x, S&P expects the ratio to drop to
6.5x-7.0x by the end of 2026 thanks to favorable growth and
earnings momentum.

For the 12 months ended March 31, 2026, MedRisk's revenue expanded
by about 21% and S&P-adjusted margins improved by around 100 basis
points to about 20%, given substantial and profitable new business
development and contributions from recent acquisitions (including
StrataCare in September 2024 and Horizon Casualty Services in
February 2026). S&P expects revenue and EBITDA to grow in the
double digits through 2026 thanks to price and market volume
growth, the ramp-up of recent customer wins, cross-sell from recent
strategic acquisitions, and new product development across payments
and advanced savings solutions.



LRS HOLDINGS: Moody's Upgrades CFR to B3 & Alters Outlook to Stable
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings upgraded the ratings of LRS Holdings, LLC (LRS),
including the corporate family rating to B3 from Caa1, probability
of default rating to B3-PD from Caa1-PD, and the rating on the
senior secured bank credit facility to B3 from Caa1. This facility
includes a senior secured first lien revolving credit facility
expiring in 2028 and a senior secured first lien term loan due
2028. Moody's also changed the outlook to stable from positive.

The upgrades and stable outlook reflect Moody's expectations that
LRS's credit metrics will improve over the next 12–18 months,
building on the company's positive momentum following a period of
transition. LRS has focused on rationalizing costs, improving
operating efficiency, and realigning its portfolio by divesting
lower-margin operations in favor of higher-margin businesses and
markets. The company has also added a key municipal contract in
Indianapolis, which commenced in January 2026. Moody's expects LRS
to benefit from higher pricing, new contract wins, and synergies
from recent acquisitions. These factors will support EBITDA growth
and lower leverage (adjusted debt-to-EBITDA) to about 5.8x in 2026
and toward 5x in 2027.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The B3 CFR reflects the company's competitive position in its core
markets and steady waste volumes underpinned by contracts that
provide a base of recurring revenue. This tempers industrial volume
pressures during weak economic cycles. LRS has increased its
proportion of steady municipal contracts to 60% of revenue while
reducing its revenue share of cyclical construction and demolition
business. The company's strategically-located recycling facilities,
transfer stations and landfill provide barriers to entry while
enabling vertical integration. These assets make LRS
well-positioned to meet demand as the company grows in its core US
Midwest markets over the long term. Continued focus on
efficiencies, including optimization of collection routes,
investments to modernize facilities and pricing collections above
inflation will help support returns over time.

The B3 CFR also reflects LRS modest scale with a regional focus in
the US Midwest (primarily Chicago), high leverage driven by an
acquisitive growth strategy and negative free cash flow.
Acquisitions will remain core to the growth strategy given the
fragmented industry. In addition, the company is exposed to
volatility in commodity prices, which continue to be weak.
Contracts include annual price escalators tied to an index, usually
CPI, though this may not always fully offset the rate of cost
increases. However, the management team has focused on pricing
discipline and undertaken cost-out actions, which will help offset
labor cost inflation following a renegotiated labor union contract
and support improving adjusted EBITDA margins toward 18% over the
next 12-18 months.

Moody's expects LRS to maintain adequate liquidity. Cash on hand
and ample revolver availability will balance negative free cash
flow in 2026. Moody's expects free cash flow to remain negative in
2026, but to a lesser extent than in 2025 with capital expenditures
still high at $88 million, albeit lower than in 2025. Continued
fleet modernization and a pull forward of new truck investments
ahead of changes in emission regulations in 2027 will lower the
company's fleet age and maintenance costs. Moody's expects free
cash flow to improve progressively and be positive in 2027 as
capital expenditures will likely moderate further. The cash balance
of about $40 million at December 31, 2025 was boosted by recent
non-core asset sale proceeds, of which the majority was used to
reduce the outstanding balance on the $180 million revolving credit
facility due 2028. Cash on hand was $18.4 million at March 31,
2026. As of the same date, the revolving credit facility was $10
million drawn with about $141 million available, net of $29 million
in letters of credit. However, Moody's anticipates borrowings will
increase through the year to help fund capital expenditures and
periodic working capital needs.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded with prudent and profitable scale
expansion and significant earnings growth with EBITDA margin
approaching 20%, debt-to-EBITDA approaching 5x and
EBITDA-to-interest above 2x. Additionally, good liquidity with
sustained positive free cash flow and ample revolver availability
would be a prerequisite for an upgrade. Reduced geographic
concentration would also be viewed favorably.

The ratings could be downgraded if liquidity erodes, including
diminishing revolver availability, tightening covenant headroom, or
declining funds from operations. Revenue contraction and no margin
expansion, including from a meaningful drop in pricing, the loss of
a contract or ineffective cost controls.  Quantitatively,
debt-to-EBITDA expected to remain above 6x, EBITDA-to-interest
below 1.5x, or funds from operations-to-debt falling below 4% could
prompt a downgrade. Finally, acquisition integration challenges or
debt funded transactions that weaken the credit metrics could also
result in a downgrade.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Environmental
Services and Waste Management published in November 2025.

The net effect of any adjustments applied to rating factor scores
or scorecard outputs under the primary methodology(ies), if any,
was not material to the ratings addressed in this announcement.

LRS Holdings, LLC, based in Rosemont, Illinois, provides waste
collection, disposal and recycling services for residential,
commercial and roll-off customers primarily in Chicago and adjacent
core markets in the US Midwest region. LRS also provides ancillary
services, including street sweeping and renting portable restrooms
for construction sites, parks and outdoor events. Revenue
approximated $621 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. Pro
forma for acquisitions and divestitures completed in 2025, revenue
was about $584 million. LRS Holdings, LLC is owned by a private
infrastructure fund of Macquarie.    


M&L EXPRESS: Commences Subchapter V Bankruptcy in Maryland
----------------------------------------------------------
On May 29, 2026, M&L Express, LLC filed for Chapter 11 protection
in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Maryland.
According to court filings, the Debtor reports between $100,001 and
$1,000,000 in debt owed to 1-49 creditors.

A meeting of creditors under Section 341(a) to be held on July 6,
2026 at 02:00 PM via Conference Call - Chapter 11 Greenbelt: Phone
number 1-888-330-1716, Access Code 2792558#.

The Debtor must file its Chapter 11 Subchapter V Plan by August 27,
2026. Government entities have until November 25, 2026, to submit
Proofs of Claim.

                  About M&L Express, LLC

M&L Express, LLC is a transportation and logistics company that
provides trucking and freight delivery services. The company
operates in the commercial transportation sector, serving customers
with cargo movement and logistics solutions.

M&L Express, LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 26-15686) on May 29, 2026. In its
petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets of
$100,001-$1,000,000 and estimated liabilities of
$100,001-$1,000,000.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge (not specified in available court
records) handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by David Erwin Cahn, Esq. of Law Office
of David Cahn, LLC.


MAKIIN LLC: Seeks Subchapter V Bankruptcy in Texas
--------------------------------------------------
On May 20, 2026, Makiin LLC filed for Chapter 11 protection in the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas. According
to court filings, the Debtor reports between $1 million and $10
million in debt owed to 1-49 creditors.

A meeting of creditors under Section 341(a) to be held on June 23,
2026 at 03:30 PM, US Trustee Houston Teleconference.

Government Proofs of Claim must be filed by November 18, 2026.

                 About Makiin LLC

Makiin LLC is a limited liability company operating in the private
business sector. The specific nature of the company’s operations
was not disclosed in the bankruptcy petition summary.

Makiin LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. Case No. 26-33560) on May 20, 2026. In its petition,
the Debtor reports estimated assets of $100,001-$1,000,000 and
estimated liabilities of $1 million-$10 million.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Jeffrey P. Norman handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Elias Marwan Yazbeck, Esq. of The Law
Office of Elias M. Yazbeck, PLLC.


MARQUIS STAR: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to July 20
---------------------------------------------------------
Judge Robert A. Mark of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern
District of Florida extended Marquis Star Holding, Inc. and Marquis
Solar Frame Works, Inc.'s exclusive periods to file a plan of
reorganization and obtain acceptance thereof to July 20 and Sept.
18, 2026, respectively.  

As shared by Troubled Company Reporter, the Debtors claim that they
are actively engaged in negotiations with key constituents to
maintain critical business relationships, preserve ongoing
operations, and ensure sufficient cash flow to support and confirm
a feasible plan of reorganization. These ongoing negotiations are
essential to the Debtors' restructuring efforts and warrant an
extension of the exclusivity periods to allow the Debtors a
meaningful opportunity to finalize such negotiations and propose a
confirmable plan.

Second, cause may be shown to extend the exclusivity periods where
the debtor is paying its debts as they become due. The Debtors
submit that they are paying their postpetition obligations in a
timely fashion consistent with the Bankruptcy Code and all
applicable court orders. The Debtors have been managing their
businesses effectively and preserving the value of their assets for
the benefit of all creditors. Accordingly, the Debtors submit that
cause exists to extend the Exclusivity Period until July 20, and
the Acceptance Period to September 18.

Third, the Debtors have made good faith progress toward the
resolution of this proceeding, including by securing entry of the
Omnibus Order on Discovery Motions that will produce the Insider
Transfer Report, which is a necessary predicate to the formulation
of a confirmable plan.

Fourth, significant unresolved contingencies remain outstanding
that directly affect the Debtors' ability to formulate and file an
informed plan within the current Exclusivity Period. First, the
Debtors are awaiting final valuation reports concerning their
machinery and equipment, inventory, and owned commercial real
estate, which are expected to be delivered on or about May 29,
2026. Second, the Debtors are awaiting completion of the Insider
Transfer Report, which, pursuant to the Court's order, is due on
May 28, 2026 and may have an impact on the Debtors' formulation of
a plan.

Moreover, a court may grant an extension of exclusivity where the
case has been pending for a relatively brief period of time. Here,
the Debtor's bankruptcy case is only a little more than three
months old. In addition, it is worth noting, in other cases of
equal or lesser size and complexity in this District, courts have
routinely granted similar extensions on the debtor's initial
request for an extension of the exclusive periods.

In addition, no party in interest will be prejudiced by the relief
requested herein. This is the Debtors' first request for an
extension of the exclusive periods. The requested extension is
reasonable given the Debtors' progress to date and the current
posture of this chapter 11 case. The Debtors are not seeking this
extension to delay this proceeding. Rather, the proposed extensions
of the Exclusivity Period and Acceptance Period will advance the
Debtors' efforts to confirm a plan as expeditiously as possible and
bring this case to a resolution.

Counsel for the Debtors:

     Linda Leali, Esq.
     LINDA LEALI, P.A.
     2525 Ponce De Leon Blvd., Suite 300
     Coral Gables, FL 33134
     Telephone: (305) 341-0671
     Email: lleali@lealilaw.com

          - and -

     Jason R. Alderman, Esq.
     THE ALDERMAN LAW FIRM
     9999 NE 2nd Ave – Suite 211
     Miami Shores, FL 33138
     Telephone: (305) 200-5473
     Email: jalderman@thealdermanlawfirm.com

                    About Marquis Star Holding

Marquis Star Holding, Inc. is a Florida corporation that operates
as a real estate holding company, owning multiple properties
including a condominium in Florida and manufacturing facilities in
Wisconsin, while Marquis Solar Frame Works, Inc. is a Wisconsin
corporation engaged in the fabrication and supply of aluminum solar
panel frames, operating manufacturing facilities in Wisconsin and
Canada, including facilities owned by Marquis Star Holding, Inc.

Marquis Star Holding, Inc. and Marquis Solar Frame Works, Inc.
filed their petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 26-10660 and 26-10661,
respectively) on January 20, 2026. Marquis Star listed $10 million
to $50 million in assets and $1 million to $10 million in
liabilities, while Marquis Solar listed $10 million to $50 million
in assets and $1 million to $50 million in liabilities

Marquis Star Holding's petition was signed by its president,
Michelle Chiever, while the petition for Marquis Solar Frame was
signed by Jun Niu, the Company's chief operating officer.

Linda Leali, at LINDA LEALI, P.A., is the Debtor's counsel.


MARTINS FOOD: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
------------------------------------------------------
Martins Food Technology, LLC received another extension from the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida, Fort
Myers Division, to use cash collateral.

The court issued a fifth interim order authorizing the Debtor's
continued use of cash collateral to pay expenses based on an
approved operating budget. The Debtor may exceed any individual
budget line item by up to 10%, provided that total aggregate
spending does not exceed the overall budget by more than 10%.

As protection, Farm Credit Leasing Corporation and other secured
creditors will be granted replacement liens on the Debtor's
pre-petition collateral and cash collateral, with the same
priority, validity and extent as their pre-petition liens.

Additional safeguards include insurance coverage for the Debtor's
property, regular financial reporting, and access to business
records and premises upon request.

A copy of the court's order and the Debtor's budget is available at

http://bankrupt.com/misc/MartinsFood_5ICCOrder.pdf

                About Martins Food Technology LLC

Martins Food Technology, LLC, doing business as Naples Fresh, is a
family-owned agricultural company based in Naples, Florida,
specializing in greenhouse-grown hydroponic lettuce and herbs. It
operates fully controlled, bio-secure facilities that use advanced
technology to produce fresh, flavorful, and non-GMO greens
year-round. Martins Food Technology emphasizes sustainable farming
practices and innovation to deliver local produce while minimizing
environmental impact.

Martins Food Technology filed a petition under Chapter 11,
Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No.
25-02199) on November 5, 2025, with $898,467 in assets and
$3,113,463 in liabilities. Saint Clair Martins, managing member,
signed the petition.

Judge Luis Ernesto Rivera II oversees the case.

Michael Dal Lago, Esq., at Dal Lago Law represents the Debtor as
bankruptcy counsel.

Amy Denton Mayer of Stichter Riedel Blain & Postler, P.A. serves as
Subchapter V trustee for the Debtor.


MATADOR RESOURCES: Fitch Affirms 'BB' LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has affirmed Matador Resources Company (Matador) and
MRC Energy Company's (MRC) Long-Term Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs)
at 'BB'. Fitch has also affirmed MRC's reserve-based lending credit
facility (RBL) at 'BBB-' with a Recovery Rating 'RR1' and Matador's
senior unsecured notes at 'BB'/'RR4'. The Rating Outlook is
Stable.

Matador's ratings reflect management's continued debt reduction,
capital efficiency improvements, the company's large, oil-focused
Delaware Basin asset base, Fitch's expectation of positive free
cash flow (FCF) generation through the forecast period, sub-1.5x
midcycle EBITDA leverage and ample liquidity. The Stable Outlook
reflects Fitch's expectation of low single-digit production growth
and continued FCF generation while maintaining low leverage.

Key Rating Drivers

Continued Debt Reduction: Fitch views Matador's continued
commitment to debt reduction favorably and forecasts EBITDA
leverage to remain durably below 1.5x throughout the forecast
period. The company has reduced gross debt by more than USD700
million following the close of the Ameredev transaction in 3Q24 and
has decreased its RBL borrowing to USD45 million as of May 6, 2026.
Management anticipates full repayment of the RBL in May 2026 given
positive FCF expectations. Fitch expects management to maintain
ample financial flexibility in the near and medium term.

Improving Capital Efficiency; Modest Growth: Matador increased its
full-year 2026 guidance for oil production and total production
without changing capex, reflecting the company's improving capital
efficiency. Matador expects oil production to increase 3.5% and
total capex to decline 11% in 2026 from 2025. Management expects
its drilling and completion cost per lateral foot to decline to
$785-$805 in 2026, driven by improved cycle times, longer laterals
and higher estimated ultimate recovery per foot, which Fitch views
positively. Fitch anticipates flat to mid-single digit growth
throughout the forecast.

Delaware-Focused Asset Base: As of 1Q26, Matador's asset profile
consists of approximately 212,500 net acres in the core of the
Delaware Basin, split primarily between Eddy and Lea counties, in
addition to smaller non-core acreage positions in the Haynesville
Shale and Cotton Valley (17,300 net acres). The company's Delaware
Basin acreage has high oil exposure of approximately 58%, is
largely held by production and supports two-mile laterals or longer
across most drilling locations. Fitch believes the high-quality
asset profile and continued operational and capital efficiencies
support the company's FCF-focused strategy.

Strong FCF Generation, Measured Distributions: Fitch forecasts
pre-dividend FCF of approximately $800 million-$900 million in 2026
at Fitch's $80/bbl WTI oil price assumption. At the current strip,
management estimates 2026 adjusted FCF at around $1.1 billion-$1.2
billion. Fitch expects the company to maintain its fixed dividend
of $1.50/share, with potential for measured increases in the near
and medium term. Excess cash could support further debt reduction,
measured dividend increases over time, share repurchases, and
potential bolt-on M&A.

Improving Gas Realizations: Fitch expects Matador's natural gas
realizations to improve after the company secured firm
transportation agreements on the Hugh Brinson pipeline when it
enters service by YE 2026. The contract provides 500,000 MMBtu per
day of firm transportation at no capital cost and should allow
Matador to sell more gas at Henry Hub-linked prices rather than
Waha prices. This should reduce the company's exposure to weak Waha
pricing and support gas revenue and cash flow in 2027 and beyond.

Supportive Midstream Assets: Matador's wholly owned midstream
assets and midstream joint venture assets at San Mateo provide
operational benefits through overall reduced transportation costs,
flow assurance and lower marketing fees in addition to performance
incentives from partner Five Point Infrastructure. The San Mateo
assets consist of approximately 660 miles of three-stream
pipelines, 720 million cubic feet per day (MMcf/d) of gas
processing capacity and 475,000 barrels per day (Mbbl/d) of water
disposal capacity and oil gathering and transportation systems,
which covers nearly all of Matador's Delaware acreage.

Near-Term Hedging Profile: Matador is hedging around half of its
2026 oil production via collars with a weighted average floor price
and ceiling price of $52/bbl and $66.36/bbl, respectively. Oil
hedge coverage drops off in 2027 although Fitch expects the company
will remain proactive and add hedges to support the dividend and
offer downside price protection. The company is also hedging its
2026 gas production via collars and Waha gas differentials via
basis swaps.

Peer Analysis

Matador's 1Q26 production averaged 208 mboed (58% oil) which is
similar to Murphy Oil Corp. (BB+/Stable; 180 mboepd), larger than
Northern Oil & Gas Inc. (BB-/Stable; 148 mboepd), but smaller than
SM Energy Company (BB+/Stable; 371 mboed) and Crescent Energy
Company (BB-/Positive; 341 mboed) following their recent
acquisitions.

The company's continued cost reduction efforts and high oil mix
result in Fitch-calculated unhedged cash netbacks consistently
toward the high end of the peer group. The company's sub-1.5x
mid-cycle EBITDA leverage is consistent with most peers.

Fitch’s Key Rating-Case Assumptions

- West Texas Intermediate oil prices of $80/bbl in 2026, $60/bbl in
2027 and $57/bbl in 2028 and thereafter;

- Henry Hub natural gas prices of $3.50/mcf in 2026, $3.25/mcf in
2027, $3.00/mcf in 2028 and $2.75/mcf thereafter;

- 2026 production of 213 mboed with a low single-digit growth
thereafter;

- 2026 total capex of $1.5 billion and growth-related spending
thereafter;

- Measured increases in the fixed dividend;

- No material M&A activity.

Corporate Rating Tool Inputs and Scores

Fitch scored the issuer as follows, using its Corporate Rating Tool
(CRT) to produce the Standalone Credit Profile (SCP):

Business and financial profile factors (assessment, relative
importance): management ('bbb', Lower), sector characteristics
('bb-', Moderate), market and competitive positioning ('bbb-',
Moderate), diversification and asset quality ('bbb-', Moderate),
company operational characteristics ('bb', Higher), profitability
('bb', Higher), financial structure ('a+', Lower), and financial
flexibility ('bbb-', Moderate).

The quantitative financial subfactors are based on custom CRT
financial period parameters: 10% weight for the historical year
2025, 10% for the forecast year 2026, 10% for the forecast year
2027, 15% for the forecast year 2028 and 55% for the forecast year
2029.

The governance assessment of 'good' has no impact.

The operating environment assessment of 'a+' has no impact.

The SCP is 'bb'.

To derive the Long-Term IDR:

Application of Fitch's Parent Subsidiary Linkage Rating Criteria
results in a consolidated approach.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- Change in financial policy that reduces financial flexibility
and/or overly debt-funded M&A;

- Inability to extend economic inventory life that leads to
expectations for weakened unit economics;

- Midcycle EBITDA leverage sustained above 2.5x.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- Increased size and scale evidenced by average daily production
approaching 250 mboed with similar oil mix;

- Maintenance of economic inventory life while maintaining
competitive unit economics;

- Midcycle EBITDA leverage sustained below 2.0x.

Liquidity and Debt Structure

Matador had $30 million of cash on hand at 1Q26 and $45 million of
borrowings outstanding under its $2.25 billion reserve-based
lending (RBL) credit facility on May 6, 2026. Matador has repaid
approximately $350 million of its RBL borrowings since YE 2025 and
expects to repay the remaining balance by the end of the month. The
company's maturity schedule is clear, with the next maturity being
6.500% notes due 2032.

Issuer Profile

Matador Resources Company is an independent exploration and
production company focused on the Delaware Basin in Southwest New
Mexico and West Texas.

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS AND SECTOR FORECASTS

Fitch's latest quarterly Global Corporates Sector Forecasts Monitor
data file which aggregates key data points used in its credit
analysis. Fitch's macroeconomic forecasts, commodity price
assumptions, default rate forecasts, sector key performance
indicators and sector-level forecasts are among the data items
included.

Climate Vulnerability Signals

Matador's Climate.VS is 54 out of 100 in 2035, which is in-line
with North American upstream liquids-focused producers and
Matador's rated peers. Key transition risks arise from potential
reduction in demand driven by policies designed to reduce the use
of oil and gas in the global economy and, in the shorter term, from
policies designed to limit greenhouse gas emissions from oil and
gas production.

These risks do not have a material influence on the rating, given
the long timeframe over which the transition may take place and
uncertainty regarding the extent and nature of changes and markets'
and companies' reaction to them.

Matador has shown strong improvements in per-barrel greenhouse gas
emissions, methane intensity, flaring intensity and water recycling
since 2019 and publishes this data in their annual sustainability
report, although the company does not have long-term scope 1 and
scope 2 emissions reduction targets.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt               Rating           Recovery   Prior
   -----------               ------           --------   -----
Matador Resources  
Company             

                       LT IDR BB   Affirmed              BB
   senior unsecured    LT     BB   Affirmed    RR4       BB

MRC Energy Company

                       LT IDR BB   Affirmed              BB
   senior secured      LT     BBB- Affirmed    RR1       BBB-


MERYDE GROUP: Seeks to Sell White Plains Property at Auction
------------------------------------------------------------
Meryde Group of Hotels, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Southern District of New York, to sell Property at
auction, free and clear of liens, claims, interests, and
encumbrances.

The Debtor's Property is located at 441 Central Avenue, White
Plains, New York 10606 and 19 Waldo Avenue, White Plains, New York
10606.

The Real Property consists of a motel located at 441 Central
Avenue, White Plains, New York and an office/residence located at
19 Waldo Avenue, White Plains, New York.

The Debtor retains Corcoran Company and Douglas Elliman Real Estate
as its real estate broker and marketing agent with regard to the
intended sale of the Real Property.

On June 1, 2026 the Debtor entered into a Purchase and Sale
Agreement with Shiv Hospitality Corp. for the sum of $3,125,000.

The prospective purchaser has remitted a good faith deposit of
$156,250 (5%), which is currently being held in escrow by the
Debtor's counsel pending approval of the proposed sale by this
Court and subject to any higher or better bids.

The Terms of Sale are the terms that the Debtor seeks authority to
provide to all prospective bidders for the Real Property at a
Public (auction) Sale. All parties-in-interest will be advised to
read the Terms of Sale in
their entirety for a complete description of all of the terms and
conditions of the proposed sale process.

The Debtor respectfully submits that, under the facts and
circumstances presented, the proposed Notice Procedures are fair
and reasonable and would provide all interested parties with ample
information and sufficient time to formulate any bids for the Real
Property while also providing all interested parties with adequate
notice and opportunity to be heard by this Court with respect to
the proposed sale of the Real Property.

The Sale Procedures provide the Debtor with an adequate opportunity
to consider competing bids and select the highest or otherwise best
offer for the completion of the sale of the Real Property.

The Brokers will continue to be extensively marketing the Real
Property prior to the Public Sale so as to generate maximum
interest from potential bidders.

             About Meryde Group of Hotels LLC

Meryde Group of Hotels LLC is a hospitality company engaged in the
ownership and operation of hotel properties.

Meryde Group of Hotels LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 26-22056) on January 21,
2026. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets of $1MM
to $10MM and estimated liabilities of $1MM to $10MM.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Sean H. Lane handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Douglas J. Pick, Esq., of Pick &
Zabicki LLP.


MIC'S RESTAURANT: Initiates Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
--------------------------------------------------------------
On May 21, 2026, Mic's Restaurant LLC filed for Chapter 7
protection in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District
of California. According to court filings, the Debtor reports
between $100,001 and $1,000,000 in debt owed to 1-49 creditors.

                About Mic's Restaurant LLC

Mic's Restaurant LLC is a restaurant and food service company
engaged in the preparation and sale of food and beverages. The
company operates within the hospitality and dining sector, serving
customers through restaurant operations.

Mic's Restaurant LLC sought relief under Chapter 7 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 26-10381) on May 21, 2026. In its
petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets of
$100,001-$1,000,000 and estimated liabilities of
$100,001-$1,000,000.

The Debtor is represented by Kevin Tang, Esq., of Tang &
Associates.


MICHAL INTERNATIONAL: Insider Accused of Gaining Unfair Advantage
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Emlyn Cameron of Law360 Bankruptcy Authority reports that the
unsecured creditors committee overseeing the bankruptcy of Michal
International Investment LLC has sued a fellow creditor, accusing
it of manipulating the lien structure on debtor assets to gain an
unfair advantage. The committee alleges the creditor worked through
a designated manager to position itself ahead of other
stakeholders.

Court filings claim the creditor's actions resulted in the
placement of liens that improperly elevated its recovery prospects
while diminishing the pool available for unsecured creditors. The
committee contends this conduct undermines the integrity of the
bankruptcy process.

The lawsuit seeks to invalidate the disputed liens and ensure that
asset distributions follow the established priority rules under
bankruptcy law, the report relays.

                About Michal International LLC

Michal International Investment LLC, f/k/a Yanai International
Investment, LLC and Michal International Investment, LLC, based in
Lawrence, New York, is a financial investment entity engaged in
holding and trading securities and other financial assets,
classified under NAICS 5239.

Michal International Investment LLC sought relief under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 26-10124) on
February 1, 2026. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated
assets between $10 million and $50 million and estimated
liabilities between $100 million to $500 million.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Laurie Selber Silverstein handles the
case.

The Debtor is represented by Mark L. Desgrosseilliers, Esq. of
CHIPMAN BROWN CICERO & COLE, LLP. ARBEL CAPITAL ADVISORS LLC
servers as the Debtor's restructuring advisor and SILVER BIRCH
SILVER BIRCH GROUP, INC. and BA SECURITIES, LLC as Investment
Banker.


MIKE WALKER TRUCKING: Commences Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in Utah
------------------------------------------------------------
On May 29, 2026, Mike Walker Trucking LLC filed for Chapter 7
protection in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Utah.
According to court filings, the Debtor reports between $100,001 and
$1,000,000 in debt owed to 1-49 creditors.

                About Mike Walker Trucking LLC

Mike Walker Trucking LLC is a trucking and freight transportation
company that provides hauling and logistics services for commercial
customers. The company operates in the transportation sector,
supporting the movement of goods and materials.

Mike Walker Trucking LLC sought relief under Chapter 7 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 26-23243) on May 29, 2026. In its
petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets of $0-$100,000 and
estimated liabilities of $100,001-$1,000,000.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Peggy Hunt handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Dusten L. Heugly I, Esq. of Heugly &
Bludworth, PLLC.


MTF CHILDCARE: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 23
------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania
is set to hold a hearing on June 23 to consider extending MTF
Childcare, LLC's authority to use cash collateral.

The Debtor is currently authorized to use cash collateral through
June 30 pursuant to the court's fourth interim order.

Under the interim order, the Debtor is allowed to utilize cash
collateral, subject to a 10% variance, and to make regular monthly
payments to the U.S. Small Business Administration.

As adequate protection, secured creditors were granted replacement
liens on post-petition collateral, with the same validity, extent,
and priority as their pre-petition liens, subject to a carveout.
The carveout includes statutory fees owed to the Clerk and U.S.
Trustee and any avoidance actions and related recoveries.

If adequate protection proves insufficient, secured creditors will
receive a superpriority administrative expense claim under section
507(b).

A copy of the court's order and the Debtor's budget is available at
https://shorturl.at/biDbo from PacerMonitor.com.

                   About MTF Childcare LLC

MTF Childcare, LLC is a privately held investment holding company
that manages strategic investments across real estate, corporate
equity, and alternative asset classes. The company is based in
Lancaster, Pa., and engages in allocating capital and providing
oversight to its portfolio businesses.

MTF Childcare LLC and five affiliates sought protection under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Pa. Lead Case
No. 26-10243) on January 21, 2026. At the time of the filing, MTF
Childcare LLC listed between $500,001 and $1 million in assets and
between $1 million and $10 million in liabilities.

Judge Patricia M. Mayer oversees the cases.

The Debtors are represented by:

   Albert Anthony Ciardi, III, Esq.
   Ciardi Ciardi & Astin
   1905 Spruce Street
   Philadelphia, PA 19103
   Tel: 215-557-3550
   aciardi@ciardilaw.com


MTF HOLDINGS: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 23
-----------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania
is set to hold a hearing on June 23 to consider extending MTF
Holdings, LLC's authority to use cash collateral.

The Debtor is currently authorized to use cash collateral pursuant
to the court's fourth interim order.

Under the interim order, the Debtor is allowed to utilize cash
collateral through June 30, strictly in accordance with its budget.
The order permitted up to a 10% budget variance without
constituting default.

As adequate protection, the interim order authorized payment of
regular monthly payments to the U.S. Small Business Administration
and granted the SBA and other secured creditors replacement liens
on post-petition collateral, with the same extent, validity, and
priority as their pre-petition liens. The replacement liens are
subject to a carveout, which includes statutory fees owed to the
Clerk and U.S. Trustee, as well as avoidance actions and their
proceeds.

Additionally, secured creditors will receive potential
superpriority administrative expense claims under Section 507(b) if
the protection provided proves insufficient.

A copy of the court's order and the Debtor's budget is available at
https://shorturl.at/0lP2g from PacerMonitor.com.

                         About MTF Holdings

MTF Holdings, LLC is a privately held investment holding company
that manages strategic investments across real estate, corporate
equity, and alternative asset classes. The company is based in
Lancaster, Pa., and engages in allocating capital and providing
oversight to its portfolio businesses.

MTF Holdings and five affiliates sought protection under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Pa. Lead Case No.
26-10236) on January 21, 2026. At the time of the filing, MTF
Holdings listed between $500,001 and $1 million in assets and
between $1 million and $10 million in liabilities.

Judge Patricia M. Mayer oversees the cases.

The Debtors are represented by:

   Albert Anthony Ciardi, III, Esq.
   Ciardi Ciardi & Astin
   1905 Spruce Street
   Philadelphia, PA 19103
   Tel: 215-557-3550


NEWBURY POWER: Seeks to Sell Bridgeville Property at Auction
------------------------------------------------------------
Newbury Power Center A-1, LP seeks permission from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania, to sell
Property, free and clear of liens, claims, interests, and
encumbrances.

The Debtor's Property is comprised of approximately 6 acres of
development-ready vacant land located at the center of Bridgeville,
Pennsylvania's commercial district more specifically identified as
Vacant Land, Presto Sygan Road, Bridgeville, Allegheny County,
Pennsylvania.

The Property is subject to an open-end mortgage in favor of Fund
Investment 154, LLC and a ground lease with Beazer East Inc.

The Debtor seeks the Court's approval of procedures for bidding for
and sale of the Property. The Bidding Procedures were designed with
the objective of generating the greatest level of interest in, and
highest or best value for, the Property while affording the Debtor
maximum flexibility to execute a Transaction as quickly and
efficiently as possible.

Details of the Debtor's proposed key dates and deadlines for the
sale process are provided.

Given the Debtor's financial condition, an orderly but expeditious
sale of the Property is critical to maximizing recoveries for all
creditors.

The Debtor designed the Bidding Procedures to encourage all
entities to put their best bids forward and to
maximize the value obtained for the Property.

An Acceptable Bidder that desires to make a proposal, solicitation,
or offer shall transmit such proposal, solicitation, or offer via
email (in .pdf or similar format) so as to be actually received on
or before July 3, 2026, to Debtor's Counsel.

Each Bid must be accompanied by a cash deposit in the amount not
less than $50,000.00 to be held in one or more escrow accounts on
terms acceptable to the Debtor.

Any Qualified Bidder who has a valid and perfected lien on the
Property  have the right to credit bid all or a portion of the
value of such Secured Creditor's claims.

The Auction shall take place at 9:00 a.m. (prevailing Eastern Time)
on July 14, 2026, either via videoconference or at the offices of
Campbell & Levine LLC, 310 Grant Street, Suite 1700, Pittsburgh,
PA, 15219.

The Debtor seeks approval of the sale of the Property free and
clear of any interest in the Property at the Sale Hearing.

             About Newbury Power Center A-1

Newbury Power Center A-1, LP's primary holding is a residential
property located at 1263 Newbury Highland in Bridgeville,
Pennsylvania.

Newbury Power Center A-1 sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Pa. Case No. 26-20022) on January
4, 2026. At the time of the filing, the Debtor listed up to $10
million in both assets and liabilities. Brett A. Malky, managing
member, signed the petition.

Judge Gregory L. Taddonio oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Paul J. Cordaro, Esq., at Campbell & Levine, LLC
as counsel.


NIROAL LIMITED: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in New Jersey
--------------------------------------------------------
On May 18, 2026, Niroal Limited Liability Company filed for Chapter
7 protection in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of New
Jersey. According to court filings, the Debtor reports between
$100,001 and $1,000,000 in debt owed to 1-49 creditors.

             About Niroal Limited Liability Company

Niroal Limited Liability Company is a limited liability company
organized under New Jersey law. The company’s specific business
operations were not disclosed in the bankruptcy petition summary.

Niroal Limited Liability Company sought relief under Chapter 7 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 26-15587) on May 18,
2026. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets of
$0-$100,000 and estimated liabilities of $100,001-$1,000,000.

The Debtor is represented by Leonard S. Singer, Esq. of Zazzali &
Singer, Esqs.


NOBLE CORP: S&P Rates New $500MM Senior Unsecured Notes 'BB-'
-------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB-' issue-level rating and '3'
recovery rating to U.K.-based offshore drilling company Noble Corp.
PLC's proposed $500 million senior unsecured notes due 2034, which
will be issued by Noble Finance II LLC. The '3' recovery rating
indicates its expectation for meaningful (capped at 50%-70%;
rounded estimate: 65%) recovery of principal to creditors in the
event of a payment default.

The proposed notes will rank pari-passu with the company's existing
$1.4 billion 8.00% senior unsecured notes due 2030 and will be
fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by
all its subsidiaries that are borrowers or guarantors under the
revolving credit facility and the existing senior unsecured notes.

Noble intends to use the net proceeds from this offering, together
with cash on hand, to redeem its 8.50% senior secured second-lien
notes due October 2030, originally issued by Diamond Foreign Asset
Co. and Diamond Finance LLC and guaranteed on a senior secured
basis by Noble Offshore Drilling Inc. The debt is secured by the
legacy Diamond fleet, which Noble acquired in 2024. As of March 31,
2026, Noble had $495 million of outstanding principal on the
Diamond notes.

S&P view sthe transaction as leverage neutral and believe it will
improve the company's capital structure by eliminating its secured
debt in favor of unsecured obligations, collapsing two debt silos
into a single structure (thereby simplifying the hierarchy), and
extending its debt maturity profile.

S&P's 'BB-' issuer credit rating and stable outlook on Noble are
unchanged.

Issue Ratings--Recovery Analysis

Key analytical factors

-- S&P's hypothetical default scenario contemplates a prolonged
deterioration in cash flow stemming from a significant decline in
capital spending for offshore oil and gas exploration and
development.

-- S&P said, "We evaluate the company on a discrete asset-value
basis, which is consistent with our treatment of other contract
drilling companies. We assume a 5% annual depreciation rate and a
50% realization rate on Noble's drilling equipment. We assume 0%
value for the company's stacked rigs."

-- S&P assumes Noble Corp.'s $650 million secured revolving credit
facility (recently upsized from $550 million) is 85% drawn at the
time of default.

Simulated default assumptions

-- Simulated year of default: 2030

-- Insolvency jurisdiction (Rank A): The company is headquartered
in London.

Simplified waterfall

-- Net enterprise value (after 5% administrative costs): $2.1
billion

-- Total first-lien claims: $566 million

    --Recovery expectations: Not applicable

-- Total value available to unsecured claims: $1.5 billion

-- Total senior unsecured debt: $1.97 billion

    --Recovery expectations: Capped at 50%-70% (rounded estimate:
65%)

Note: All debt amounts include six months of prepetition interest.
S&P said, "Numerically, our recovery expectations for Noble's
unsecured debt exceed 70%, though we cap our recovery ratings on
the unsecured debt of companies we rate in the 'BB' category at '3'
to reflect the heightened risk that they will issue additional
priority or pari-passu debt along the path to default."



NOMADAR CORP: Exercises EUR 4.71 Million Option for Spain Land
--------------------------------------------------------------
Nomadar Corp. exercised a purchase option over the remaining
161,433 square meters of land in Spain for EUR 4.71 million, plus
applicable taxes and costs, according to an SEC filing.

The company previously exercised a purchase option over 130,000
square meters of the same property on April 9. The latest
transaction is expected to be completed within 90 business days,
after which Nomadar would hold full ownership of the relevant plot
once the sale and purchase deed is granted by the parties.

The property is the intended site for Nomadar's JP Financial Arena
real estate development project.

The land is located in Puerto de Santa Maria, Spain. Nomadar and
Sport City Cadiz S.L., the company's controlling shareholder
(Sportech), previously entered into a land lease agreement and
purchase option covering the property.

Under an April 9 addendum, Sportech agreed to lease the property to
Nomadar for an initial three-year term, with a possible two-year
extension by mutual agreement. The addendum allows the purchase
option to be exercised in increments during the agreement term,
provided each purchase option covers at least 100,000 square
meters.

Nomadar said in a furnished press release that the newly executed
agreement together with a previously announced agreement covering
about 130,000 square meters, would complete its acquisition of the
property.

                           About Nomadar Corp.

Nomadar Corp. operates as the innovation arm of Cadiz CF, a
professional soccer club competing in Spain's Segunda Division,
with activities across sports, tourism, technology, health, and
event development. The U.S.-based company is majority owned by
Sport City Cadiz S.L. and began generating revenue in 2025 from
services provided under commercial contracts and purchase orders.
Nomadar has agreements related to player programs and training
methodologies through Cadiz CF and is pursuing the JP Financial
Arena project, a proposed multi-purpose event center in Cadiz,
Spain.

In an audit report dated March 31, 2026, EisnerAmper LLP included
going-concern language, stating that Nomadar's recurring losses
from operations since inception raised substantial doubt about its
ability to continue as a going concern.

As of March 31, 2026, Nomadar reported total assets of $19.11
million, total liabilities of $7.40 million and total stockholders'
equity of $11.71 million.


NRAD MEDICAL: Former Shareholders Win Bid to Reopen Ch.11 Case
--------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Louis A. Scarcella of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of New York granted the second motion of former
shareholders and creditors of the bankruptcy estate of the debtor,
NRAD Medical Associates, P.C., to reopen the Debtor's bankruptcy
case pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Sec. 350(b).

Alice Kim, M.D.; David Kaplan, M.D.; Corrine Tobin, M.D.; Elizabeth
Lustrin, M.D.; Jay Bosworth, M.D.; Jed Pollack, M.D.; Colette Zito,
as executor of the estate of Joseph Zito, M.D.; and Julian Safir,
M.D. are the Movant Former Shareholders.  They seek to reopen the
bankruptcy case so as to move the Court for derivative standing to
bring suit on behalf of NRAD's bankruptcy estate against NRAD's
current shareholders, Robert V. Blake, M.D.; Paul D. Cayea, M.D.;
Paul S. Lang, M.D.; Robin Ehrenpreis, M.D.; Daniel Benjamin, M.D.;
Gene Berkovich, M.D.; Eric Schnipper, M.D.; and Paul Schorr, M.D.
for disgorgement of certain proceeds distributed to the Current
Shareholders by NRAD in connection with the demutualization of the
Medical Liability Mutual Insurance Company.

By the end of 2017, NRAD owned Blue Dot Holdings, LLC, a holding
company, which had a 52.8875% interest in Meridian Imaging Group,
LLC ("Meridian"). On or about July 25, 2018, NRAD transferred its
ownership interest in Meridian to New York University School of
Medicine ("NYU"), and NRAD received its portion of the proceeds.
In or about July 2018, the Former Shareholders each executed and
delivered a Declaration and Release agreeing to receive payment
reflecting the 13.33% discount of their Maximum Distribution, and
releasing any and all claims against NYU.

NRAD's bankruptcy case was first closed on March 15, 2018. The
Current Shareholders testified that they did not become aware of
the MLMIC Demutualization until August 2018. After NRAD informed
eligible policyholders (including certain of the Movant Former
Shareholders) of its intention to claim the MLMIC Proceeds, several
months of litigation and arbitration ensued. On October 4, 2019,
Arbitrator Erica Garay awarded the MLMIC Proceeds to NRAD, and on
October 28, 2019, Justice Timothy Driscoll of the Supreme Court of
the State of New York, County of Nassau, also awarded the MLMIC
Proceeds to NRAD. In March 2020, after MLMIC considered those
decisions final and non-appealable, the MLMIC proceeds were
distributed to NRAD, which then distributed the proceeds to the
Current Shareholders.

On May 8, 2020, the Movant Former Shareholders filed their first
motion to reopen the Debtor's bankruptcy case, which was
approximately 2 years and 2 months after the case was first closed
on March 15, 2018 but approximately 2 months after the MLMIC
Proceeds were distributed to the Current Shareholders in March
2020. The Court granted the first motion to reopen the Debtor's
case by order dated September 17, 2020.

On September 24, 2020, the Movant Former Shareholders commenced an
adversary proceeding, seeking, inter alia, a judgment "determining
that the MLMIC Proceeds are property of NRAD's bankruptcy estate"
and "directing NRAD to distribute the MLMIC Proceeds to creditors
whose claims have not been paid in full, in accordance with the
Plan." On August 12, 2021, the Debtor moved to close the bankruptcy
case a second time on the grounds that (i) the Debtor's bankruptcy
was fully administered and reopened solely for the purpose of
allowing the adversary proceeding to commence, (ii) there was no
other activity in the bankruptcy case, and (iii) closing the case
was in the best interest of the estate and creditors due to
continuing United States Trustee fees and other administrative
costs.  The Court granted the motion to close the Debtor's
bankruptcy case a second time on September 3, 2021, "without
prejudice to the rights of any party in interest to seek to reopen
the Chapter 11 Case," and the case was closed a second time on
September 24, 2021.

After several years of litigation, on January 26, 2024, the Court
entered the Summary Judgment Decision in the adversary proceeding,
holding that the MLMIC Proceeds constitute property of the Debtor's
estate. On September 6, 2024, the Court entered a judgment in the
plaintiffs' favor on their first claim for relief, adjudging solely
that the MLMIC Proceeds constitute property of the Debtor's
bankruptcy estate. The adversary proceeding was closed on December
18, 2024, and the Movant Former Shareholders filed the second
motion to reopen the Debtor's bankruptcy case on April 23, 2025.

The Movant Former Shareholders argue that, in light of the Court's
holding that the MLMIC Proceeds are property of the bankruptcy
estate, "other cause" exists pursuant to Bankruptcy Code Section
350(b) to reopen the Debtor's case to enforce the Court's order
confirming the Debtor's Second Amended Chapter 11 Plan. They also
argue that reopening the Debtor's case is necessary to allow them
to bring certain causes of action against the Current Shareholders
to return the MLMIC Proceeds to the Debtor's estate.

On the other hand, the Debtor argues that its bankruptcy case
should not be reopened because:

   (1) the doctrine of equitable mootness applies;

   (2) the Movant Former Shareholders waived their claims to the
MLMIC Proceeds because:

            (i) they waived their claims pursuant to the NYU
Transaction,

           (ii) they waived their claims by failing to pursue
relief after the Court's Summary Judgment Decision, and

          (iii) they are not eligible to receive the MLMIC Proceeds
because they ceased being shareholders of NRAD before the Debtor's
petition date and the MLMIC Proceeds are surplus proceeds; and

   (3) the claims of the Movant Former Shareholders are futile
because they cannot plead or establish fraud.

The Movant Former Shareholders argue, inter alia, that:

   (1) the Debtor's plan has not been substantially consummated
because a significant sum of money now deemed by the Court to be
property of the estate remains undistributed in accordance with the
Plan;

   (2) the Movant Former Shareholders have not waived their claims;


   (3) the MLMIC Proceeds are not surplus proceeds but rather
property of the estate, and the Movant Former Shareholders are
proceeding in their capacity as creditors of the Debtor; and

   (4) the claims of the Movant Former Shareholders in a potential
second adversary proceeding are not futile but rather colorable.

The Court says reopening the case would allow the Movant Former
Shareholders to seek derivative standing to pursue certain causes
of action against the Current Shareholders, and if successful, the
Debtor would stand to benefit by an addition of over $3.2 million
to its bankruptcy estate. The Movant Former Shareholders have
pointed out that NRAD is a nominal entity, which is controlled by
the Current Shareholders, who are NRAD's board of directors and
corporate officers. The Movant Former Shareholders have argued that
the interests of the Debtor as a corporate entity are adverse to
the personal interests of the Current Shareholders with regard to
the MLMIC Proceeds. According to the Court, because it is unlikely
that the Debtor will pursue on its own any claims against the
Current Shareholders -- who are its owners, directors, and officers
-- reopening the bankruptcy case may allow the claims of the Movant
Former Shareholders to proceed and result in a return of the MLMIC
Proceeds to the estate.

The Debtor argues that there would be no relief forthcoming to the
Movant Former Shareholders if the Debtor's bankruptcy case is
reopened because, inter alia, the Movant Former Shareholders have
waived their claims or are ineligible to receive the MLMIC
Proceeds. The Debtor argues that the Movant Former Shareholders
waived their claims to the MLMIC Proceeds by executing and
delivering a Declaration and Release agreement, whereby they
consented to a 13.33% reduction of their maximum distribution under
the Debtor's Plan in exchange for an upfront payout of $6,500,250
from NRAD after the close of the NYU Transaction.

The Movant Former Shareholders counter that those releases only
barred claims against NYU, not NRAD or the Current Shareholders.
The Movant Former Shareholders also argue that the releases in the
Plan contain an exception for the parties' "right to enforce the
performance of their respective obligations, if any, under the
Plan." Because the Movant Former Shareholders have made at least a
colorable claim that they have not waived their claims to the MLMIC
Proceeds, the Court finds that it would not be futile to reopen the
Debtor's bankruptcy case.

Judge Scarcella concludes, "Here, there is a clear potential
benefit to creditors of the Debtor's estate if the bankruptcy case
is reopened. If the Movant Former Shareholders prevail on their
causes of action after the Debtor's case is reopened, the MLMIC
Proceeds, a substantial sum, may be returned to the Debtor's estate
to be re-distributed to creditors in accordance with the Plan."

A copy of the Court's Memorandum Decision and Order dated May 29,
2026, is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=zMi1X6 from
PacerMonitor.com.

                 About NRAD Medical Associates

NRAD Medical Associates, P.C., operated a regional radiology
imaging medical practice and a regional radiation therapy practice
with 16 locations throughout Long Island and Queens, New York.  In
June 2015, NRAD sold most of the assets utilized in the imaging
practice assets in June 2015 to Meridian Imaging Group, LLC.  In
addition, NRAD and certain multi-specialty practitioners (e.g.
gynecologists, internists, surgeons) were parties to agreements
pursuant to which MSPs were employed by NRAD, certain assets
require acquired and certain obligations were assumed.

NRAD Medical sought Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection (Bankr.
E.D.N.Y. Case No. 15-72898) in Central Islip, New York, on July 7,
2015.  The Debtor estimated assets and liabilities of $10 million
to $50 million.

The case is assigned to Judge Louis A. Scarcella.  The Debtor is
represented by Anthony C. Acampora, Esq., at Silverman Acampora
LLP, in Jericho, New York.

On Aug. 13, 2015, the Office of the U.S. Trustee appointed an
official committee of unsecured creditors.  The committee tapped
Farrell Fritz, P.C. as counsel.

On Sept. 24, 2015, the court approved the sale of substantially all
of the assets of the Debtor's RT Practice to St. Francis Hospital,
Roslyn, NY, or its designee.  The Debtor filed its notice of
closing and effective date with respect to the RT sale on Oct. 14,
2015.

On February 23, 2017, the Debtor filed a proposed Chapter 11 plan
of reorganization.


NUWELLIS INC: Baker Tilly Raises Going Concern Doubt Over Losses
----------------------------------------------------------------
Nuwellis, Inc. filed its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2025 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission earlier this year. The audited report contains a blunt
warning: conditions exist that raise substantial doubt about its
ability to continue as a going concern.

Based on the financial statements, the Company reported a net loss
of $17.52 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared
with a net loss of $11.17 million for 2024. Net sales for the year
ended December 31, 2025 were $8.27 million, compared to $8.74
million in 2024.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had an accumulated deficit of
$316.3 million, and it expects to incur losses for the immediate
future. Cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities stood at
just $1.2 million as of December 31, 2025, down sharply from $5.1
million at the end of 2024. And the Company believes that its
existing capital resources will be sufficient to support its
operating plan through the end of the second quarter of 2026.

Going Concern

Minneapolis, Minnesota-based Baker Tilly US, LLP, the Company's
auditor since 2017, issued a "going concern" qualification in its
report dated March 11, 2026, attached to the Company's Annual
Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, citing that the
Company has recurring losses from operations, an accumulated
deficit, expects to incur losses for the foreseeable future, and
needs additional working capital. These are the conditions that
raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going
concern.

During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company
incurred losses from operations and net cash outflows from
operating activities. To date, the Company has been funded by
equity financings, and although the Company believes that it will
be able to successfully fund its operations, there can be no
assurance that it will be able to do so or that it will ever
operate profitably.

Management efforts

No doubt, management is trying to stay afloat. The Company became a
revenue-generating Company after acquiring the Aquadex Business in
August 2016. The Company expects to incur additional losses in the
near term as it grows the Aquadex Business, including investments
in expanding its sales and marketing capabilities, purchasing
inventory, manufacturing components, investing in clinical research
and new product development, and complying with the requirements
related to being a U.S. public Company.

To become and remain profitable, the Company must succeed in
expanding the adoption and market acceptance of the Aquadex System.
This will require the Company to succeed in training personnel at
hospitals and effectively and efficiently manufacturing, marketing,
and distributing the Aquadex System and related components. There
can be no assurance that the Company will succeed in these
activities, and it may never generate revenues sufficient to
achieve profitability.

During 2021 and through December 31, 2025, the Company closed on
underwritten public equity offerings for aggregate net proceeds of
approximately $57 million after deducting the underwriting
discounts and commissions and other costs associated with the
offerings. The Company will require additional funding to grow its
Aquadex Business, which may not be available on terms favorable to
the Company, or at all. The Company may receive those funds from
the proceeds from future warrant exercises, issuances of equity
securities, or other financing transactions.

The Company will seek to raise additional capital to support its
growth or other strategic initiatives through debt, equity, or a
combination thereof. There can be no assurance it will be
successful in raising additional capital.

A full-text copy of the Company's Form 10-K is available at
https://tinyurl.com/r7mcmde

                          About Nuwellis

Nuwellis, based in Eden Prairie, Minnesota, develops, manufactures
and commercializes medical devices used in ultrafiltration therapy,
including the Aquadex System. The Company focuses on cardiorenal
care and fluid management for patients. Its Aquadex SmartFlow
system is indicated for temporary or extended use in adult and
pediatric patients weighing 20 kilograms or more whose fluid
overload is unresponsive to medical management, including
diuretics.  Fluid overload, also known as hypervolemia, occurs when
too much fluid builds up in the blood, vital organs and
interstitial space.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $6.12 million in total
assets, $3.49 million in total liabilities, and $2.62 million in
total stockholders' equity


OCEAN THERMAL: Victor Mokuolu Raises Going Concern Doubt
--------------------------------------------------------
Ocean Thermal Energy Corporation filed its Annual Report on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 with the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission earlier this year. The audited
report contains a blunt warning: conditions exist that raise
substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going
concern.

Houston, Texas-based Victor Mokuolu, CPA PLLC, the Company's
auditor since 2025, issued a "going concern" qualification in its
report dated March 23, 2026, attached to the Company's Annual
Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, citing that for
the years ended December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, the
Company had a net loss of $69,212,016, and $1,185,163,
respectively. The Company had an accumulated deficit of
$176,478,512 and $107,266,496 for the years ending December 31,
2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively. The Company has not
established revenue to cover its operating costs for the next 12
months. The Company's ability to continue as a going concern is
dependent on its ability to increase sales and obtain external
funding for the projects under development.

The Company has no current project that will generate revenues in
the near future. None of the Company's projects is at a stage of
development that will allow them to generate revenues in the near
future. The Company's project development cycles are expected to be
relatively long, extending over several years as it identifies a
potential project site, completes negotiations with third parties,
completes permitting, obtains financing, completes construction,
and places a plant into service. The Company expects to receive a
development fee of approximately 3% of the project cost from its
projects, payable upon the close of project financing. Operating
revenues from projects are expected to be received when the plant
has been built and placed into operation. The Company is currently
under contract with the U.S. Army through Johnson Controls
Government Systems to provide detailed engineering designs and
financial analyses for an OTEC system at a remote military
installation in the Pacific. This contract, valued at approximately
$3.6 million, focuses on developing a comprehensive Basis of Design
to enable the Army to evaluate OTEC as a long-term, sustainable
source of renewable energy and desalinated water. Upon completion
of this phase, the Company anticipates that its work may lead to
discussions with the U.S. Army regarding a potential Power Purchase
Agreement, under which the Army would purchase power and water from
a proposed OTEC facility for a period of 25 to 30 years. However,
there can be no assurance that such a PPA or similar arrangement
will be negotiated or executed. Until such time as the Company
begins to generate revenues from this or other projects, it expects
to continue to rely on external sources of capital to fund its
operations.

The Company will require substantial amounts of additional capital
from external sources. The Company does not have any current source
of revenues or sufficient cash or other liquid resources to fund
its planned activities until it begins receiving development fees
from new contracts. Accordingly, as in the past, the Company will
need substantial amounts of capital from external sources to fund
day-to-day operations and project development. The Company has no
arrangements or commitment for such capital. The Company plans to
continue its practice of seeking external capital through the sale
of debt or equity, although it cannot guarantee that such efforts
will be successful. Any new investments will dilute the interests
of the current stockholders.

Further, new investors may require preferential financial returns,
security, voting rights, or other preferences that will be superior
to the rights of the holders of common stock. Alternatively, as
project development advances, the Company may be required to sell
all or a portion of its interest in one or more projects, which
could reduce its retained financial interest and potential return.

The Company currently has outstanding indebtedness that is
convertible into shares of the Company's common stock. Some of this
debt is associated with legacy financing arrangements entered into
to support the Company's operations and development activities
during earlier phases of its growth. In certain circumstances,
holders of these instruments may elect to convert amounts owed into
shares of common stock in accordance with the terms of the
underlying agreements. The potential issuance of additional shares
upon conversion of these instruments may result in dilution to
existing stockholders and could create an overhang of potential
share issuances that may affect the market price or volatility of
the Company's common stock.

Management is actively engaged in ongoing discussions with certain
creditors and stakeholders regarding potential restructurings,
settlements, refinancing arrangements, or conversions that could
better align creditor interests with the long-term growth of the
Company. The Company has historically sought, and may continue to
seek, to address such obligations through negotiated
restructurings, settlements, or other capital structure
adjustments. In some circumstances, the conversion of indebtedness
into equity may reduce cash repayment obligations and strengthen
the Company's balance sheet. The Company continues to evaluate
opportunities to simplify its capital structure over time. However,
until such obligations are fully resolved, they will continue to
represent a potential source of dilution and financial risk that
could adversely affect the Company's financial condition, results
of operations, or the market value of its common stock.

A full text copy of the Company's Form 10-K is available at
http://tiny.cc/cu64101

            About Ocean Thermal Energy Corporation

OTEC is designing ocean thermal energy conversion power plants,
seawater air conditioning and lake water air conditioning plants
for large commercial properties, utilities, and municipalities. The
Company believes these technologies provide practical solutions to
mankind's three oldest and most fundamental needs: clean drinking
water, plentiful food, and sustainable, affordable energy without
the use of fossil fuels. The Company plans to provide a clean
technology that continuously extracts energy from the temperature
differentials between warm surface ocean water and cold deep
seawater. In addition to producing electricity, the Company's
technology can efficiently desalinate seawater producing thousands
of cubic meters of fresh water every day for use in agriculture and
human consumption. This cold, deep, nutrient-rich water can also be
used to cool buildings and for fish farming or aquaculture.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $1,484,775 in total
assets, $114,885,902 in total liabilities, and $113,401,127 in
total stockholders' deficit.


PAKA HOLDINGS: Hires Tittle Santiago PLLC as Bankruptcy Counsel
---------------------------------------------------------------
Paka Holdings LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Eastern District of Texas to hire Tittle Santiago, PLLC as
counsel.

The firm will render these services:

     (a) provide legal advice with respect to the Debtor's powers
and duties as debtor-in-possession in the continued operation of
its business and the management of its property;

     (b) take all necessary action to protect and preserve the
Debtor's estate, including the prosecution of actions on behalf of
the Debtor, the defense of any actions commenced against the
Debtor, negotiations concerning litigation in which the Debtor is
involved, and objections to claims filed against the Debtor's
estate;

     (c) prepare on behalf of the Debtor necessary motions,
answers, orders, reports, and other legal papers in connection with
the administration of its estate;

     (d) assist the Debtor in preparing for and filing a plan of
reorganization at the earliest possible date;

     (e) perform any and all other legal services for the Debtor in
connection with the Debtor's Chapter 11 Case; and

     (f) perform such legal services as the Debtor may request with
respect to any matter, including, but not limited to, corporate
finance and governance, contracts, antitrust, labor, and tax.

The firm will charge for time at its normal billing rates for
attorneys and legal assistants and will request reimbursement for
its out-of-pocket expenses.

On May 1, 2026, the firm received a $11,738 retainer from the
Debtor.

Manolo R. Santiago, Esq., an attorney at Tittle Santiago, disclosed
in a court filing that the firm is a "disinterested person" as the
term is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Manolo R. Santiago, Esq.
     Tittle Santiago, PLLC
     1125 Legacy Dr., Suite 230
     Frisco, TX 75034
     Tel: (972) 213-2316
     Email: msantiago@tittlelawpllc.com

          About Paka Holdings LLC

Paka Holdings LLC filed its voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Tex. Case No.
26-41549) on May 4, 2026, listing $1,000,001-$10 million in both
assets and liabilities.

Manolo R. Santiago, Esq. at Tittle Santiago, PLLC serves as the
Debtor's counsel.



PAUL J. MASSEY: June 18 Hearing Set for Judicial Lien Motion
------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Janet E. Bostwick of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Massachusetts will continue on June 18 the hearing on
the motion filed by Paul J. Massey, Jr. to avoid the judicial lien
of DHI Group, Inc.

The deadline for objections to this motion is extended to June 12.
If no objections are filed, the court may act on the motion and
cancel the hearing.

In his motion, the Debtor pursuant to 11 U.S.C. 522(f)(1) and
Massachusetts Local Bankruptcy Rule 4003-1, seeks to avoid the
judicial lien obtained by DHI on real property located at 76 Shore
Drive, Larchmont, Westchester County, New York, on the grounds that
the liens impedes his New York homestead.

On December 8, 2022, DHI obtained a judgment against the Debtor, in
the amount of $676,720.77, from the New York Supreme Court, New
York County, NY. On September 11, 2023, DHI filed the judgment with
the Clerk of Westchester County, NY at Index Number T005859-23, as
a lien on the property in the amount of $676,720.77.

The property is owned by the Debtor and his non-debtor spouse as
tenants by the entirety.

The Debtor has accepted an offer to purchase the property for the
sum of $3,400,000.00. A motion for authority to approve the sale of
the property at that price is currently pending before this court.
Accordingly, the Debtor asserts that the current fair market value
of the property is $3,400,000.00.

The motion states the lien impairment exceeds the value of the
Debtor's interest in the property in the absence of any liens
($3,400,000.00) by $2,666,908.95. Therefore, the DHI lien, in the
amount of $676,720.77 impairs the Debtor's exemption in the
property and may be avoided in its entirety pursuant to 11 U.S.C.
Sec. 522(f)(2)(A).

The motion is available at http://urlcurt.com/u?l=zD7wsGfrom
Pacermonitor.com.

Paul J. Massey, Jr. filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection
(Bankr. D. Mass. Case No. 26-10363) on February 23, 2026, listing
under $1 million in both assets and liabilities. The Debtor is
represented by David Madoff, Esq., at Madoff & Khoury LLP.


PHOTO HOLDINGS: S&P Rates New $500MM First-Lien Term Loan 'B'
-------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned a 'B' issue-level rating and '2'
recovery rating to U.S.-based personalized picture-related product
and service provider Photo Holdings LLC's (Shutterfly)
(B-/Stable/--) proposed $500 million first-lien term loan due in
2031. It has also proposed to issue $1,150 million in senior
secured notes that will rank pari passu with the new term loan and
is also due 2031. The '2' recovery rating reflects our expectation
of substantial (70%-90%; rounded estimate: 75%) recovery prospects
in a default scenario. As part of the transaction, the company also
plans to raise $225 million in second-lien term loan debt
(unrated.)

The stable outlook reflects S&P's view that the company will
continue to improve operations, resulting in interest coverage of
about 1.5x and adjusted leverage in the low-7x area over the next
12 months.

U.S.-based personalized picture-related product and service
provider Photo Holdings LLC (Shutterfly) plans to issue new term
loan debt and senior secured notes totaling $1,875 million, the
proceeds of which will be used to refinance existing borrowings.

S&P said, "We view the transaction as credit neutral with respect
to our base-case credit-metric assumptions, and our long-term
issuer credit rating remains 'B-'.

"The 75% rounded recovery estimate reflects our view of meaningful
recovery in a default, consistent with a rating of '2', which is
applied to issues with nominal recovery expectations of 70%-90%. We
raised our EBITDA assumed in a hypothetical bankruptcy emergence
52% to $272.1 million from $179 million. This change reflects the
proposed refinancing's increased fixed charges that result from
more cash interest relative to the prior capital structure's
significant levels of non-cash, pay-in-kind debt. Our calculation
further benefits from improving profitability and cash flow in
2025, which stemmed from the company's strategic persistent cost
streamlining, product-offering simplification, and favorable mix
shift to higher-margin small and medium-sized business revenues. In
addition, this transaction supports higher collateral value
available to senior secured noteholders, the claims of which were
previously subordinate to first-lien lenders but are expected to
rank pari passu with the new $500 million term loan.

"We view the proposed transaction as largely neutral. The long-term
issuer credit rating remains 'B-.' The company intends to use the
proceeds to support refinancing $1,875 million of existing term
loans and senior secured debt. While we expect stronger priority
ranking and improved operating results to support more favorable
recovery prospects for senior secured lenders relative to the prior
capital structure, we continue to believe elevated leverage and
underlying cash-flow volatility will constrain the rating. Our
base-case forecast assumes 2026 EBITDA of about $358 million, up
3%, supporting free operating cash flow (FOCF) of about $148
million and sustained FOCF to debt of 5%-6%, up from 2.8% in 2024.
In addition, we expect the company's S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
debt to EBITDA to continue to improve to 7.2x at the end of 2026
compared with 7.4x in 2025 and 8.6x in 2024. Despite these
improvements, we expect leverage to remain elevated--well above our
5.5x upside threshold--over the next couple of years.

"The stable outlook reflects our view that the company will
generate sufficient cash flow to service debt, with interest
coverage of about 1.5x and S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage in
the low-7x area over the next 12 months."

S&P could lower the rating on Shutterfly if:

-- Its liquidity deteriorates to the point where it would depend
on favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet
its financial commitments, absent support from its private-equity
sponsor;

-- Profitability and cash flow weaken such that S&P considers the
capital structure to be unsustainable and a distressed debt
exchange or default as probable; or

-- S&P views its capital structure as no longer sustainable over
the longer term.

While unlikely over the next 12 months due to the company's high
S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage and significant operating
risk, S&P could raise the rating on Shutterfly if:

-- Profitability continues to improve such that leverage declines
and remains well below 5.5x; and

-- FOCF to debt stays comfortably above 5%.



PRA GROUP: Fitch Affirms 'BB' LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
----------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has affirmed PRA Group Inc.'s (PRA) Long-Term Issuer
Default Rating (IDR) and its senior unsecured debt ratings at 'BB'.
The Rating Outlook is Stable. Fitch has also affirmed the Long-Term
debt rating of the senior unsecured notes issued by PRA Group
Europe Holding II S.à r.l. (PRA Lux II), a wholly owned subsidiary
of PRA, at 'BB'.

These rating actions have been taken as part of a periodic review
of North American and European debt purchasers, which is comprised
of four publicly rated firms. For more information on the peer
review, please refer to "Fitch Ratings Completes Peer Review of
North American and European Debt Purchasers".

Key Rating Drivers

Global Franchise; Improved Operating Metrics: The ratings
affirmation reflects PRA's leading debt purchasing franchise
operating across 18 countries in the Americas, Europe, and
Australia; improved collection efficiency and adjusted EBITDA
margin; good funding flexibility; and adequate liquidity with
manageable near-term refinancing risk.

Leverage Constrains Rating: The ratings are constrained by elevated
cash flow leverage, which remains at the higher end of management's
stated target range. While recent execution has been encouraging,
sustaining collection efficiency and profitability improvements
through the cycle, particularly given persistently elevated legal
collection costs and potential macroeconomic headwinds, represent a
key execution challenge.

PRA 3.0 Strategy; Execution Risk Remains: PRA continues to advance
its business strategy and has made tangible progress with
structural improvements to the U.S. cost base and accelerated call
center offshoring and collection channel diversification.
Management's medium-term objectives include $1.0 billion-$1.3
billion in annual portfolio purchases to support collections and
adjusted EBITDA growth while gradually reducing leverage toward the
mid-2x range. However, ongoing investment in the legal collection
channel and technology modernization introduce near-term
uncertainty about the pace of operational efficiency gains, and
PRA's ability to execute across varying market conditions remains
to be demonstrated.

Improved EBITDA Margin; Goodwill Impairment: Adjusted EBITDA grew
14% yoy to $1.35 billion for the trailing 12 months (TTM) ended
1Q26, roughly in line with cash collections growth over the same
period. The adjusted EBITDA margin improved to 62.0% for the TTM
ended 1Q26, compared to 60.6% a year ago and a 60.9% average from
2022-2025. On a reported basis, TTM earnings were impacted by a
non-cash, non-recurring goodwill impairment of $413 million in
3Q25.

Fitch views the impairment as a balance sheet de-risking event with
no direct impact on estimated remaining collections (ERC) or
portfolio performance. Adjusted for this charge, the cash
efficiency ratio improved by approximately 200bps yoy to 61% for
TTM 1Q26. Management expects growth of legal collection costs to
moderate relative to the prior two years. Fitch believes sustaining
profitability enhancement remains contingent on disciplined cost
management, as rising legal collection costs and weakening consumer
repayment capacity could pressure collection rates and the pace of
margin improvement.

Leverage Remains Elevated: Gross debt-to-adjusted EBITDA was 2.8x
for the TTM ended 1Q26, compared with 2.9x one year ago, but still
at the higher end of management's 2.0x-3.0x target range. Gross
debt-to-tangible equity improved to 3.9x from 4.4x over the same
period. PRA repurchased a total of $30 million in common stock in
2025 and 1Q26, with approximately $38 million remaining under its
Board authorization. Fitch believes further de-leveraging will be
subject to disciplined portfolio purchases, sustained adjusted
EBITDA growth, and management prioritizing debt reduction over
other capital initiatives.

Adequate Liquidity: The unsecured funding mix increased to 43% as
of 1Q26, from 37% a year ago, supported by PRA's inaugural €300
million Eurobond issuance in September 2025. Liquidity remains
adequate, comprising $125 million in unrestricted cash and $714
million in revolving credit facility (RCF) availability based on
current ERC as of March 31, 2026. On April 30, 2026, PRA amended
and extended its €730 million European RCF to April 2031 with no
change to commitment levels or pricing, further staggering
maturities. The next debt maturity is in February 2028, when $400
million of unsecured notes come due.

Solid Interest Coverage: Interest coverage was 5.3x for the TTM
ended 1Q26, modestly below the 2022-2025 average of 6.0x which
corresponds to a 'bbb' category benchmark range of 6.0x-10.0x.
Fitch believes interest coverage will improve modestly over the
Outlook horizon, supported by adjusted EBITDA expansion.

Stable Outlook: The Stable Outlook reflects Fitch's expectation
that PRA will continue executing on its stated strategic
initiatives, sustaining profitability improvements, and gradually
reducing leverage toward the midpoint of the 2x-3x range while
maintaining tangible leverage below 5x over the Outlook horizon.
The Outlook also assumes PRA will maintain a disciplined capital
allocation approach and prudently manage refinancing needs.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- Maintenance of cash flow leverage above 3.0x, particularly if
stemming from an inability to enhance collection efficiency and
adjusted EBITDA;

- An increase in debt/tangible equity above 5.0x on a sustained
basis, particularly if corporate initiatives such as share
repurchases are prioritized ahead of de-leveraging;

- Deterioration in asset quality, as evidenced by acquired debt
portfolios significantly underperforming anticipated returns or
material writedowns in expected recoveries;

- A shift in business strategy that leads to an increase in risk
appetite outside the core business, outsized operating losses and
significant deficiencies in liquidity management;

- Increased reliance on secured funding with the unsecured mix
approaching 20%;

- An adverse operational event or a significant disruption in
business activities, such as additional regulatory intervention in
key markets that weakens collection activity, that undermines
franchise strength and business model resilience.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- A sustained reduction in cash flow leverage below 2.5x,
underpinned by effective execution on the stated strategies and
consistent profitability improvement through the cycle;

- Debt/tangible equity sustained below 4.0x;

- Maintenance of unsecured debt greater than 40% of total debt
while maintaining adequate liquidity and a well-laddered maturity
profile.

DEBT AND OTHER INSTRUMENT RATINGS: KEY RATING DRIVERS

The unsecured debt rating is equalized with PRA's Long-Term IDR,
reflecting the availability of unencumbered assets and Fitch's
expectation of average recovery prospects for creditors in a
stressed scenario.

DEBT AND OTHER INSTRUMENT RATINGS: RATING SENSITIVITIES

The senior unsecured debt ratings of both PRA and PRA Lux II are
primarily sensitive to changes in the PRA's Long-Term IDR. The PRA
Lux II's unsecured rating is also sensitive to any change in the
guarantee structure, given that the notes are fully guaranteed on a
senior unsecured basis by PRA and its domestic subsidiaries.

A material increases in the proportion of secured debt that weakens
recovery prospects for unsecured debtholders in a stress scenario
could result in the respective unsecured debt rating being notched
down below the IDR.

ADJUSTMENTS

- The Standalone Credit Profile (SCP) has been assigned in line
with the implied SCP.

- The Business Profile score has been assigned below the implied
score due to the following adjustment reason: Business model
(negative).

- The Earnings and Profitability score has been assigned below the
implied score due to the following adjustment reason: Revenue
diversification (negative).

- The Funding, Liquidity and Coverage score has been assigned below
the implied score due to the following adjustment reason:
Historical and future metrics (negative).

ESG Considerations

PRA Group, Inc. has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Customer
Welfare - Fair Messaging, Privacy & Data Security due to the
importance of fair collection practices and consumer interactions
and the regulatory focus on them, which has a negative impact on
the credit profile, and is relevant to the ratings in conjunction
with other factors.

PRA Group, Inc. has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Financial
Transparency due to the significance of internal modelling to
portfolio valuations and associated metrics such as estimated
remaining collections, which has a negative impact on the credit
profile, and is relevant to the ratings in conjunction with other
factors. These are features of the debt purchasing sector as a
whole and not specific to the company.

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt               Rating           Prior
   -----------               ------           -----
PRA Group, Inc.   

                       LT IDR BB  Affirmed    BB
   senior unsecured    LT     BB  Affirmed    BB

PRA Group Europe
Holding II S.a r.l.

   senior unsecured    LT     BB  Affirmed    BB


PRECISION EXPRESS: Unsecureds Will Get 25% over 60 Months
---------------------------------------------------------
Precision Express Inc. filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of Arkansas a First Amended Plan of Reorganization
for Small Business dated May 21, 2026.

The Debtor is an interstate freight carrier transportation company.
Cindy O'Donnell is the owner and managing member of the Debtor.

The Debtor was organized and Articles of Incorporation were filed
with the Arkansas Secretary of State on November 30, 2017. The
Company primarily utilizes one diesel truck to deliver freight to
customer job sites. Debtor believes that the business will continue
to operate at a sufficient level to provide the funds necessary for
an effective reorganization over the life of Debtor's Amended
Plan.

This Amended Plan proposes to pay creditors of the Debtor from cash
flow from operations of its transportation business and/or any
other future income.

This Amended Plan provides for three classes of secured claims; one
class of priority claims; one class of general, non-priority
unsecured claims; and one class of equity interests. Unsecured
creditors will be paid from a dividend pool that is not less than
the estimated and projected disposable income of the Debtor to be
received during the five-year period beginning on the date that the
first payment is due under the Amended Plan, or during the period
for which the Amended Plan provides payments, whichever is longer,
consistent with Section 1191(c)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.

This Amended Plan is being proposed as a sixty-month Amended Plan.
The estimated total amount of allowed claims in the general
unsecured class (Class 3) is $166,046.00. Debtor estimates that
there will be a dividend pool of $41,511.50 for distribution to
allowed general unsecured, non-priority creditor claims over the
sixty-month term of this Amended Plan.

The Debtor will therefore pay a dividend of approximately 25% to
allowed general unsecured creditors. If this case were converted to
a Chapter 7 case and the property of the Debtor were liquidated,
the unsecured class of creditors could expect to receive
approximately zero percent (0.89%) on their claims from the Chapter
7 liquidation. Debtor encourages its unsecured creditors to vote to
accept this 60-month Amended Plan and thereby allow this Amended
Plan to be confirmed as a consensual confirmation under Section
1191(a).

Based upon the treatment set forth in Article IX, the Debtor's
aggregate monthly payment obligation to classified creditors under
the Plan is approximately $3,474.01, consisting of: (a) secured
claims of $2,667.15 (Class 1(a) Amur Dry Van $820.66; Class 1(b)
Wilson Hopper Trailer surrendered, $0.00; Class 1(c) North Mill
$1,846.49); (b) the priority tax claim payment of $115.00 (Class 2,
representing the allowed Internal Revenue Service claim of
$6,900.00 amortized over sixty months); and (c) the general
unsecured dividend of approximately $691.86 per month (Class 3
dividend pool of $41,511.50 amortized over sixty months and paid
quarterly).

By surrendering the Wilson Hopper Grain Trailer and objecting to
the Internal Revenue Service claim, the Debtor has shown a reduced
aggregate monthly Plan obligation from approximately $4,432.25
(under the Plan) to approximately $3,474.01. The Subchapter V
Trustee's fees and allowed professional fees are treated separately
as set forth in Article VII.

Class 3 consists of the Debtor's general unsecured, non-priority
claims, including the claims of Marion Helton and Mike Harrison,
any allowed deficiency claims of secured creditors, and the allowed
non-priority portion (if any) of the claim of the Internal Revenue
Service. The estimated total of allowed general unsecured claims is
$166,046.00. Debtor estimates that total net Projected Disposable
Income available under the Amended Plan will generate a dividend
pool of $41,511.50, yielding an estimated dividend of approximately
twenty-five percent to allowed Class 3 claims.

Each allowed claim in this class shall receive a pro-rata
distribution, paid quarterly for the previous calendar quarter on
April 15th, July 15th, October 15th, and January 15th following the
end of each calendar quarter during the term of the Amended Plan.
The Debtor intends to object to the unsecured claims (if any) of
the Internal Revenue Service on the grounds set forth in Class 2;
no distribution shall be made on account of any disputed claim
unless and until such claim is allowed by Final Order.

The sole equity interest holder, Cindy O'Donnell, shall retain her
full equity interest in the reorganized Debtor.

Payments to creditors will be made from cash flow from the Debtor's
transportation business operations and any other future income.
Debtor-in-Possession may maintain bank accounts under the confirmed
Amended Plan in the ordinary course of business and may pay
ordinary and necessary expenses of the administration of the
Amended Plan in due course.

A full-text copy of the First Amended Plan dated May 21, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=yF3xvc from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Cecille Doan, Esq.
     The Law Offices of Cecille Doan, LLC
     The Stephens Building
     111 Center St., Suite 1200
     Little Rock, AR 72201
     Telephone: (501) 400-7395
     Facsimile: (501) 500-6072
     Email: bk@cashanddoan.com
     Email: cecille@cashanddoan.com

                     About Precision Express

Precision Express Inc. provides trucking services for shipments
moving between states.

Precision Express Inc. sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Ark. Case No. 25-13266) on Sept. 23,
2025.  In its petition, the Debtor listed assets and liabilities
between $100,001 and $1 million.

Bankruptcy Judge Bianca M. Rucker handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Anh-Thu Cecille Doan, of Law Offices
Of Cecille Doan.


PREMIUM EDGE: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
-----------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Premium Edge, LLC
          d/b/a Alura Senior Living
        777 Roy Wall Boulevard
        Rockledge, FL 32955

Business Description: Premium Edge, LLC, doing business as Alura
Senior Living, is a senior living community located in Rockledge,
Florida. Opened to its first residents in 2021, the community
provides independent living, assisted living, and memory care.  It

offers studio, one-bedroom, and two-bedroom apartment options,
with resident services including weekly housekeeping, maintenance,
utilities, dining services, wellness center access, and salon and
spa access.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 29, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Middle District of Florida

Case No.: 26-04017

Judge: Hon. Tiffany P Geyer

Debtor's Counsel: Michael L. Schuster, Esq.
                  POLSINELLI PC
                  315 S. Biscayne Boulevard, Suite 400
                  Miami, FL 33131
                  Tel: (720) 931-1188
                  Email: mschuster@polsinelli.com

Estimated Assets: $50 million to $100 million

Estimated Liabilities: $10 million to $50 million

The petition was signed by Adriana Dall'Armellina as manager.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/KEERNWY/Premium_Edge_LLC__flmbke-26-04017__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

List of Debtor's 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors:

   Entity                          Nature of Claim    Claim Amount

1. Cheney Brothers                                         $23,640
One Cheney Express Way
Port St Lucie, FL 34987

2. Cintas                                                   $1,633
Post Office Box 630910
Cincinnati, OH
45263-0910

3. Dex Imaging                                                $908
PO Box 17299
Clearwater, FL
33762-0299

4. DynaFire, LLC                                            $4,670
Post Office Box 541067
Atlanta, GA 30353

5. Energy Air                                               $1,486
5401 Energy Air Court
Orlando, FL 32810

6. Florida City Gas                                         $1,706
4045 NW 97th Ave
Doral, FL 33178

7. Harmony Senior                                           $9,932
Living Advisors Incorpora
P.O. Box 360031
Melbourne, FL 32936

8. MB Seafood, Inc.                                         $1,098
650 Azalea Avenue
Merritt Island, FL 32952

9. McKesson Medical - Surgical                              $3,154
PO Box 204786
Dallas, TX 75320

10. New Horizon                                             $2,198
Communications Corp
PO Box 981073
Boston, MA 02298

11. Poor Paul's Produce, Inc.                               $4,023
132 Tomahawk Drive
Indian Harbour
Beach, FL 32937

12. Robertson's Lawn Inc.                                   $4,290
580 Cox Road
Cocoa, FL 32926

13. Softrim LLC                                             $1,640
9210 Estero Park
Commons Blvd.
Suite #5
Estero, FL 33928

14. The Home Depot Pro                                      $1,949
PO Box 404468
Atlanta, GA 30384

15. The Sherwin Williams Co                                 $4,857
Post Office Box 743885
Atlanta, GA 30374

16. Triton Aquascapes                                       $1,300
and Outdoor Design
PO Box 327713
Satellite Beach, FL 32937

17. UniFirst Corporation                                    $1,794
Post Office Box 650481
Dallas, TX 75265

18. US Foods, Inc.                                         $10,451
PO Box 198421
Atlanta, GA 30384

19. Verve Cloud Inc.                                        $2,981
Verve
Post Office Box 846023
Los Angeles, CA 90084

20. Wells Fargo Equipment Finance, Inc.                     $1,573
Post Office Box 858178
Minneapolis, MN 55485



QVC GROUP: Davis Polk Files First Supplemental Rule 2019 Statement
------------------------------------------------------------------
In the Chapter 11 bankruptcy cases of QVC Group, Inc. and its
debtor-affiliates, Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP and Porter Hedges LLP
filed with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern
District of Texas, Houston Division, a First Supplemental Joint
Verified Statement pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2019 to inform the
Court that the firms represent certain holders of:

     (i) the 4.750% senior secured notes due 2027 (the QVC 2027
Notes) issued by QVC, Inc. pursuant to a third supplemental
indenture, dated as of February 4, 2020, to the indenture dated as
of September 13, 2018;

    (ii) the 4.375% senior secured notes due 2028 (the QVC 2028
Notes) issued by QVC pursuant to a fourth supplemental indenture,
dated as of August 20, 2020, to the indenture dated as of September
13, 2018;

   (iii) the 6.875% senior secured notes due 2029 (the QVC 2029
Notes)
issued by QVC pursuant to an indenture dated as of September 25,
2024;

    (iv) the 5.450% senior secured notes due 2034 (the QVC 2034
Notes) issued by QVC pursuant to an indenture dated as of August
21, 2014;

     (v) the 5.950% senior secured notes due 2043 (the QVC 2043
Notes) issued by QVC pursuant to an indenture dated as of March 18,
2013;

    (vi) the 6.375% senior secured notes due 2067 (the QVC 2067
Notes) issued by QVC pursuant to a first supplemental indenture,
dated as of September 13, 2018, to the indenture dated as of
September 13, 2018; and

   (vii) the 6.250% senior secured notes due 2068 (the QVC 2068
Notes) issued by QVC pursuant to a second supplemental indenture,
dated as of November 26, 2019, to the indenture dated as of
September 13, 2018.

According to the First Supplemental Joint Verified Statement:

     1. In June 2025, the QVC Noteholder Group engaged Davis Polk
to
represent it in connection with the Members' holdings of QVC Notes.
In April 2026, the QVC Noteholder Group engaged Porter Hedges to
act as co-counsel in the Chapter 11 Cases.

     2. Counsel represents only the QVC Noteholder Group and does
not represent or purport to represent any entities other than the
QVC Noteholder Group in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases. In
addition, the QVC Noteholder Group does not claim or purport to
represent any other entity and undertakes no duties or obligations
to any entity.

     3. On April 17, 2026, Counsel submitted the Joint Verified
Statement of David Polk & Wardwell LLP and Porter Hedges LLP
Pursuant to Federal Rule of Bankruptcy Procedure 2019. Counsel
submits this First Supplemental Statement to update information
contained in the Initial Verified Statement.

     4. The Members, beneficially own (or are the investment
advisors or
managers for funds that beneficially own) or manage approximately:

        a. $9.28 million in aggregate principal amount of the QVC
2027 Notes;

        b. $22.14 million in aggregate principal amount of the QVC
2028 Notes;

        c. $471.23 million in aggregate principal amount of the QVC
2029 Notes;

        d. $317.60 million in aggregate principal amount of the QVC
2034 Notes;

        e. $216.21 million in aggregate principal amount of the QVC
2043 Notes;

        f. $63.32 million in aggregate principal amount of the QVC
2067 Notes;

        g. $151.67 million in aggregate principal amount of the QVC
2068 Notes;

        h. $552.53 million of aggregate loans (the RCF Loans) under
the revolving credit facility  pursuant to that certain fifth
amended and restated credit agreement dated as of October 27, 2021,
by and among QVC and QVC Global Corporate Holdings, LLC, as
borrowers, the lenders from time to time party thereto, JPMorgan
Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, and
any other parties from time to time party thereto;

        i. $32.32 million of aggregate commitments under the
debtor-in-possession letter of credit facility (the DIP LC
Facility) pursuant to that certain debtor-in-possession letter of
credit facility agreement dated as of April 17, 2026, by and among
QVC, as borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto,
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and an issuing
bank, and the other issuing banks party thereto;

        j. $155.79 million in aggregate principal amount of the
3.750% senior unsecured exchangeable debentures due 2030 (the
3.750% LINTA Exchangeables) issued by Liberty Interactive LLC
(LINTA) pursuant to that certain indenture, dated as of July 7,
1999, as supplemented by that certain fourth supplemental
indenture, dated as of February 10, 2000;

        k. $103.60 million in aggregate principal amount of the
4.000% senior unsecured exchangeable debentures due 2029 (the
4.000% LINTA Exchangeables) issued by LINTA pursuant to that
certain indenture, dated as of July 7, 1999, as supplemented by
that certain second supplemental indenture, dated as of November
16, 1999;

        l. $148.27 million in aggregate principal amount of the
8.250% senior unsecured debentures due 2030 (the 8.250% LINTA
Notes) issued by LINTA pursuant to that certain indenture, dated as
of July 7, 1999, as supplemented by that certain third supplemental
indenture, dated as of February 2, 2000;

        m. $74.10 million in aggregate principal amount of the
8.500% senior unsecured debentures due 2029 (the 8.500% LINTA
Notes) issued by LINTA pursuant to that certain indenture, dated as
of July 7, 1999, as supplemented by that certain first supplemental
indenture, dated as of July 7, 1999; and

        n. 220,725 shares of the 8% series A cumulative redeemable
preferred stock issued by QVCG (the QVCG Preferred Equity) with an
aggregate liquidation preference of approximately $22.07 million.

     4. Upon information and belief formed after due inquiry,
Counsel does not hold any claim against, or interests in, the
Debtors or their estates, other than claims for fees and expenses
incurred in representing the QVC Noteholder Group.

     5. Counsel submits this First Supplemental Statement out of an
abundance of caution, and nothing herein should be construed as an
admission that:

        -- the requirements of Bankruptcy Rule 2019 apply to
Counsel's representation of the QVC Noteholder Group or

        -- the QVC Noteholder Group constitutes a "group" (within
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or any successor
provision),
including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding,
or disposing of securities (within the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended or any successor provision).

     6. Nothing contained in this First Supplemental Statement
should be construed as:

        -- a waiver or release of any claims against the Debtors
by any Member,

        -- an admission with respect to any fact or legal theory or


        -- a limitation upon, or waiver of, any Member's right to
file and/or amend a proof of claim in accordance with applicable
law and any orders entered in the Chapter 11 Cases.

     7. Counsel reserves the right to amend or supplement this
First Supplemental Statement.

     8. The information contained is intended only to comply with
Bankruptcy Rule 2019 and is not intended for any other use or
purpose.

     9. The information contained is based upon information
provided by the Members to Davis Polk and is subject to change.

The name, address, nature, and amount of all disclosable economic
interests of each Member in relation to the Debtors, are:

     1. BRANDYWINE GLOBAL INVESTMENT
        MANAGEMENT, LLC, on behalf
        of certain funds and/or
        accounts managed or advised
        by Franklin Resources, Inc.
        1735 Market Street, Suite 1800
        Philadelphia, PA 19103

        Nature and Amount of Disclosable Economic Interest
        $5,068,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2029
Notes
        $70,751,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2034
Notes
        $10,096,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of 8.250%
LINTA Notes
        $24,227,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of 8.500%
LINTA Notes

     2. GLOBAL INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES ICAV,
        acting through its investment
        manager Mirabella Financial Services LLP
        35, Shelbourne Road
        Ballsbridge, Dublin
        D04 A4E0, Ireland

        Nature and Amount of Disclosable Economic Interest
        $2,000,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2043
Notes
        $7,226,325.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2067
Notes
        $30,331,700.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2068
Notes

     3. GOLDENTREE ASSET MANAGEMENT LP,
        on behalf of certain funds and
        accounts for which it serves
        as an investment advisor
        300 Park Avenue, 21st Floor
        New York, NY 10022

        Nature and Amount of Disclosable Economic Interest
        $6,666,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2027
Notes
        $17,887,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2028
Notes
        $165,499,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2029
Notes
        $168,061,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2034
Notes
        $109,300,500.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2043
Notes
        $20,192,300.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2067
Notes
        $34,116,075.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2068
Notes
        $224,683,760.71 in aggregate commitments under the
        Revolving Credit Facility via unsettled trades,
        of which $224,683,760.71 is funded and
        outstanding as RCF Loans

        $107,665,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of
        3.750% LINTA Exchangeables
        $75,030,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of
        4.000% LINTA Exchangeables
        $127,151,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of
        8.250% LINTA Notes
        $42,115,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of
        8.500% LINTA Notes

     4. MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
        on behalf of its New York
        Distressed Debt Trading
        Desk, and not on behalf of
        any of its other businesses or
        those of its affiliates
        1585 Broadway, 3rd Floor
        New York, NY 10036

        Nature and Amount of Disclosable Economic Interest
        $50,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2027 Notes
        $125,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2028
Notes
        $8,756,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2029
Notes
        $1,144,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2034
Notes
        $7,594,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2043
Notes
        $745,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of
        3.750% LINTA Exchangeables
        -$357,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of 4.000% LINTA
Notes

     5. Certain funds and/or accounts,
        or subsidiaries of such funds
        and/or accounts, managed,
        advised, controlled, or represented by
        NYL INVESTORS LLC, or an
        affiliate thereof or successor thereto
        51 Madison Avenue
        New York, NY 10010

        Nature and Amount of Disclosable Economic Interest
        $30,048,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2029
Notes

     6. OAKTREE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, L.P.,
        as an investment manager, solely
        on behalf of certain funds and
        accounts within its Global
        Opportunities, Global Credit
        and High Yield strategies
        333 South Grand Avenue, 28th Floor
        Los Angeles, CA 90071

        Nature and Amount of Disclosable Economic Interest
        $254,265,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2029
Notes
        $60,600,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2034
Notes
        $84,460,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2043
Notes
        $1,625,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2067
Notes
        $12,121,300.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2068
Notes
        $263,230,769.22 in aggregate commitments under the
        Revolving Credit Facility, of which $263,230,769.22
        is funded and outstanding as RCF Loans
        
        $44,615,384.62 in aggregate commitments under the
        Revolving Credit Facility via an unsettled trade, of
        which $44,615,384.62 is funded and outstanding as RCF
Loans
        $32,318,501.17 in aggregate commitments under the DIP LC
Facility
        Shares of QVCG Preferred Equity with an aggregate
liquidation
        preference of $22,072,500.00

     7. OAKTREE FUND ADVISORS, LLC, as
        investment manager, solely
        on behalf of certain funds and
        accounts within its High
        Yield and Global Credit Strategies
        333 South Grand Avenue, 28th Floor
        Los Angeles, CA 90071

        Nature and Amount of Disclosable Economic Interest
        $1,499,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2029
Notes

     8. SCHONFELD DMFI MASTER FUND LP
        590 Madison Avenue, Floor 23
        New York, NY 10022

        Nature and Amount of Disclosable Economic Interest
        $20,965,450.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2067
Notes
        $52,584,850.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2068
Notes

     9. Certain funds and/or
        accounts, or subsidiaries of
        such funds and/or accounts,
        managed, advised, controlled
        or represented by
        WHITEBOX ADVISORS LLC,
        or an affiliate thereof
        3033 Excelsior Boulevard, Suite 500
        Minneapolis, MN 55416

        Nature and Amount of Disclosable Economic Interest
        $2,563,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2027
Notes
        $4,125,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2028
Notes
        $6,095,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2029
Notes
        $17,046,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2034
Notes
        $12,851,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2043
Notes
        $13,308,250.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2067
Notes
        $22,512,725.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2068
Notes
        $20,000,000.00 in aggregate commitments under the Revolving
Credit
        Facility via unsettled trades, of which $20,000,000.00
        is funded and outstanding as RCF Loans
        $47,383,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of
        3.750% LINTA Exchangeables
        $28,930,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of
        4.000% LINTA Exchangeables
        $11,024,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of
        8.250% LINTA Notes
        $7,757,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of 8.500% LINTA
Notes

Counsel for the QVC Noteholder Group:

     Damian S. Schaible, Esq.
     Angela M. Libby, Esq.
     Aryeh Ethan Falk, Esq.
     Helen (Muhan) Zhang, Esq.
     DAVIS POLK & WARDWELL LLP
     450 Lexington Avenue
     New York, NY 10017
     Tel: (212) 450-4000
     E-mail: damian.schaible@davispolk.com
             angela.libby@davispolk.com
             aryeh.falk@davispolk.com
             helen.zhang@davispolk.com

           - and -

     John F. Higgins, Esq.
     M. Shane Johnson, Esq.
     PORTER HEDGES LLP
     1000 Main Street, 36th Floor
     Houston, TX 77002
     Tel: (713) 226-6000
     E-mail: jhiggins@porterhedges.com
             sjohnson@porterhedges.com

                  About QVC Group Inc.

QVC Group, Inc., formerly known as Qurate Retail, Inc. --
https://www.qvcgrp.com/ -- owns interests in subsidiaries and other
companies that are primarily engaged in the video and online
commerce industries. Through its subsidiaries and affiliates, the
company operates in North America, Europe and Asia. Its principal
businesses and assets include its consolidated subsidiaries QVC,
Inc., Cornerstone Brands, Inc., and other cost method investments.

QVC Group and several affiliates sought relief under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Texas Case No. 26-90447) on
April 16, 2026. In its petition, the Debtor reports more than $1
billion in assets and estimated liabilities of $6.6 billion.

The Hon. Bankruptcy Judge Alfredo R. Perez handles the jointly
administered cases.

The Debtors employed Kirkland & Ellis LLP and Kirkland & Ellis
International LLP as co-counsel; Gray Reed, as co-counsel;
AlixPartners, LLP, as financial advisor; Evercore Group L.L.C., as
investment banker; Kroll Restructuring Administration LLC, as
claims and noticing agent; and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, as tax
advisor. Joele Frank, Wilkinson Brimmer Katcher is serving as
strategic communications advisor to QVC Group and QVC, Inc.

Kobre & Kim LLP, serves as legal counsel to QVC Group, Inc. under
the direction of the Special Committee; Seward & Kissel LLP, as
legal counsel to QRI Cornerstone, Inc. under the direction of the
Special Committee; Milbank LLP, as legal counsel to Liberty
Interactive LLC, under the direction of the disinterested
directors, and as legal counsel to Qurate Retail Group, Inc., under
the direction of the Special Committee; and Katten Muchin Rosenman
LLP, as legal counsel to QVC, Inc., under the direction of the
disinterested directors.

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee under
the LINTA Notes Indenture, is represented by Reed Smith LLP, as
counsel.
The LINTA Noteholder Group is represented by Akin Gump Strauss
Hauer & Feld LLP.

The QVC Noteholder Group is represented by Davis Polk & Wardwell
LLP and Porter Hedges LLP.

The RCF Lender Group, led by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
administrative agent, is represented by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett
LLP.

An ad hoc group of beneficial holders to QVC Group, Inc. is
represented by Brown Rudnick LLP as counsel.

Glenn Agre Bergman & Fuentes LLP, Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton
LLP, and Kane Russell Coleman Logan PC represent certain beneficial
holders of the 8.0% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock
issued by QVC Group, Inc.


QVC GROUP: Simpson Thacher Files First Supplemental 2019 Statement
------------------------------------------------------------------
In the Chapter 11 bankruptcy cases of QVC Group, Inc. and its
debtor-affiliates, Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP filed with the
United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas,
Houston Division, a First Supplemental Verified Statement pursuant
to Bankruptcy Rule 2019 to inform the Court that the firm
represents JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (RCF
Agent), acting at the direction of certain lenders (the RCF Lender
Group) constituting Required Lenders under and as defined in the
Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October
27, 2021 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented
or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement), by
and among QVC, Inc., QVC Global Corporate Holdings, LLC, the RCF
Agent, and lenders from time to time party thereto.

According to the First Supplemental Verified Statement:

     1. On April 30, 2026, Simpson Thacher filed the Verified
Statement of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP Pursuant to Federal
Rule of Bankruptcy Procedure 2019, which listed the nature and
amount of all discloseable economic interests held by each member
of the RCF Lender Group. Simpson Thacher now files this
Supplemental Statement to update the information contained within
the Statement.

     2. Simpson Thacher represents JPM in its separate capacities
as:

        -- RCF Agent, which is acting at the direction of and
working in concert with the RCF Lender Group, which collectively
constitute Required Lenders under the Credit Agreement, and

        -- administrative agent (DIP LC Agent) to the $300,000,000
Debtor-In-Possession Letter of Credit Facility Agreement dated as
of April 17, 2026 (the DIP LC Facility). Simpson Thacher does not
purport to represent any additional entities in connection with the
Chapter 11 Cases. In addition, the RCF Agent and members of the RCF
Lender Group do not claim or purport to represent any other entity
and undertake no duties or obligations to any entity.

     3. The Members beneficially own (or are the investment
advisors or managers for funds that beneficially own) or manage
approximately:

        a. $2,572,250,958.04 in aggregate prepetition commitments
under the Credit Agreement, some of which may be held by settled or
unsettled participations;

        b. $2,168,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of 4.750%
senior secured notes due 2027 (the QVC 2027 Notes) issued by QVC
pursuant to that certain third supplemental indenture, dated as of
February 4, 2020, to the indenture dated as of September 13, 2018;

        c. $1,600,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of 4.375%
senior secured notes due 2028 (the QVC 2028 Notes) issued by QVC
pursuant to that certain fourth supplemental indenture, dated as of
August 20, 2020, to the indenture dated as of September 13, 2018;

        d. $77,488,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of the
6.875% senior secured notes due 2029 (the QVC 2029 Notes) issued by
QVC pursuant to that certain indenture dated as of September 25,
2024;

        e. $22,003,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of the
5.450% senior secured notes due 2034 (the QVC 2034 Notes) issued by
QVC pursuant to that certain indenture dated as of August 21,
2014;

        f. $15,985,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of the
5.950% senior secured notes due 2043 (the QVC 2043 Notes) issued by
QVC pursuant to that certain indenture dated as of March 18, 2013;

        g. 2,411,190 shares of the 6.375% senior secured notes due
2067 (the QVC 2067 Notes) issued by QVC pursuant to that certain
first supplemental indenture, dated as of September 13, 2018, to
the indenture dated as of September 13, 2018;

        h. 5,375,404 shares of the 6.250% senior secured notes due
2068 (the QVC 2068 Notes) issued by QVC pursuant to that certain
second supplemental indenture, dated as of November 26, 2019, to
the indenture dated as of September 13, 2018; and

        i. 583,700 shares of the 8% series A cumulative redeemable
preferred stock issued by QVCG (the QVCG Preferred Equity) with an
aggregate liquidation preference of approximately $27.07 million

     4. Upon information and belief formed after due inquiry,
Simpson Thacher does not hold any claim against, or interests in,
the Debtors or their estates, other than claims for fees and
expenses incurred in representing the RCF Agent or DIP LC Agent.

     5. Simpson Thacher submits this Supplemental Statement out of
an abundance of caution, and nothing herein should be construed as
an admission that

        -- the requirements of Bankruptcy Rule 2019 apply to
Simpson Thacher's representation of the RCF Agent and DIP LC Agent
or

        -- the RCF Lender Group constitutes a "group" of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or any successor
provision), including any group acting for the purpose of
acquiring, holding, or disposing of securities.

     6. Nothing contained in this Supplemental Statement should be
construed as:

        -- a waiver or release of any claims against the Debtors by
the RCF Agent or any Member,

        -- an admission with respect to any fact or legal theory or


        -- a limitation upon, or waiver of, the RCF Agent or any
Member's claims against the Debtors or the right to file and/or
amend a proof of claim in accordance with applicable law and any
orders entered in the
Chapter 11 Cases.

     7. Simpson Thacher reserves the right to amend or supplement
this Supplemental Statement in accordance with the requirements
outlined in Bankruptcy Rule 2019.

     8. The information outlined is intended only to comply with
Bankruptcy Rule 2019 and not intended for any other use or purpose.


     9. The information provided by the Members to Simpson Thacher
is subject to change.

The name, address, nature, and amount of all disclosable economic
interests of each Member in relation to the Debtors, are:

     1. PNC Bank N.A.
        201 East Fifth Street
        B1-BM01-02-3
        Cincinnati, OH 45202

        Nature and Amount of Disclosable Economic Interest
        $130,000,000.00 in aggregate commitments
        under the Credit Agreement.

     2. Royal Bank of Canada
        200 Vesey St, 12th Floor
        New York, NY 10281

        Nature and Amount of Disclosable Economic Interest
        $130,000,000.00 in aggregate commitments
        under the Credit Agreement.

     3. Silver Point Capital, L.P.
        on behalf of one or
        more investment funds,
        separate accounts and
        other entities owned,
        controlled, managed,
        and/or advised by it or its affiliates
        2 Greenwich Plaza, Suite 1
        Greenwich, CT 06830

        Nature and Amount of Disclosable Economic Interest
        $524,013,409.96 in aggregate commitments
        under the Credit Agreement
        $2,168,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2027
Notes
        $1,600,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2028
Notes
        $77,488,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2029
Notes
        $22,003,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2034
Notes
        $15,985,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of QVC 2043
Notes
        2,411,190 shares of QVC 2067 Notes
        5,375,404 shares of QVC 2068 Notes
        583,700 shares of QVCG Preferred Equity

     4. Scotiabank
        711 Louisiana Street, Suite
        1400, Houston, TX
        77002, United States

        Nature and Amount of Disclosable Economic Interest
        $130,000,000.00 in aggregate commitments under
        the Credit Agreement

     5. Strategic Value Partners
        on behalf of one or
        more investment
        funds, separate accounts
        and other entities owned,
        controlled, managed,
        and/or advised by it or its
        affiliates
        100 West Putnam Avenue
        Greenwich, CT 06830

        Nature and Amount of Disclosable Economic Interest
        $1,492,681,992.53 in aggregate commitments under
        the Credit Agreement.

     6. Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
        1000 Louisiana St, 4th Floor
        Houston, TX 77002

        Nature and Amount of Disclosable Economic Interest
        $165,555,555.55 in aggregate commitments under
        the Credit Agreement.

Local Counsel for the RCF Agent and the DIP LC Agent:

     Tom A. Howley, Esq.
     Eric Terry, Esq.
     HOWLEY LAW PLLC
     700 Louisiana St., Suite 4220
     Houston, TX 77002
     Tel: 713-333-9125
     E-mail: tom@howley-law.com
             eric@howley-law.com

Counsel for the RCF Agent and the DIP LC Agent:

     Nicholas E. Baker, Esq.
     Moshe A. Fink, Esq.
     Rachael L. Foust, Esq.
     Zachary J. Weiner, Esq.
     SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT LLP
     425 Lexington Avenue
     New York, NY 10017
     Tel: (212) 455-2032
     Fax: (212) 455-2502
     E-mail: nbaker@stblaw.com
             moshe.fink@stblaw.com
             rachael.foust@stblaw.com
             zachary.weiner@stblaw.com

                  About QVC Group Inc.

QVC Group, Inc., formerly known as Qurate Retail, Inc. —
https://www.qvcgrp.com/ — owns interests in subsidiaries and
other companies that are primarily engaged in the video and online
commerce industries. Through its subsidiaries and affiliates, the
company operates in North America, Europe and Asia. Its principal
businesses and assets include its consolidated subsidiaries QVC,
Inc., Cornerstone Brands, Inc., and other cost method investments.

QVC Group and several affiliates sought relief under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 26-90447) on
April 16, 2026. In its petition, the Debtor reports more than $1
billion in assets and estimated liabilities of $6.6 billion.

The Hon. Bankruptcy Judge Alfredo R. Perez handles the jointly
administered cases.

The Debtors employed Kirkland & Ellis LLP and Kirkland & Ellis
International LLP as co-counsel; Gray Reed, as co-counsel;
AlixPartners, LLP, as financial advisor; Evercore Group L.L.C., as
investment banker; Kroll Restructuring Administration LLC, as
claims and noticing agent; and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, as tax
advisor. Joele Frank, Wilkinson Brimmer Katcher is serving as
strategic communications advisor to QVC Group and QVC, Inc.

Kobre & Kim LLP, serves as legal counsel to QVC Group, Inc. under
the direction of the Special Committee; Seward & Kissel LLP, as
legal counsel to QRI Cornerstone, Inc. under the direction of the
Special Committee; Milbank LLP, as legal counsel to Liberty
Interactive LLC, under the direction of the disinterested
directors, and as legal counsel to Qurate Retail Group, Inc., under
the direction of the Special Committee; and Katten Muchin Rosenman
LLP, as legal counsel to QVC, Inc., under the direction of the
disinterested directors.

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee under
the LINTA Notes Indenture, is represented by Reed Smith LLP, as
counsel.

The LINTA Noteholder Group is represented by Akin Gump Strauss
Hauer & Feld LLP.

The QVC Noteholder Group is represented by Davis Polk & Wardwell
LLP.

The RCF Lender Group, led by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
administrative agent, is represented by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett
LLP.

An ad hoc group of beneficial holders to QVC Group, Inc. is
represented by Brown Rudnick LLP as counsel.

Glenn Agre Bergman & Fuentes LLP, Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton
LLP, and Kane Russell Coleman Logan PC represent certain beneficial
holders of the 8.0% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock
issued by QVC Group, Inc.


QXO BUILDING: S&P Rates Proposed Senior Unsecured Notes 'BB-'
-------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB-' issue-level rating and '4'
recovery rating to QXO Building Products Inc.'s (a wholly owned
subsidiary of QXO Inc.) proposed $1.5 billion senior unsecured
notes due 2031 and $1.5 billion senior unsecured notes due 2034.
The '4' recovery rating indicates S&P's expectation for average
(30%-50%; rounded estimate: 35%) recovery in the event of a payment
default.

The proposed notes are part of QXO's planned $6 billion
debt-financing package to partially fund its pending acquisition of
TopBuild Corp. S&P's 'BB+' issue-level rating and '1' recovery
rating on the company's proposed $3 billion term loan and existing
secured debt are unchanged.

Issue Ratings--Recovery Analysis

Key analytical factors

-- The company's pro forma debt capital structure comprises a $2
billion revolving credit facility (which S&P expects could be
upsized, given the larger size of the combined business) due 2030,
a $850 million term loan B due 2032, a proposed $3 billion term
loan B due 2033, $2.25 billion of senior secured notes due 2032,
$1.5 billion of proposed senior unsecured notes due 2031, and $1.5
billion of proposed senior unsecured notes due 2034.

-- S&P said, "We rate all the secured debt 'BB+' with a '1'
recovery rating, indicating our expectation for very high
(90%-100%; rounded estimate: 95%) recovery in the event of a
default. We rate the senior unsecured notes 'BB-' with a '4'
recovery rating, indicating our expectation for average (30%-50%;
rounded estimate: 35%) recovery in the event of a default."

-- S&P's simulated default scenario contemplates a default in 2030
stemming from a downturn in the company's end markets, heightened
competition, and significant price increases imposed by suppliers
that it is unable to pass on to its customers. These adverse
developments hamper QXO's margins and cash flow, pressuring its
ability to meet its financial obligations and prompting the need
for a bankruptcy filing or restructuring.

-- S&P said, "Our emergence EBITDA assumption contemplates a
rebound in profitability following the sharp cyclical downturn that
we believe is required for the company to default with its present
capital structure. Therefore, our EBITDA assumption does not
purport to represent a default-level EBITDA, which we think could
be lower."

Simulated default assumptions

-- Year of default: 2030
-- Assumed ABL draw at default: 60%
-- Emergence EBITDA: $1.535 billion
-- EBITDA multiple: 6.0x
-- Gross recovery value: $9.2 billion

Simplified waterfall

-- Net enterprise value at default (after 5% administrative
costs): $8.75 billion

-- Priority claims: $1.53 billion

-- Total collateral value for secured claims: $7.2 billion

-- Secured claims: $6.1 billion

    --Recovery expectation for secured debt: 90%-100% (rounded
estimate: 95%)

-- Value available for unsecured claims: $1.1 billion

-- Unsecured claims: $3.1 billion

    --Recovery expectation for unsecured debt: 30%-50% (rounded
estimate: 35%)

Note: Debt amounts include six months of accrued interest that S&P
assumes will be owed by default.


QXO INC: S&P Affirms 'BB-' ICR on TopBuild Acquisition Financing
----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed its 'BB-' issuer credit rating on QXO
Inc.

S&P said, "We assigned our 'BB+' issue-level rating and '1'
recovery rating to QXO Building Products, Inc.'s proposed term
loan. The '1' recovery rating reflects our expectation for very
high recovery (rounded estimate: 95%) in the event of a payment
default.

"We also raised our issue-level ratings on the existing first-lien
term loan and secured notes to 'BB+' from 'BB' and revised the
recovery ratings to '1' from '2'.

"The stable outlook reflects our view that leverage will be
temporarily elevated in 2026 but will return below 5x in 2027 from
debt repayment and EBITDA growth as QXO realizes integration
synergies and efficiencies."

QXO Inc. plans to issue a $3 billion first-lien term loan due in
2033. QXO will use the loan, along with balance sheet cash and $3
billion of other new unsecured debt, to fund the cash portion of
its pending purchase of TopBuild Corp. (BB+/Watch Neg/--).

S&P said, "We believe the strategic benefit of the acquisition
offsets the higher financial risk from leverage temporarily
elevated above 5.5x.

"We view QXO's business more favorably with TopBuild, which offsets
temporarily higher financial risk. The TopBuild acquisition
significantly improves QXO's scale, diversification, and margins.
The added scale should provide better volume discounts and more
negotiating power. TopBuild also adds product breadth, installation
capabilities, and increased commercial exposure. Its installation
capabilities give it direct access to job sites which could provide
it with better data and cross-selling opportunities.

"We estimate pro forma S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage as of
the first quarter was about 6.3x (including about $2.8 billion of
preferred stock that we view as debt-like) but should improve to
5.8x-6.0x by the end of the year. We believe the elevated leverage
is permissible at the current rating because we view the business
more favorably and we expect leverage will drop in 2027 as demand
modestly recovers and the company passes along price increases,
realizes integration synergies, and repays debt."

The recent Kodiak acquisition significantly expanded QXO's
addressable market but increased volatility. QXO was previously
concentrated in roofing materials distribution. Kodiak added lumber
and other building materials (LBM), which significantly increased
its addressable market and ability to serve the full project
lifecycle of large, multi-site developments and master-planned
communities.

However, Kodiak derives more than 70% of its revenue from new
residential construction, which has been more negatively affected
by affordability issues. S&P expects these categories, and
TopBuild's exposure to new construction, will typically be more
volatile than QXO's existing roofing products, which depend on more
stable repair and remodeling spending.

Large acquisitions come with rebranding and integration risk. Since
April 2025, QXO acquired Beacon Roofing Supply for $11 billion,
Kodiak for $2.25 billion, and agreed to acquire TopBuild for about
$15 billion. CEO Brad Jacobs has a good track record and our base
case assumes successful integrations. That said, large acquisitions
carry risks like not achieving synergy targets, spending more than
expected, or impairing service quality. QXO has just begun the
process of integrating Kodiak and rebranding dozens of storied
local brands to QXO Building Products. It is also still working
through Beacon transformation initiatives, including a
comprehensive ERP upgrade. S&P said, "We expect the TopBuild
acquisition should be relatively easier since TopBuild is already a
well-run business with good margins and we expect lower costs to
achieve planned synergies. Still, the acquisition carries some
rebranding risk and the challenges of combining cultures and
retaining talent."

QXO's acquisition pace after TopBuild is uncertain. Management says
the company's primary focus has shifted from acquiring to
integrating, which S&P views positively, but S&P still expects it
to evaluate opportunities and eventually resume a more rapid pace.
Layering in additional acquisitions in a short time frame may
obscure its underlying financial performance and make it difficult
to evaluate the success of prior initiatives.

Industry conditions are still challenging. S&P said, "We view the
long-term residential housing industry dynamics favorably and
believe it may be close to a trough. However, S&P Global Ratings
economists project housing starts will be down 1.5% to about 1.34
million this year. We forecast modest 0%-1% growth in starts in
2027. We also expect R&R spending to remain in the low-single
digits. Recent spikes in mortgage rates and oil prices further
complicate the picture."

First quarter results from QXO were weak, with S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA of about $11 million, down about 90% versus
the prior year. S&P said, "We believe this is mostly due to soft
industry demand because of affordability issues, a lack of severe
storms necessitating roof repairs, and rough winter weather to
start the year, but QXO's integration and transformation
initiatives also had a negative impact. We believe the company's
first quarter revenue decline was generally consistent with most
peers, however competitor SRS (owned by Home Depot), noted that it
took share from competitors in the first quarter."

Kodiak performed better in first quarter, with S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA down about 10%. TopBuild's EBITDA expanded
but primarily because of acquisitions; organic revenue dropped
about 7% in the quarter.

S&P said, "Still, we forecast consolidated pro forma leverage
should improve to about 5.8x-6.0x by the end of 2026 as demand
recovers modestly in the second half, pricing increases are passed
through, and the company realizes more acquisition synergies.
Leverage should improve below 5x in 2027.

"The stable outlook reflects our view that leverage will be
temporarily elevated in 2026 but will return below 5x in 2027 from
debt repayment and EBITDA growth as QXO realizes integration
synergies and efficiencies."

S&P could lower its ratings on QXO if S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
leverage remains above 5.5x. This could occur if:

-- Profitability is significantly weaker than we expect due to
continued market weakness and integration challenges; or

-- The company undertakes aggressive financial policy decisions
such as pursuing larger debt-financed acquisitions or shareholder
returns that deteriorate its credit ratios.

S&P could raise its ratings on QXO if leverage improves below 4.5x,
likely due to strong execution on integrations and better
end-market stability. This would also require the company to
maintain operating cash flow to debt above 10% and make prudent
financial policy decisions that sustain these credit measures
through most market conditions.


RENT-A-CHRISTMAS LLC: Unsecureds to Get 1.09% in Quarterly Payments
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Rent-A-Christmas LLC submitted a First Amended Subchapter V Plan of
Reorganization dated May 21, 2026.

The Debtor filed this Chapter 11 case in order to restructure its
affairs and propose a plan of reorganization that is in the best
interests of its creditors and affords them the greatest recovery
possible.

As of the Petition Date, NYBDC Local Development Corporation d/b/a
Pursuit Community Finance (the "NYBDC") is the holder of a first
priority blanket lien on all the Debtor's assets, pursuant to two
separate Loan Agreements, Notes and Security Agreements, entered
into on August 4, 2021 (the "2021 NYBDC Loan") and April 7, 2022
(the "2022 NYBDC Loan", together with the 2021 NYBDC Loan, the
"NYBDC Loan Agreements"), which were perfected by NYBDC by the
filing of UCC-1 financing statements with the New York State
Department of State on August 10, 2021 and April 5, 2022,
respectively.

As of the Petition Date, the total amount owed to NYBDC in
accordance with the NYBDC Loan Agreements is approximately
$56,548.00 (the "NYBDC Secured Claim"), of which approximately
$26,572.00 is attributable to the 2021 NYBDC Loan and approximately
$29,976.00 is attributable to the 2022 NYBDC Loan. Pursuant to
Orders of the Court, the Debtor has been making monthly adequate
protection payments to the NYBDC during the Chapter 11 Case in the
amount of $2,487.43, reducing the amount of the NYBDC Secured Claim
to approximately $40,127.63 as of May 1, 2026.

Class 4 shall consist of the Allowed Unsecured Claims. Each holder
of an Allowed Unsecured Claim shall receive a distribution, Pro
Rata, from the Debtor's net income in twelve equal quarterly
payments in the amount of $1,000, commencing on the Effective Date.
The Debtor estimates an approximate 1.09% distribution to Class 4
Claims.

The allowed unsecured claims total $1,099,831.13. Class 4 Claims
are Impaired and holders are entitled to vote under the Plan.

In addition, in the event of a recovery by the Debtor in connection
with the Décor Litigation Claim, the Net Litigation Recovery,
after payment in full to Class 1, 2 and 3 Claims, shall be paid pro
rata to Class 4 Claims, up to such amounts necessary to pay the
Class 4 Claims in full. Partial payment shall not affect Debtor's
requirement to continue making the quarterly payments required by
this Plan. However, payment in full of Class 4 Claims shall release
the Debtor of its obligation to make any remaining payments due
Class 4 Claims pursuant to this Plan. Class 4 Claims are Impaired
and holders are entitled to vote under the Plan.

The Plan will be financed from the Debtor's projected net income,
and from the Net Litigation Proceeds of the Décor Litigation
Claim, if any. While the Debtor's business is seasonal, with
operations busiest between the months of September and January, the
Debtor does not receive all of the income generated during the
corresponding period.

Instead, the Debtor receives deposits for jobs and installment
progress payments throughout the year, providing it with the income
necessary to make the plan payments set forth herein. Furthermore,
in the event sufficient cash is not available from the Debtor's net
income to make any installment required under the Plan, the
Debtor's principal will reduce his draw in such amounts necessary
to enable the Debtor to make the required installments.

A full-text copy of the First Amended Plan dated May 21, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=b3neQk from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Dana P. Brescia, Esq.
     Kirby Aisner & Curley LLP
     700 Post Road, Suite 237
     Scarsdale, NY 10583
     Telephone: (914) 401-9500
     Email: dbrescia@kacllp.com

                    About Rent-A-Christmas LLC

Rent-A-Christmas LLC is a seasonal decoration rental company
specializing in Christmas trees, lights, and holiday displays for
commercial and residential customers.

Rent-A-Christmas sought relief under Subchapter V of Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-22707) on
July 29, 2025.  In its petition, the Debtor listed assets between
$100,000 and $500,000, and liabilities between $1 million and $10
million.

Judge Sean H. Lane oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by Julie Cvek Curley, at Kirby Aisner &
Curley LLP.


ROGUEFOX ENTERTAINMENT: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 11
---------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of California
is set to hold a final hearing on June 11 on RogueFox
Entertainment, LLC's bid to use cash collateral.

The Debtor is currently authorized to use cash collateral pursuant
to the court's May 21 order. This authorization remains in effect
on an interim basis until a final determination is made.

Under the May 21 order, the Debtor is allowed to utilize its cash
collateral to pay operating expenses in accordance with an approved
13-week operating budget, which projects total operational expenses
of $192,209.

The order granted replacement liens to secured creditors holding
valid pre-petition liens on the Debtor's cash collateral as
adequate protection. Secured creditors retain the ability to seek
additional relief, including termination of cash collateral use if
circumstances warrant.

The order is available at
http://bankrupt.com/misc/RogueFox_ACCOrder.pdf

As of the petition date, RogueFox possessed only limited cash
collateral, consisting of $600 in cash registers, $89 in a bank
account, and approximately $4,476 in inventory, for total cash
collateral of $5,165. Other assets, including furniture, fixtures,
equipment, a liquor license, a lease deposit, and a contingent
class action claim, are not considered cash collateral.

Several secured creditors hold purported liens on the Debtor's
assets. The U.S. Small Business Administration is listed as the
senior secured creditor with a $500,000 claim secured by a UCC-1
filing recorded in October 2020. Additional merchant cash advance
lenders include Smart Business with an approximately $106,000
claim, American Funding Group with a roughly $36,000 claim, and
United First with a $30,000 claim. Only the SBA, however, appears
to have a present interest in the actual cash collateral existing
on the petition date because the total collateral value is only
$5,164.56, leaving no remaining value for junior lienholders to
attach to. The Debtor reserves the right to challenge the validity,
extent, or priority of any purported lien claims.

Although the Debtor's business obtained a $500,000 Economic Injury
Disaster Loan from the SBA, it later relied on high-interest MCA
loans that required daily automatic withdrawals from its bank
account. These withdrawals crippled cash flow, prevented meaningful
reduction of loan principal, and caused the Debtor to fall behind
on lease obligations. In 2025, the business generated positive
operating income of approximately $83,245 before MCA interest
expenses, but after paying roughly $140,000 in MCA interest, the
Debtor suffered a net loss of approximately $56,755. As a result,
the Debtor filed for Chapter 11 relief on May 12, intending to stop
the daily withdrawals, stabilize operations, restructure debt, and
continue operating while proposing a plan of reorganization.

                  About RogueFox Entertainment LLC

RogueFox Entertainment, LLC operates a combined bar and arcade in
North Hollywood, California.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Cal. Case No. 26-02058) on May 12,
2026, with between $100,001 and $500,000 in both assets and
liabilities.

Kit James Gardner, Esq., at the Law Offices of Kit J. Gardner,
represents the Debtor as bankruptcy counsel.


ROTARY AIRLOCK: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in Illinois
-------------------------------------------------------
On May 20, 2026, Rotary Airlock, LLC filed for Chapter 11
protection in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District
of Illinois. According to court filings, the Debtor reports between
$10 million and $50 million in liabilities and indicates that funds
will be available for distribution to unsecured creditors.

A meeting of creditors under Section 341(a) meeting to be held on
June 25, 2026 at 01:30 PM at Appear by Telephone: (888) 330-1716
Passcode: 9375845.

                About Rotary Airlock, LLC

Rotary Airlock, LLC is a Rock Falls, Illinois-based manufacturer of
rotary valves and related material-handling equipment used in
industrial processing applications. The company serves customers
across a variety of industries requiring bulk material handling and
flow-control solutions.

Rotary Airlock, LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 26-80841) on May 20, 2026. In its
petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets of $10 million to $50
million and estimated liabilities of $10 million to $50 million.

The Debtor is represented by David K. Welch, Esq. of Burke, Warren,
MacKay & Serritella, P.C.


SAKS GLOBAL: Louis Vuitton, Ex-Chair Challenge Chapter 11 Plan
--------------------------------------------------------------
Alex Wolf of Bloomberg Law reports that Saks Global Enterprises
LLC’s Chapter 11 reorganization plan has drawn objections from
several parties, including Louis Vuitton, which alleges the luxury
retailer has outstanding contract defaults. The challenges add
complexity to Saks’ efforts to finalize its restructuring
framework.

Former CEO Richard Baker also objected to the plan, telling the
Delaware court that it fails to preserve indemnification rights he
secured in a separation agreement tied to Saks’ earlier
bankruptcy filing. Baker argued that eliminating such protections
would unfairly expose him to litigation risk, the report relays.

According to Baker’s filing, the plan's treatment of his rights
violates negotiated terms that were intended to shield him from
post-employment liability. Saks Global must now address both
commercial and governance-related objections as it seeks approval
of its reorganization, according to Bloomberg.

            About Saks Global Enterprises LLC

Saks Global is the largest multi-brand luxury retailer in the
world, comprising Saks Fifth Avenue, Neiman Marcus, Bergdorf
Goodman, Saks OFF 5TH, Last Call and Horchow. Its retail portfolio
includes 70 full-line luxury locations, additional off-price
locations and five distinct e-commerce experiences. With talented
colleagues focused on delivering on our strategic vision, The Art
of You, Saks Global is redefining luxury shopping by offering each
customer a personalized experience that is unmistakably their own.
By leveraging the most comprehensive luxury customer data platform
in North America, cutting-edge technology, and strong partnerships
with the world's most esteemed brands, Saks Global is shaping the
future of luxury retail.

Saks Global Properties & Investments includes Saks Fifth Avenue and
Neiman Marcus flagship properties and represents nearly 13 million
square feet of prime U.S. real estate holdings and investments in
luxury markets.

On Jan. 13, 2026, and Jan. 14, 2026, Saks Global Enterprises, LLC
and 112 affiliated debtors filed voluntary petitions for relief
under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D.
Texas Lead Case No. 26-90103). The jointly administered cases are
pending before the Honorable Alfredo R. Perez.

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP and Haynes and Boone, LLP are serving
as legal counsel, PJT Partners LP is serving as an
investmentbanker, Berkeley Research Group is serving as the
financial advisor, and C Street Advisory Group is serving as a
strategic communications advisor to the Company. Stretto is the
claim agent.

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP is serving as legal
counsel, Lazard Freres & Co, LLC is serving as investment banker,
FTI Consulting, Inc. is serving as financial advisor, and Kekst and
Company, Inc., is serving as a strategic communications advisor
toan ad hoc group of debt holders. Hilco Global Professional
Services, LLC, is the real property advisor to the Ad Hoc Group.

Bank of America, N.A., is the administrative agent and collateral
agent under the $1.5 billion asset-based revolving credit
facility.

U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, is the
administrative agent and collateral agent under the $2.56 billion
SGUS DIP Facility, a term loan facility with new money and roll-up
components. U.S. Bank is also the agent under the $1.75 billion
OpCo DIP Facility, a term loan facility to be used for refinancing
existing debt.

Barclays Bank, PLC serves as the fronting lender of the SGUS First
Out DIP Loans.  It is advised by Dentons US LLP.

Otterbourg P.C., Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, and Norton Rose
Fulbright US LLP serves as counsel to the ABL DIP Agent; M3
Advisory Partners, LP, is the financial advisor to the ABL DIP
Agent; and Great American serves as its inventory valuation
consultant.

Seward & Kissel LLP serves as counsel to the SGUS DIP Agent.

On January 27, 2026, the U.S. Trustee for Region 7 appointed an
official committee to represent unsecured creditors in the Debtors'
Chapter 11 cases.


SECURETECH INNOVATIONS: Gary Cheng CPA Raises Going Concern Doubt
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Securetech Innovations, Inc. filed its Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 with the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission earlier this year. The audited
report contains a blunt warning: conditions exist that raise
substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going
concern.

The Company reported a net profit of $203,298 for the year ended
December 31, 2025, compared with a net loss of $409,440 for 2024.
The Company generated total revenue of $7,720,757 in 2025, compared
to revenue of $14,235 in 2024.

Going Concern

Hong Kong-based Gary Cheng CPA Limited, the Company's auditor since
2025, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated
March 24, 2026, attached to the Company's Annual Report for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, citing that the Company has
incurred negative cash flows from operating activities over the
past two years and has an accumulated deficit which raises
substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going
concern.

Historically, the Company has experienced negative cash flows from
operations. As of December 31, 2025, however, the Company reported
net income attributable to shareholders of $112,777 for the fiscal
year and positive gross profit of $1,902,259. Cash and cash
equivalents totaled $233,825 as of December 31, 2025, compared to
no cash and cash equivalents balance as of December 31, 2024.

Despite these improvements, the Company's ability to continue as a
going concern is dependent upon successfully executing its growth
strategy, maintaining profitability, and securing additional
financing to fund working capital requirements and strategic
initiatives. Current liabilities of $6,372,234 exceed cash on hand,
and management anticipates the need for bridge financing,
longer‑term debt facilities, and/or equity issuances to support
operations, planned uplisting to a national exchange, and the
spin‑off of Top Kontrol.

These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability
to continue as a going concern withinthe next 12 months. Management
is actively pursuing financing arrangements and implementing cost
controls to mitigate these uncertainties.

A full text copy of the Company's Form 10-K is available at
http://tiny.cc/ju64101

             About SecureTech Innovations

SecureTech Innovations, Inc. is a technology-driven Company focused
on developing and commercializing artificial intelligence–driven
manufacturing systems, blockchain‑based digital infrastructure,
and innovative automotive safety technologies.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $18,889,616 in total
assets, $7,115,144 in total liabilities, and $11,774,472 in total
stockholders' equity.


SENIOR SERVICES: Case Summary & Six Unsecured Creditors
-------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Senior Services Center of Will County, Inc.
        251 North Center St.
        Joliet, IL 60435

Business Description: Senior Services Center of Will County,
operating as Will County Seniors, is a non-profit organization
incorporated in 1966 and based in Romeoville, Illinois, with an
office in Joliet. The organization connects people over 60 with
resources, information, services, and programs. Its services
include Choices for Care, Adult Protective Services, the
Community Care Program, the Caregiver Program, and care for
seniors living independently.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 29, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Northern District of Illinois

Case No.: 26-09222

Judge: Hon. Daniel R Fine

Debtor's Counsel: Ben Schneider, Esq.
                  THE LAW OFFICES OF SCHNEIDER AND STONE
                  8424 Skokie Blvd Suite 200
                  Skokie, IL 60077
                  Tel: (847) 933-0300
                  E-mail: ben@windycitylawgroup.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Sheila Pardo as CEO.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's five unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/WURJF7I/Senior_Services_Center_of_Will__ilnbke-26-09222__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


SERVICOM LLC: Court Okays Settlement Agreement with Coral, et al.
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Chief Judge Ann M. Nevins of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Connecticut approved the Settlement and Release
Agreement between and among Barbara H. Katz, Chapter 7 Trustee for
Servicom, LLC, JNET Communications, LLC, and Vitel Communications,
LLC ("Debtors"); Coral Capital Solutions LLC; VFI KR SPE I, LLC;
and David Jefferson and Eugene Caldwell.

Coral alleged the Debtors owed it $3,152,850.86, excluding
attorneys' fees and costs, based upon a secured claim arising from
certain pre- and post-petition factoring agreements.

Chapter 7 Trustee Barbara H. Katz, Coral, creditor VFI KR SPE I,
LLC, and interested parties Rev. Dr. David Jefferson and Mr. Eugene
Caldwell have been embroiled in a years-long legal dispute
regarding the nature, extent, priority and enforceability of
Coral's assertion of secured claims against the bankruptcy estates
and numerous collateral issues that flowed from Coral's litigation
stance. Some of the Mediation Parties also disputed the validity,
extent, priority and enforceability of the VFI and J&C claims.

After the Court entered a Memorandum of Decision and Order
Determining Amount of Coral's Pre-Petition and Post-Petition
Factoring Agreement Claims and Pre-Petition Term Loan Claim and
after a lengthy, sustained mediation effort by court-appointed
mediator Bankruptcy Judge James Tancredi, the Trustee seeks
authority pursuant to Fed.R.Bankr.P. 9019(a) to enter into a
substantial global settlement agreement. The Settlement and Release
Agreement would result $0 being paid to Coral for its $3,152,850.86
claim, and instead Coral will pay $2,468,995.42 to the other
Mediation Parties. The three pending adversary proceedings among
these parties (19-3005, 19-3006, and 22-3010) would be dismissed,
as well as all pending District Court appeals. The Trustee would
make substantial distributions on account of allowed claims to VFI
and J&C.

Based on the record in this case and the representations that Coral
is paying $1,350,000 to compensate the other Mediation Parties for
their attorneys' fees; and that Coral's counsel is providing Coral
with a financial accommodation, the Court concludes the payment is
a sufficient monetary resolution to any further exercise of the
Court's inherent power and duty to enforce Fed.R.Bankr.P. 9011,
Fed.R.Civ.P. 11, and 28 U.S.C. Sec. 1927. In reaching this
determination the Court gave significant weight to the request made
by each of the other Mediation Parties that the Settlement and
Release Agreement be approved and that the $1,350,000 payment (of
$450,000 to each) would be an appropriate and complete resolution
of their particular claims against Coral or its counsel.

A copy of the Court's Memorandum of Decision dated May 22, 2026, is
available at http://urlcurt.com/u?l=5Nd51D

                  About ServiCom LLC, et al.

JNET Communications LLC is a Delaware limited liability company
that provides over all management and administrative functions as
the holding company for ServiCom LLC and Vitel Communications LLC.
JNET, in conjunction with its subsidiaries, constitutes a full
service, outsource provider of customer contact management and
telecommunication infrastructure fulfillment services to Fortune
1000 companies.  JNET was founded in July 2003 by David Jefferson,
a former senior executive of Comcast Corporation and AT&T
Corporation.  

JNET has grown significantly since its founding. JNET realized on a
consolidated basis $80 million in revenues in 2017 and is on track
to generate revenues of $70 million in 2018 largely from its two
separate but complementary subsidiaries, ServiCom and Vitel. As of
the Petition Date, JNET independently employs approximately 31
people.

ServiCom provides a comprehensive suite of call center outsourcing
services to a broad range of industries. ServiCom maintains its
principal assets and operates a call center location in Milford,
CT. ServiCom also operates a call center location in Machesney
Park, IL.  As of the Petition Date, ServiCom employs approximately
200 people.

Vitel provides installation and construction related services and
other customer management services to cable and telecom companies,
including installation of cable and telephone equipment, high speed
data and digital phone installation, multiple dwelling unit
construction and customer save services. Vitel currently operates
in Georgia, Maryland, New Jersey, Ohio and Texas.  As of the
Petition Date, Vitel employs approximately 25 people.  

ServiCom Canada is a limited company organized in Nova Scotia,
Canada, that is wholly owned by ServiCom.  ServiCom Canada
maintains its principal assets and operates a call center location
in Sydney, Nova Scotia, from which location ServiCom Canada
primarily serves the clients of its ServiCom parent.  As of the
ServiCom Canada Petition Date, ServiCom Canada employs
approximately 600 people.   

After suffering significant losses in 2017 and 2018, ServiCom LLC,
JNET Communications LLC, and Vitel Communications LLC concurrently
filed Chapter 11 petitions (Bankr. D. Conn. Case Nos. 18-31722 to
18-31724) on Oct. 19, 2018, each estimating $10 million to $50
million in assets and liabilities.  

Another affiliate, ServiCom Canada Limited, filed a Chapter 11
petition (Bankr. D. Conn. Case No. 18-31734) on Oct. 23, 2018,
estimating assets of $500,000 to $1 million and liabilities of $1
million to $10 million.

Zeisler and Zeisler, led by James Berman, serves as counsel to the
Debtors.

After an early December 2018 shutdown of operations and a
mid-December 2018 auction of the Debtor's assets, the Court
converted the Chapter 11 case to a Chapter 7 case on Jan. 16, 2019.


SHANNON WIND: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to Aug. 24
---------------------------------------------------------
Shannon Wind, LLC asked the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern
District of Texas to extend its exclusivity periods to file a plan
of reorganization and obtain acceptance thereof to Aug. 24 and Oct.
23, 2026, respectively.

The Debtor explains that there is no question that this Chapter 11
Case is large and extremely complex. As indicated in the Notice of
Designation as Complex Case, the Debtor has a total debt of more
than $110 million, and numerous parties in interest in the Chapter
11 Case. Accordingly, the Debtor submits that the size, complexity,
and the breadth of financial and legal issues involved in this
Chapter 11 case weigh in favor of extending the Exclusivity
Periods.

Since the Petition Date, the Debtor has made substantial progress
in negotiating with its respective stakeholders and administering
this Chapter 11 Case. Notwithstanding the Debtor's material
developments and substantial progress since the Petition Date, the
administration of this Chapter 11 Case as well as the confirmation
and implementation of the Plan will require additional time and
effort. Accordingly, such circumstances support granting the
Debtor's requested extension of the Exclusivity Periods.

The Debtor claims that it is working towards confirmation of the
Plan, which maximizes the value of the Debtor's estate for all
stakeholders. The Debtor has engaged with key stakeholders
regarding a variety of issues in this Chapter 11 Case and is not
seeking an extension of the Exclusivity Periods as a tactic to
exert pressure on their creditors.

Rather, the Debtor, in good faith, requests an extension of the
Exclusivity Periods to provide a sufficient, flexible window in
which to conclude the orderly and efficient chapter 11 process,
including by continuing negotiations with creditors to confirm the
Plan to successfully exit this Chapter 11 Case without the
disruption and distraction that would otherwise be created by
competing chapter 11 plan proposals.

The Debtor seeks to preserve exclusivity to ensure that parties
with competing interests do not obstruct its efforts to confirm a
plan that maximizes value for all interested parties. Extending the
Exclusivity Periods will benefit all creditors by avoiding the
significant expenditure of time and resources that inevitably
results when multiple parties with potentially diverging interests
vie for the consideration of their own respective plans.

The Debtor asserts that approximately four months have elapsed
since the Petition Date, and this is the Debtor's first request for
an extension of the Exclusivity Periods. As noted, during the brief
pendency of this Chapter 11 Case, the Debtor made significant
progress towards a sale of substantially all of its assets and
confirmation of the Plan.

The Debtor further asserts that it is progressing substantially
along the currently proposed timeline and expects to have approval
of the sale of substantially all the Debtor's assets and
confirmation of the Plan in the coming weeks. Considering the
resources of the Debtor's estate that have already been spent on
preparing and commencing solicitation of the Plan, the filing of a
competing plan or plans during this time would force the Debtor to
fend off alternative chapter 11 plan proposals instead of focusing
its efforts on maximizing the recovery of all stakeholders.

Shannon Wind, LLC is represented by:

     BRADLEY ARANT BOULT CUMMINGS LLP
     Jarrod B. Martin, Esq.
     Michael K. Riordan, Esq.
     600 Travis Street, Suite 5600
     Houston, Texas 77060
     Telephone: (713) 576- 0300
     Facsimile: (713) 547-0301
     Email: jbmartin@bradley.com
            mriordan@bradley.com

     -and-

     James Bailey, Esq.
     1819 Fifth Avenue N.
     Birmingham, AL 35203
     Telephone: (205) 521-8000
     Facsimile: (205) 488-6913
     Email: jbailey@bradley.com

     –and-

     Alexandra E. Dugan, Esq.
     1221 Broadway, Suite 2400
     Nashville, TN 37203
     Telephone: (615) 252-4638
     Facsimile: (615) 252-4705
     Email: adugan@bradley.com

                      About Shannon Wind LLC

Shannon Wind LLC develops and owns the Shannon Wind project, a
utility-scale wind farm in Clay County, Texas, generating
approximately 204 megawatts of electricity from wind turbines. The
Company manages construction, commercial operations, and overall
project oversight for the renewable energy facility.

Shannon Wind, LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Texas Case No. 26-90124) on January
25, 2026. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets and
liabilities between $100 million and $500 million.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Alfredo R. Perez handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Jarrod B. Martin, Esq. of Bradley
Arant Boult Cummings, LLP. The Debtor's financial advisor is
Accordion Partners, LLC, its investment banker is Nomura Securities
International, Inc., its valuator is KPMG LLP. The Debtor's
notices, claims, solicitation and balloting agent and
administrative advisor is Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC doing
business as Verita Global.


SILENT HERO: Class 8 Unsecured Claims to Split $60K in Joint Plan
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Silent Hero LLC and Donwan and Jahayra Harrell filed with the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of New Jersey a Joint Plan of
Reorganization for Small Business dated May 21, 2026.

Silent Hero is a professional corporation organized under the laws
of New Jersey. The Individual Debtors are the owners of Silent
Hero.

Silent Hero is a screen-printing company which makes custom art
shirts and pants for schools, restaurants and any other party who
needs customized clothing. Silent Hero also does embroidery work
and prints on a variety of other fabrics and materials. Lastly,
Silent Hero also does a heat transfer form of printing on cert
garments.

The Debtors propose to pay the holders of all allowed
administrative claims in full on the later of (i) the Effective
Date of the Plan; (ii) allowance of the claim(s) or (iii) in
accordance with any agreement between the Debtors and the holder(s)
of the claim(s).

Silent Hero proposes to pay the allowed priority tax claim of the
Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") in the amount of $14,251.62,
over five years at 6.5% interest, in monthly installments of
$278.85. Silent Hero proposes to pay the allowed priority tax claim
of the State of New Jersey Division of Taxation (the "State of NJ")
in the amount of $9,500.00, over five years at 6.5% interest, in
monthly installments of $185.88. Silent Hero proposes to pay the
allowed priority tax claim of the New Jersey Department of Labor,
Employer Accounts (the "NJ DOL") in the amount of $603.34, over
five years at 6.5% interest, in monthly installments of $11.81.

The Individual Debtors propose to pay the allowed priority tax
claim(s) of the State of NJ against the Individual Debtors in the
amount of $189,659.36, over five years at 6.5% interest, in monthly
installments of $3,710.90. The individual Debtors propose to pay
the allowed priority tax claim of the Internal Revenue Service (the
"IRS") against the Individual Debtors in the amount of $144,966.94,
over five years at 6.5% interest, in monthly installments of
$2,836.44. The individual Debtors propose to pay the allowed
priority tax claim of the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS")
against the Individual Debtors in the amount of $184,898.64, over
five years at 6.5% interest, in monthly installments of $3,617.75.

Silent Hero's property is covered by a security interests held by
the US Small Business Administration ("SBA"). Silent Hero proposes
to pay the secured portion of the SBA's claim by paying $59,299.00
over a 120-month term, in 120 monthly installments of $494.16. The
Debtors propose to treat the balance of the SBA's claim as general
unsecured claims. Silent Hero also owns a 2024 Mimaki TxF300-75
Printer with 32" Shaker Combo which is covered by a lien held by
Channel Partners Capital, LLC.

Silent Hero proposes to pay the secured portion of Channel's claim
by paying $36,851.85 over a 120-month term, in 120 monthly
installments of $307.10. Silent Hero also owns a BEKYS1502CII 2HD
SERVO Machine which is covered by a lien held by First Citizens
Bank & Trust. Silent Hero proposes to pay the secured portion of
Channel's claim by paying $6,033.97 over a 120-month term, in 120
monthly installments of $50.28.

The Individual Debtors propose to repay the allowed secured claim
of Haven Savings Bank, which is secured by the mortgage covering
their residence located at 135 79th Street, North Bergen, New
Jersey 07047, in compliance with the notes, mortgage and/or other
loan documents forming the basis of the claim, and will cure the
arrears due and owing to Haven by paying $52,516.59 over a
120-month term, in 120 monthly installments of $437.64. The
Individual Debtors propose to repay the allowed secured claim of
PNC Bank National Association, which is secured by a second
position mortgage covering their residence located at 135 79th
Street, North Bergen, New Jersey 07047, in compliance with the
notes, mortgage and/or other loan documents forming the basis of
the claim, and will cure the arrears due and owing to PNC by paying
$33,977.22 over a one hundred twenty-month term, in 120 monthly
installments of $283.14.

The Individual Debtors propose to repay the allowed secured claim
of Santander Consumer USA Inc. d/b/a Chrysler Capital which is
secured by a lien that Santander has on one of the vehicles owned
by the Individual Debtors, a 2020 Dodge TR Durango by paying the
secured portion of the Santander's claim by paying $5,438.92 over a
120-month term, in 120 monthly installments of $45.32. The Debtors
propose to treat the balance of the Santander's claim as general
unsecured claims.

Silent Hero proposes to treat all other allowed claims against
Silent Hero, including any deficiency claims of the Secured
Creditors and any other holder of an allowed claim secured by
property of Silent Hero, as general unsecured claims against Silent
Hero under Bankruptcy Code Sec. 506(a). Silent Hero will distribute
the amount of $60,000.00 over a 120-month period, in 120 monthly
payments of $500.00, toward the holders of general unsecured
claims; the holders of such claims will share in the fund pro
rata.

The Individual Debtors propose to treat all other allowed claims
against the Individual Debtors as general unsecured claims against
the Individual Debtors under Bankruptcy Code Sec. 506(a). The
Individual Debtors will distribute the amount of $30,000.00 over a
one-hundred twenty-month period, in 120 monthly payments of $250.00
toward the holders of general unsecured claims; the holders of such
claims will share in the fund pro rata.

Class 8 consists of Allowed Unsecured Claims against Silent Hero.
Claimants to share pro rata in a total fund of $60,000.00.
Commencing 120 days after the Effective Date, for a period of 120
months, the Debtors will make the monthly payments in the amount of
$500.00 toward the fund for payment of Class 8 Claims. The Debtors
propose to distribute the fund to the holders of allowed Class 8
claims monthly. However, if the monthly payment due any holder of
an allowed Class 8 Claim from the fund is less than $100.00, the
Debtors may elect to distribute the full amount of the claimant's
share of the fund in a single payment. This Class is impaired.

Class 9 consists of Allowed General Unsecured Claims Against
Individual Debtors. Claimants to share pro rata in a total fund of
$30,000.00. Commencing 120 days after the Effective Date, for a
period of 120 months, the Debtors will make the monthly payments in
the amount of $250.00 toward the fund for payment of Class 9
Claims. The Debtors propose to distribute the fund to the holders
of allowed Class 9 claims monthly. However, if the monthly payment
due any holder of an allowed Class 9 Claim from the fund is less
than $10.00, the Debtors may elect to distribute the full amount of
the claimant’s share of the fund in a single payment.

Silent Hero will fund the payments toward the unclassified priority
tax claims against it and the payments to Classes 1, 2, 3 and 8 by
contributing post-confirmation income realized through its
operations.

The Individual Debtors will fund the payments to the unclassified
claims priority tax claims against them and the payments to Classes
4, 5, 6 and 9 by contributing post-confirmation income realized
through their employment.

A full-text copy of the Joint Plan dated May 21, 2026 is available
at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=Y4NYmE from PacerMonitor.com at no
charge.

Counsel to the Debtors:

     NORGAARD O'BOYLE
     Brian G. Hannon, Esq.
     184 Grand Avenue
     Englewood, NJ 07631
     Tel: (201) 871-1333

                       About Silent Hero LLC

Silent Hero, LLC owns and operates Artmeetschaos, an online apparel
brand offering streetwear, hoodies, T-shirts, hats, and other
clothing items primarily through e-commerce, supported by
industrial embroidery and garment customization equipment and
marketed under the registered Artmeetschaos trademark.

Silent Hero sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. Case No. 26-11893) on Feb. 20, 2026.  In its petition,
the Debtor listed assets between $50,001 and $100,000 and
liabilities between $1 million and $10 million.

The Debtor is represented by the Law Office of Norgaard O'Boyle.


SILVER STAR: Case Summary & 16 Unsecured Creditors
--------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Silver Star Virginia Parkway LLC
        2870 Virginia Parkway
        Mckinney, TX 75071

Business Description: Silver Star Virginia Parkway LLC, doing
                      business as Silver Star Storage, is a real
                      estate company that owns and operates a
                      self-storage facility in McKinney, Texas, as
                      its sole asset.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 28, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Northern District of Texas

Case No.: 26-42315

Judge: Hon. Mark X Mullin

Debtor's Counsel: Robert T DeMarco, Esq.
                  DEMARCO MITCHELL, PLLC
                  500 N. Central Expressway Suite 500
                  Plano, TX 75074
                  Tel: (972) 991-5591
                  E-mail: robert@demarcomitchell.com

Total Assets: $7,650,856

Total Liabilities: $5,982,406

The petition was signed by David T. Wheeler as president of Silver
Star Property Management, Manager of the Debtor.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's 16 unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/AQNGGNA/Silver_Star_Virginia_Parkway_LLC__txnbke-26-42315__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


SIX RIVERS: Awarded $75,364 on Declaratory Judgment Counterclaim
----------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Peter G. Cary of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District
of Maine ruled in favor of Six Rivers Construction, LLC and Byron
Bouchard on all counts alleged by John and Hope Bilodeau in the
adversary proceeding captioned as JOHN BILODEAU and HOPE BILODEAU,
Plaintiffs and Counter-Defendants, v. SIX RIVERS CONSTRUCTION, LLC,
Defendant and Counter-Plaintiff, and BYRON BOUCHARD, Defendant,
Adv. Pro. No. 25-02001 (Bankr. D. Me.).

Six Rivers is a construction company wholly owned by Mr. Bouchard.

In November 2023, the Bilodeaus approached Ryan Kenney, then a
Project Manager for Six Rivers, to discuss constructing an addition
to their existing home, located in Brunswick, Maine.

Following that meeting, the Bilodeaus contracted with a third
party, Distinctive Design, to develop plans for the Project. On
April 17, 2024, Six Rivers provided the Bilodeaus with a
proposal listing costs for various phases of the Project. The
construction costs totaled $455,766, which included a "15% Overhead
and Markup". The Proposal required a 33% deposit and provided for
monthly invoicing as the Project commenced. The Proposal
established a spring 2024 start date but did not include a deadline
for completion.

On April 18, 2024, the Bilodeaus signed the Construction Agreement
and paid the Deposit in the amount of $151,922.00. The Contract
provided that Six Rivers would invoice the Bilodeaus monthly for
work that had been completed and for materials stored on site. It
did not establish a specific start or end date; merely that work
would commence and finish in accordance with the "Substantial
Completion and Final Completion date" identified in the "Project
Schedule". Pursuant to the terms of the Contract, Six Rivers was
not responsible for delays beyond its reasonable control.

As of July 12, 2024, work still had not commenced. The Bilodeaus
requested a meeting to discuss scheduling. During that meeting, Mr.
Bouchard informed the Bilodeaus that Six Rivers would be filing a
petition for relief under Subchapter V of the United States
Bankruptcy Code. The Bilodeaus allege that Mr. Bouchard also told
them during the First Meeting that: (a) Six Rivers would be relying
more heavily on subcontractors as it reduced its workforce and sold
off equipment; and (b) they would need to pay vendors directly,
notwithstanding the terms of the Contract. Mr. Bouchard concedes
that he told the Bilodeaus that he had lost some employees but
denies that he told them that Six Rivers was incapable of
completing the Project unless they paid vendors directly.

On July 17, 2024, the Bilodeaus e-mailed Mr. Bouchard and Mr.
Kenney, stating that they no longer felt comfortable moving forward
on the Project. Six Rivers did not perform any
further work under the Contract after the e-mail, nor did it return
the Deposit. The Bilodeaus did not pay any further sums to Six
Rivers.

The Bilodeaus seek judgment on their February 5, 2025 Amended
Complaint against Six Rivers for breach of contract (Count II) and
nondischargeability pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Sec. 523(a)(2)(A)) (Count
VI), and against both Six Rivers and Byron Bouchard for unjust
enrichment (Count III) and intentional misrepresentation (Count
IV). Six Rivers asserts counterclaims for breach of contract
(Counterclaim I) and declaratory judgment (Counterclaim II).

                     Breach of Contract Claims

The Court finds neither Six Rivers nor the Bilodeaus successfully
established a claim for breach of contract. Six Rivers argues that
the Bilodeaus breached the Contract by terminating it, but the
Contract explicitly allowed for termination in two ways: either for
cause or for convenience. To terminate for cause, the Bilodeaus
were required to establish that Six Rivers materially breached the
Contract, provide written notice of that material breach to Six
Rivers, and allow Six Rivers seven days to cure. The Bilodeaus did
not meet their burden of proving that Six Rivers breached the
Contract and, therefore, they could not have terminated for cause.
Therefore, they must have terminated under the "for convenience"
provision. According to the Court, since the Contract explicitly
provided for termination under either scenario, however, the
Bilodeaus did not breach simply by terminating the Contract and Six
Rivers' counterclaim fails.

The Bilodeaus contend that Six Rivers breached the contract when
Mr. Bouchard told the Bilodeaus that they would be paying vendors
directly and Six Rivers would rely on more subcontractors to
complete the Project. Even if Mr. Bouchard made these statements on
July 12, 2024 -- and it is not clear that he did -- they do not
give rise to a breach of contract claim. The Court is not convinced
that Mr. Bouchard told the Bilodeaus that the Project could not be
completed unless the payment terms changed.

According to the Court, regardless, a statement about a change in
contract terms does not constitute "nonperformance" of an
obligation. Six Rivers did not delay commencement of work pending a
change in payment terms, invoice the Bilodeaus in a manner
inconsistent with the Contract terms, direct a vendor to seek
payment directly from the Bilodeaus, demand that the Bilodeaus sign
a modified contract, or otherwise take any action, or refuse to
take an action, inconsistent with the terms of the Contract.

                      Unjust Enrichment Claim

The Court says the Bilodeaus are barred under Maine law from
asserting claim for unjust enrichment against Six Rivers because it
arises out of a transaction governed by a valid, binding contract.


As to Mr. Bouchard, the Bilodeaus allege that he was unjustly
enriched by the Deposit because he continued to receive regular
paychecks and owner withdrawals after April 18, 2024. The Court
finds the Bilodeaus have not established valid unjust enrichment
claims against either Six Rivers or Mr. Bouchard.

Judge Cary explains, "In this instance, the Bilodeaus failed to
establish that they conferred a benefit on Mr. Bouchard. They paid
the Deposit to Six Rivers, which is a separate legal entity with
its own bank account. The fact that Mr. Bouchard received a regular
paycheck from the commingled funds in that account, or that Mr.
Bouchard took owner withdrawals in the form of payments to his
mortgage company, is insufficient to establish that the Bilodeaus
conferred a benefit on him. Having made no effort to pierce the
corporate veil, the Bilodeaus' claim against Mr. Bouchard for
unjust enrichment fails."

                 Intentional Misrepresentation and
                     Nondischargeability Claims

At issue in this case are representations made by Mr. Bouchard
before and on April 18, 2024 that: (a) Six Rivers could complete
the Project by October 2024; (2) the Bilodeaus would
be invoiced monthly for completed work and materials stored on
site; and (3) Six Rivers employees would perform the majority of
the work and subcontractors would be hired solely to perform
electrical, plumbing and some finish work.

Based on Mr. Bouchard's credible testimony, the Court finds it
likely that Six Rivers was ready, willing, and able at all relevant
times to complete the Project by October 2024 and in
accordance with the original Contract terms.

The Bilodeaus argue that Mr. Bouchard knew or should have known in
March of 2024 that Six Rivers' financial difficulties precluded the
company from performing in accordance with his representations. Mr.
Bouchard conceded that cash flow was tight but maintains that Six
Rivers fully intended to perform the Contract. While Six Rivers had
consulted a bankruptcy attorney in 2023, both Mr. Bouchard and Mr.
Kenney testified that bankruptcy relief did not appear necessary at
the time. In the spring of 2024, Six Rivers expected to commence
several large commercial projects and borrowed money from a
short-term lender to bridge the financial gap until that work
commenced. The projects failed to materialize, however, and in mid-
to lateJune, Six Rivers began, once again, to consider bankruptcy
relief. Six Rivers filed its petition on August 6, 2024.

The Court finds the Bilodeaus failed to meet their burden of
establishing that Mr. Bouchard and Six Rivers knew, or should have
known, at the time the Bilodeaus entered into the Contract that Six
Rivers was incapable of completing the Project in accordance with
the terms discussed among the parties.

The Bilodeaus contend that Mr. Bouchard and Six Rivers should have
known that Six Rivers would need to rely more heavily on
subcontractors because it had reduced its workforce and sold off
equipment. While Mr. Bouchard concedes that Six Rivers may have
eventually relied upon more subcontractors, nothing in the record
indicates Six Rivers planned to use extra subcontractors when the
Bilodeaus signed the Contract on April 18, 2024. The Court finds
the Bilodeaus did not establish either (a) when Six Rivers began
reducing its workforce and selling off equipment, or (b) the scope
of that restructuring.

                      Declaratory Judgment

In Count II of its Counterclaim, Six Rivers seeks a declaration as
to the parties' rights relative to the Deposit. Six Rivers asserts,
and the Court agrees, that it is entitled to retain $75,364.90 of
the Deposit. That figure includes $68,364.90 representing 15% of
the total Project price for Overhead and Markup for work that
remained to be done at termination. The remaining $7,000 is for
permit-related work pursuant Mr. Bouchard's uncontroverted
testimony that Six Rivers had completed the pre-construction
portion of the Project. The Court further declares that the
Bilodeaus have an unsecured claim of $76,557.10 for the remainder
of the Deposit.

The Court will enter judgment against the Bilodeaus on all of their
surviving counts. Further, judgment will enter against Six Rivers
on its counterclaim for breach of contract. On the declaratory
judgment counterclaim, the Court will award Six Rivers $75,364.00.
The Bilodeaus will be awarded an allowed, unsecured claim against
the Six Rivers bankruptcy estate in the amount of $76,557.10.

A copy of the Court's Memorandum of Decision dated May 29, 2026, is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=qfaRv6 from PacerMonitor.com.

                  About Six Rivers Construction

Six Rivers Construction offers construction services for
residential and commercial projects.

Six Rivers Construction filed its voluntary petition for relief
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Maine Case No.
24-20164) on Aug. 6, 2024, listing $1 million to $10 million in
both assets and liabilities.  The petition was signed by Byron
Bouchard as managing member.

Judge Peter G. Cary presides over the case.

Tanya Sambatakos, Esq., at Molleur Law Firm, is the Debtor's
bankruptcy counsel.


SJ HOLDINGS: Seeks to Sell Memphis Property at Auction
------------------------------------------------------
SJ Holdings Group LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Eastern District of New York to sell Property at auction,
free and clear of liens, claims, interests, and encumbrances.

The Debtor seeks to sell real properties, improvements and related
assets collectively known as "Walden
Pointe Apartments," a 379-unit apartment complex, located in
Memphis, Tennessee.

The sale of the Property and the Landlord Claims shall be conducted
by Thomas A. Draghi (Plan Administrator).

Important Dates and Deadline:

   -- July 17, 2026 at 5:00 p.m. (ET)/4:00 p.m. CT) - Bid Deadline
   -- July 29, 2026 at 5:00 p.m. (ET)/4:00 p.m. CT)
   -- August 5, 2026 at 11:00 a.m. (ET)/10:00 a.m. (CT) - Auction
   -- August 7, 2026 at 5:00 p.m. (ET)/4:00 p.m. CT) - Deadline to
File and Serve Notice of Successful Bidder
   -- August 12, 2026 at 11:00 a.m. (ET)/10:00 a.m. (CT) Sale
Hearing
   -- No later than 21 days after entry of the Sale Order - Sale
Closing

The sale of the Property and the Landlord Claims shall be free and
clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances, equities and interests,
of any nature or kind.

Any potential bidder, other than the Secured Creditor, who wishes
to submit a bid with respect to the Property must demonstrate to
the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator.

The opening bid at the Auction shall be the amount of the highest
and best Qualified Bid received by the Bid Deadline, as determined
by the Plan Administrator, in consultation with the Broker and the
Plan Proponent, with
subsequent bids to be made in $25,000.00 increments, or in such
increments as determined by the Plan Administrator, in consultation
with the Plan Proponent.

The Secured Creditor or its assignee may, but is not required to,
submit a credit bid, up to an amount to be determined, for the
Property and the Landlord Claims and pay any senior liens and
encumbrances at closing.

The Successful Bidder must pay the balance of the Purchase Price
for the Property and the Landlord Claims.

In the event that the Successful Bidder fails to tender the payment
of the balance of the Purchase Price on the Closing Date, or
otherwise perform any of its obligations under these Terms and
Conditions of Sale, the Plan Administrator, in consultation with
the Plan Proponent, will be authorized to sell the Property to
the Backup Bidder without any further notice.

The Property is being sold free and clear of all liens, claims, and
encumbrances.

                About SJ Holdings Group

SJ Holdings Group, LLC, doing business as Walden Pointe Apartments,
is the owner of certain real properties, improvements and related
assets known as "Walden Pointe Apartments," a 379-unit apartment
complex located in Memphis, Tennessee.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-42207) on May 7, 2025,
with up to $50,000 in assets and between $1 million and $10 million
in liabilities.

Judge Nancy Hershey Lord presides over the case.

Kevin J. Nash, at Goldberg Weprin Finkel Goldstein LLP, is the
Debtor's legal counsel.

A10 Commercial Mortgage Trust 2024-FLSN1, LLC, as secured creditor,
is represented by Paul Rubin, Esq. and Hanh Huynh, Esq., at Rubin,
LLC.


SLEEP NUMBER: Deloitte & Touche Raises Going Concern Doubt
----------------------------------------------------------
Sleep Number Corp. filed its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 with the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission earlier this year. The audited report contains
a blunt warning: conditions exist that raise substantial doubt
about its ability to continue as a going concern.

Based on the financial statements, the Company reported a net loss
of $131.96 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared
with a net loss of $20.33 million for 2024.  The Company generated
net sales of $1.41 billion in 2025, compared to a revenue of $1.68
billion in 2024.

Going Concern

Minneapolis, Minnesota-based Deloitte & Touche LLP, the Company's
auditor since 2023, issued a "going concern" qualification in its
report dated March 12, 2026, citing that the impending maturity of
the Company's credit facility, projections of noncompliance with
future debt covenants, and lack of liquidity raise substantial
doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.

The Company's financial statements have been prepared under the
assumption that the Company will continue as a going concern, which
contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of
liabilities in the normal course of business for the foreseeable
future.

Historically, the Company has relied principally on liquidity
generated from operating activities to fund its day-to-day
operations and service its debt. Over the past three years, the
Company has a history of net losses. For 2025, net loss was $132
million. Although the Company continues to pursue its turnaround
strategy "Sleep Number Shifts" -- centered on product, marketing
and distribution, as well as ongoing cost savings and operating
efficiencies, to reignite growth and increase financial resilience
-- the timing and realization of its turnaround strategy cannot be
guaranteed to ensure sufficient cash flow is generated to provide
liquidity to meet the Company's obligations.

In addition, the Company anticipates that it will not remain in
compliance with the financial covenants of its Credit Agreement for
the next 12 months. These conditions and events raise substantial
doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

Management's Plan

Management's plan to address the substantial doubt about the
Company's ability to continue as a going concern includes the
following actions:

     * Execute the Company's turnaround strategy centered on
product, marketing and distribution with ongoing cost savings and
operating efficiencies to reignite growth and increase financial
resilience;

     * Engage in negotiations with the lenders in its Credit
Agreement with the goal of amending or waiving financial covenants
and certain other provisions of its credit facility; and

     * Engaged financial advisors to assist in negotiating with the
lenders and identifying and securing additional capital options,
alternative financing arrangements, strategic alternatives, or
other comprehensive solutions to address the Company's capital
structure and leverage needs to return to growth and create
long-term value.

There can be no assurance of the Company's ability to realize these
plans. As a result, the Company has concluded that management's
plans do not alleviate substantial doubt about the Company's
ability to continue as a going concern for at least the next 12
months.

A full text copy of the Company's Form 10-K is available at
https://tinyurl.com/ymyxehkp

                   About Sleep Number Corp.

Sleep Number Corp., based in Minneapolis, Minnesota, is a leader in
personalized sleep wellness. Its mattresses are designed to evolve
with each sleeper to help them feel and perform their best. With
adjustable firmness, pressure-relieving support, and
temperature-balancing comfort built into every mattress, Sleep
Number beds adapt to customers' changing needs, night after night,
year after year.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $680.06 million in total
assets, $1.26 billion in total liabilities, and $578.48 million in
total shareholders' deficit.


SMITH CUSTOM: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for July 29
-----------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida, Tampa
Division is set to hold a hearing on July 29 to consider extending
Smith Custom Home Corporation's authority to use cash collateral.

The Debtor is currently authorized to use cash collateral pursuant
to the court's April 28 second interim order. This authorization
remains in effect until further order of the court.

Under the interim order, the Debtor is allowed to use its cash
collateral to pay operating expenses based on an approved budget,
which projects total operational expenses of $513,449 for the
period from March to August.

As adequate protection, the interim order granted secured creditors
including CT Corporation, Caymus Funding, Inc., and BizFund, LLC
replacement liens on cash collateral, with the same validity and
priority as their pre-petition liens.

Additional safeguards include insurance coverage, access to
financial records and regular financial reporting.

The order is available at
http://bankrupt.com/misc/SmithCustom_2ICCOrder.pdf

                About Smith Custom Home Corporation

Smith Custom Home Corporation, doing business as Maverick Design &
Construction, is a Florida-based residential construction company
headquartered in Tampa, Florida. Founded in 2017, it provides
custom home design, construction, and remodeling services across
the Tampa Bay area, emphasizing personalized project management and
client-driven home builds.

Smith Custom Home filed a petition under Chapter 11, Subchapter V
of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 26-01812) on
March 9, 2026, with $135,764 in assets and $2,476,493 in
liabilities. Marcus Smith, president of Smith Custom Home, signed
the petition.

Judge Caryl E. Delano oversees the case.

Buddy D. Ford, Esq., at Ford & Semach, P.A. represents the Debtor
as legal counsel.

Amy Denton Mayer of Stichter Riedel Blain & Postler, P.A. serves as
Subchapter V trustee for the Debtor.


SN TRANSPORT: Loses Bid to Stay Dismissal of Bankruptcy Case
------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Mildred Caban Flores of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Puerto Rico denied the motion of SN Transport Inc. to
stay the Bankruptcy Court's order dismissing the bankruptcy case
pending appeal.

Upon the United States Trustee's motion to dismiss, after notice
and a hearing, the Bankruptcy Court dismissed the present case for
cause pursuant Secs. 1112(b)(4)(E), (F), and (H) of the Bankruptcy
Code. The Debtor appealed the dismissal order to the United States
District Court for the District of Puerto Rico and requested a stay
pending appeal, which is opposed by the U.S. Trustee.

The U.S. Trustee requested the dismissal of the present case
pursuant Sec. 1112(b)(4)(F) and (H) for Debtor's failure to file
schedules and failure to provide the information requested by the
U.S. Trustee for the Initial Debtor Interview ("IDI"). Debtor
opposed U.S. Trustee's request for dismissal asserting, in summary,
that it had cured the deficiencies and that there was a reasonable
likelihood of rehabilitation, even though, to this day, it has not
filed its schedules.

At the hearing and supported by the case record, the U.S. Trustee
established and demonstrated that there was cause for the dismissal
of the case. The U.S. Trustee demonstrated that Debtor did not file
the schedules of the case as required by  Sec. 521(a)(1) nor
submitted the requested documents for the IDI meeting as required
by Sec. 521(a)(3). Moreover, the record showed that Debtor did not
comply with the Bankruptcy Court's order to coordinate with the
U.S. Trustee the IDI. Debtor and its counsel were not present at
the hearing on the U.S. Trustee's motion to dismiss, failing to
establish any valid defense pursuant to Sec. 1112(b)(2) for which
the motion to dismiss should not be granted. Accordingly, the case
was dismissed pursuant Secs. 1112(b)(4)(E), (F) and (H).

Judge Flores holds, "In the present case, Debtor is not likely to
succeed on the merits. Debtor asserts in its motion for stay
pending appeal that it is likely to succeed on appeal because the
dismissal was imposed without finding of bad faith and without
consideration of lesser sanctions. However, there is no need of a
finding of bad faith to dismiss a case pursuant Section 1112(b)(4).
Debtor has not filed the required schedules in the present case.
Debtor's request for a stay pending appeal does not satisfy the
first requirement which is a strong showing of success on the
merits. Consequently, SN Transport motion for stay pending appeal
is denied."

A copy of the Court's Opinion and Order dated May 29, 2026, is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=bMBcUt from PacerMonitor.com.

                   About SN Transport Inc.

SN Transport, Inc., a privately held company founded in June 2014
and based in Cabo Rojo, Puerto Rico, provides commercial
transportation and goods delivery services across the island.
Incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the
firm qualifies as a small business debtor under the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.P.R. Case No. 26-01095) on March 15,
2026, with $100,000 to $500,000 in assets and $1 million to $10
million in liabilities. Whesley Eliezer Sepulveda Rodriguez, owner,
signed the petition.

Jose Francisco Gierbolini, Esq., represents the Debtor as legal
counsel.


SUNPOWER INC: Issues Additional 10% Notes Due 2029
--------------------------------------------------
SunPower Inc. issued additional 10% convertible senior secured
notes due 2029 after entering a note purchase agreement on May 19,
the company reported in a Form 8-K filing.

The additional notes were issued May 20 under an indenture dated
April 23. The notes are senior secured obligations and mature May
1, 2029, unless earlier converted, redeemed or repurchased.

Interest accrues at 10% a year from April 23 and is payable
quarterly in arrears beginning July 1. Holders may convert notes in
$1,000 principal amount multiples into SunPower common stock.

The initial conversion rate is 610.3143 shares per $1,000 principal
amount, equal to an initial conversion price of about $1.64 a
share. Under certain corporate events, SunPower may increase the
conversion rate for holders that elect conversion, subject to a
maximum of 884.9557 shares per $1,000 principal amount.

The notes are guaranteed by Complete Solar Inc., a wholly owned
subsidiary. The notes and guarantees are secured by first-priority
liens on substantially all assets of SunPower and the guarantor,
subject to exceptions. SunPower said initially up to 4,424,779
common shares may be issued upon conversion based on the initial
maximum conversion rate.

                          About SunPower Inc.

SunPower Inc. is the rebranded name of Complete Solaria Inc. and is
headquartered in Orem, Utah. The company offers clean energy
products to homeowners and small to medium-sized businesses through
a technology platform that enables a national network of sales
partners and build partners. Sales partners generate solar
installation contracts with homeowners on its behalf, while the
company provides software tools, sales support and brand identity,
manages the customer experience and completes pre-construction
activities before delivering build-ready projects to builder
partners and in-house teams.

In an audit report dated April 14, 2026, BDO USA, P.C. said
SunPower had suffered recurring losses and had negative cash flows
that raised substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a
going concern.

As of March 29, 2026, SunPower reported total assets of $262.09
million, total liabilities of $323.54 million and total
stockholders' deficit of $61.45 million.


SYSTEM1 INC: Deloitte and Touche Raises Going Concern Doubt
-----------------------------------------------------------
System1, Inc. filed its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2025 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission earlier this year. The audited report contains a blunt
warning: conditions exist that raise substantial doubt about its
ability to continue as a going concern.

Based on the financial statements, the Company reported a net loss
of $81.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared
with a net loss of $97.3 million for 2024.  The Company generated
revenue of $266.1 million in 2025, compared to a revenue of $343.9
million in 2024.

Going Concern

Los Angeles, California-based Deloitte and Touche LLP, the
Company's auditor since 2024, issued a "going concern"
qualification in its report dated March 11, 2026, attached to the
Company's Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2025, citing that the Company is experiencing difficulty in
generating sufficient cash flow to meet its obligations and sustain
its operations, which raises substantial doubt about the Company's
ability to continue as a going concern.

The Company has experienced declining cash flows and financial
performance primarily as a result of reductions in Advertising
Partners and overall consumer demand for its marketing services. As
of December 31, 2025, it had cash and cash equivalents of $86.9
million and total net working capital -- defined as current assets
less current liabilities -- of $3 million.

Adding urgency to the picture, the Company had an aggregate
principal amount outstanding of $50 million under its revolving
facility with a maturity date of January 27, 2027, and $260.1
million of term debt outstanding on its term loan, which matures in
July 2027. Management determined that its current cash and cash
equivalents, net working capital position, and the upcoming
maturity date of its revolving facility raise substantial doubt
about its ability to continue as a going concern for the 12-month
period following the date of this filing.

The Company's plan is to continue exploring options of refinancing
all of its debt obligations. Management cannot conclude as of the
date of this filing that its plans are probable of being
successfully implemented. There can be no assurance that it will be
able to obtain financing that will provide sufficient liquidity to
satisfy its revolving facility in January 2027. As a result,
management has concluded that substantial doubt exists about its
ability to continue as a going concern.

Management Commentary

"Our full-year 2025 results demonstrate the strength and resilience
of our platform and the disciplined execution of our team." said
Michael Blend, System1's Co-Founder & Chief Executive Officer.
"While we experienced macro and market-specific headwinds in the
fourth quarter, continued investment in our products and AI
capabilities is positioning the business for long-term growth. We
look forward to hosting a call in the near future to provide
additional perspective on our strategy, performance, and
opportunities ahead."

Tridivesh Kidambi, Chief Financial Officer of System1, added,
"Despite a challenging operating environment in the fourth quarter,
our full-year performance reflects solid execution against our
strategic priorities combined with prudent financial resource
management. In collaboration with our key stakeholders, we are
continuing to evaluate opportunities to strengthen our balance
sheet and optimize our capital structure. We believe this balanced
approach positions us well for the future, and we look forward to
discussing our financial results and broader corporate updates in
the near future."

A full text copy of the Company's Form 10-K is available at
https://tinyurl.com/59dauuay

                     About System1, Inc.

System1 -- http://www.system1.com-- operates several flagship
brands across multiple consumer verticals, including shopping,
travel and search, and a best-in-class customer acquisition and
marketing platform powered by AI and machine learning. The
Company's platform is omnichannel and omnivertical, delivering
high-intent customers to its advertising partners to maximize their
reach and effectiveness.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $404.97 million in total
assets, $387.55 million in total liabilities, and $17.42 million in
total stockholders' equity.


SYSTEM1 INC: S&P Cuts ICR to 'CC' On Announced Debt Restructuring
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered all its ratings on System1 Inc.,
including its issuer credit rating, to 'CC' from 'CCC+'.

The negative outlook reflects S&P's expectation that it will lower
its issuer credit rating to 'D' upon completion of the proposed
transaction.

System1 Inc. recently announced a debt restructuring, under which
it proposes to exchange its fully drawn revolving credit facility
and term loan (both maturing in 2027) for a combination of cash,
preferred stock, and a new term loan.

S&P said, "We view the proposed debt restructuring as distressed
and the proposed exchange of the term loan and revolver as
tantamount to a default because we expect lenders will receive less
than originally promised, without adequate offsetting compensation.
Absent the transaction, we believe there is a realistic possibility
of a conventional default.

"We view the debt restructuring as distressed and the proposed
exchange as tantamount to a default. System1 entered into a
restructuring agreement to exchange its revolving credit facility
($50 million outstanding) maturing in January 2027 and term loan
($252.6 million outstanding) maturing in July 2027 for a $31.4
million cash payment, $39.3 million of preferred equity, and a new
$150 million term loan maturing in 2031. In our view, lenders will
receive less than originally promised without adequate offsetting
compensation, as they will receive about 72 cents on the dollar,
and the rate on the new term loan will only be 25 basis points
higher (SOFR + 5.00%) than that of the existing loan (SOFR +
4.75%), of which up to 50% can be paid-in-kind. The transaction
includes full lender participation.

"Due to the preferred equity issuance, the deal is subject to a
shareholder vote, which we expect will be held over the next couple
of months. The company expects the transaction to close in the
third quarter of 2026.

"Upon completion of the proposed transaction, we expect to lower
our issuer credit rating on System1 and the issue-level rating on
the term loan and revolving credit facility to 'D'.

"Absent the transaction, we believe there is a realistic
possibility of a conventional default in the next few quarters.
System1's performance has been pressured by weak macroeconomic
conditions, lower advertising inventory pricing, and continued
declines from its Google partnership, which accounted for 67% of
its revenue in 2025."

Marketing segment revenue declined 34% in 2025, driven by lower
advertising spend due to constrained availability of consumer
traffic at cost-effective pricing. The marketing segment
represented about 65% of total revenue in 2025. This decline was
only partially offset by 16% growth in its products segment, which
accounted for the remaining 35% of revenue in 2025, driven by
growth in product sessions. EBITDA has also faced headwinds from
continued restructuring charges over the past few years, including
about $10 million in 2025. System1's S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
gross leverage was over 10x in 2025, with negative free operating
cash flow.

The negative outlook reflects S&P's expectation that we will lower
our issuer credit rating to 'D' upon completion of the proposed
transaction.

S&P expects to lower its issuer credit rating to 'D' upon
completion of the proposed transaction.

S&P could raise the rating if System1 does not complete the
proposed transaction, likely to the 'CCC' category. Under this
scenario, our rating would reflect the potential for other
restructuring initiatives and its ability to refinance its upcoming
debt maturities.


T-NEVIN-T HOLDINGS: Jill Durkin Named Subchapter V Trustee
----------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Regions 3 and 9 appointed Jill Durkin, Esq.,
at Durkin Law, LLC as Subchapter V trustee for T-Nevin-T Holdings,
LLC.

Ms. Durkin will be paid an hourly fee of $375 for her services as
Subchapter V trustee and will be reimbursed for work-related
expenses incurred.   

Ms. Durkin declared that she is a disinterested person according to
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Subchapter V trustee can be reached at:

     Jill E. Durkin, Esq.
     Durkin Law, LLC
     401 Marshbrook Road
     Factoryville, PA 18419
     Phone number: (570) 881-4158
     Email: jilldurkinesq@gmail.com

                    About T-Nevin-T Holdings LLC

T-Nevin-T Holdings, LLC filed a petition under Chapter 11,
Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Pa. Case No.
26-01449) on May 21, 2026, with $500,001 to $1 million in BOTH
assets and liabilities.

Judge Mark J. Conway presides over the case.

Lawrence V. Young, Esq., at Cga Law Firm represents the Debtor as
bankruptcy counsel.


T.E.A.M. PARKER: Unsecureds Will Get 6% of Claims over 60 Months
----------------------------------------------------------------
T.E.A.M. Parker Hospitality, LLC, filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Middle District of Alabama a Plan of Reorganization
for Small Business dated May 21, 2026.

The Debtor is an entity that was organized as a Domestic Limited
Liability Company on or around October 7, 2019, in Montgomery
County, Alabama. Elri Parker is the sole member of the Debtor and
accordingly owns 100% of the Debtor's membership interests.

The Debtor's income is derived exclusively from the sales of
beverages and food products pursuant to the Franchise Agreement
with The Toasted Yolk Company, LLC. Pursuant to the Franchise
Agreement, the Debtor is obligated to share a percentage of its
profits with and to pay certain advertising costs to The Toasted
Yolk Company, LLC. In recent years, the Debtor has experienced
significant financial issues related, at least in part, to various
financing arrangements including those with exorbitant interest
rates, all of which are reflected in Debtor's schedules.

Specifically, the Debtor has financing arrangements with and/or
accessed funds from Elri.Parker, Inc. (an affiliated entity owned,
at least in part, by Elri Parker), Expansion Capital Group, Inc.,
PNC Bank, N.A. and SmartBank. These financing arrangements caused
the Debtor to experience an inability to fund ordinary course debts
and thereby resulted in the filing of this bankruptcy case.

This Plan provides for four Classes of Claims and one Class of
Equity Interests. This Plan also provides for the payment of
Administrative Claims and Priority Claims, along with an
approximate 6% distribution to all Holders of Allowed Unsecured
Claims. The funds to service these obligations will be derived from
revenues generated from the Debtor's business operations and, if
necessary, sales of assets, which, in the Debtor's opinion, will
provide a greater recovery than under liquidation of the Debtor.

This Plan, under Chapter 11, Subchapter V, of the Bankruptcy Code,
proposes to pay certain Creditors of the Debtor, as provided for
herein, from Cash flow from future earnings. The Debtor intends to
keep the assets disclosed within its Schedules, excepting only the
assets surrendered herein the Plan, if any. The Debtor does not
intend to liquidate or dispose of any Property other than as
identified within the Plan; however, if disposition or liquidation
of Property becomes necessary for a successful reorganization, the
Debtor will undertake such necessary disposition or liquidation in
accordance with the terms of this Plan.

As set forth in this Plan and unless stated otherwise, an Allowed
Secured Claim will be treated as secured to the extent of the value
of the Creditor's interest in the Estate's interest in the subject
Property and as unsecured to the extent that the value of the
Creditor's interest is less than the amount of the Allowed Secured
Claim. A secured Creditor will retain its Lien on the Collateral
under this Plan, to the extent of the secured value of the Allowed
Secured Claim, unless there is an express provision herein that
states otherwise.

A secured Creditor will receive payment on its Allowed Secured
Claim, as set forth in this Plan, out of the Debtor's future
earnings on the terms set forth herein this Plan. This Plan
provides payment to Creditors holding Administrative and Priority
Unsecured Claims. This Plan provides for a Distribution of
approximately 6% to Creditors holding Allowed Unsecured Claims.

Class 4 consists of Non-priority Unsecured Creditors (Includes
Deficiency and Under-secured Claims). Each Holder of an Allowed
Unsecured Claim in this Class shall receive a total Distribution of
approximately 6% of the total amount of the Allowed Unsecured
Claim, without interest, pursuant to the payment schedule that
follows this provision, for a period of sixty months or until said
claim is satisfied in full. Specifically, the amount of $100,000
will be distributed on a pro-rata basis to holders of Allowed
Secured Claims.

The payment schedule is as follows: a) first phase, commencing with
the 7th month after the Effective Date and concluding with the12th
month after the Effective Date, the total monthly Distribution will
be $1,000; b) second phase, commencing with the 13th month after
the Effective Date and concluding with the 24th month after the
Effective Date, the total monthly Distribution will be $1,400; and,
c) third phase, commencing with the 25th month after the Effective
Date and concluding with the 66th month after the Effective Date,
the total monthly Distribution will be $1,850.00.

The total monthly Distribution for each phase will be distributed
to the Creditors holding Allowed Unsecured Claims on a pro-rata
basis. The Debtor shall make these Distributions on a quarterly
basis, with each Distribution being due no later than thirty days
of the end of each respective quarter. The Debtor can satisfy the
Claim(s) at any time prior to the end of the term set forth in this
Plan without early payment penalty or unaccrued interest.

In the event the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor makes a monetary
recovery on a prepetition Cause of Action, the Debtor or
Reorganized Debtor will distribute any net proceeds to the Holders
of Allowed Unsecured Claims in Class 4 on a pro-rata basis within
thirty days of receipt of said proceeds or approval of the
settlement by the Court, if required, or the latter thereof said
two dates. The phrase "net proceeds" means any monetary recovery
after payment of attorney's fees, costs and expenses related to the
prosecution of said Cause of Action.

Class 5 consists of Equity Interests of the Debtor. The Equity
Interests in this Class consists of the membership interest held by
Elri Parker who retains said interest within this Plan. Mr. Parker
will remain in the position of daily management of the Reorganized
Debtor. This Class is Impaired, but not required to submit a ballot
in favor of the Plan under Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Reorganized Debtor will retain its Property (excepting the
surrendered Collateral identified herein, if any), subject to the
encumbrances and Liens thereon as provided herein, which will allow
the Reorganized Debtor to operate its business, earn revenue, and
pay its Creditors holding Allowed Priority, Secured and/or
Unsecured Claims from future earnings from operations. As
applicable and necessary, the Reorganized Debtor submits all or
such required amount of its future earnings or other future income
as is necessary to effectuate the execution of this Plan.

A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated May 21, 2026
is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=smwCYC from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Anthony C. Bush, Esq.
     The Bush Law Firm, LLC
     3198 Parliament Circle 302
     Montgomery, AL 36116
     Tel: (334) 263-7733
     Fax: (334) 832-4390
     E-mail: abush@bushlegalfirm.com

                About T.E.A.M. Parker Hospitality

T.E.A.M. Parker Hospitality, LLC, doing business as The Toasted
Yolk Cafe, operates a breakfast, brunch, and lunch restaurant. The
company is part of the broader Toasted Yolk franchise network,
serving chef-inspired, made-from-scratch menu items in a casual
cafe setting with a full bar.

T.E.A.M. Parker Hospitality, LLC filed its voluntary petition for
relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Ala.
Case No. 26-10218) on February 20, 2026, listing $500,000 to $1
million in assets and $1 million to $10 million in liabilities.

Judge Christopher L Hawkins presides over the case.

Anthony Brian Bush, at THE BUSH LAW FIRM, LLC, serves as the
Debtor's counsel.


TEANECK SURGICAL: To Sell Ambulatory Care License to Holy Name
--------------------------------------------------------------
Teaneck Surgical Center LLC seeks permission from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of New Jersey, to sell Property,
free and clear of liens, claims, interests, and encumbrances.

The Debtor is a five member limited liability company formed under
the laws of the state of New Jersey and is managed by two physician
managers.

Prior to the Petition Date, the Debtor operated as an ambulatory
surgical center located at 730 Palisade Avenue, Teaneck, New Jersey
07666 (Property), specializing in orthopedic, spine and related
surgical procedures. The Debtor is no longer operating, having
ceased operations prior to the Petition Date.

The Debtor's two physician managers along with certain other
physicians were shareholders of North Jersey Orthopedic
Specialists, P.A., a New Jersey professional association, who
previously operated a medical practice from the Property.

Certain of the Physicians were members of OwensLee, LLC, which
owned the Property. OwensLee, LLC leased a portion of the Property
to NJOS, and also leased a separate 12,000 square feet portion of
the Property to the Debtor pursuant to a lease agreement dated
March 12, 2018 for a period of 10 years with no extension options

The Debtor previously entered into a contract to sell membership
interests to Holy Name for $1,040,000 purchase price. However, Holy
Name terminated that sale and advised that it would only proceed
with a sale by the Debtor of the Debtor's equipment and operating
license in a bankruptcy case at the same purchase price.

Given the Debtor's continued losses, cessation of operations and
failure to pay rent with significant arrearages due and owing to
Holy Name's affiliate, the Debtor and Holy Name agreed that as part
of the sale, the Lease, which had less than 2 years remaining with
no extension option, would be surrendered. In exchange for the
surrender, Holy Name agreed to waive any claims for past-due and
future rent arising from the Lease, which
claims would have exceeded $600,000 in the aggregate.

All of the members of the Debtor consented to the proposed sale,
which the Debtor is pursuing as a private sale to facilitate the
efficient and expeditious transfer of the Equipment and Operating
License for a purchase price that is in an amount sufficient to
satisfy unsecured claims asserted against the Debtor and its
estate.

Since the April 2024 effective date of the sale of the Property to
Holy Name Real Estate Corporation (HNREC), if not earlier, the
Debtor faced economic losses attributable to rising operational
expenses, labor
shortages, tightening reimbursement rates and other payor
challenges.

These challenges ultimately led to several years of net operating
losses for the Debtor and severe financial strain on the Debtor’s
operations as a going concern.

The Debtor and its members explored options for selling the
surgical center as a going-concern. The Debtor also continued
discussions with Holy Name. Such discussions included the Debtor
and Holy Name negotiating a surrender of the Lease in exchange for
the Debtor being released of rental arrearages and any future
obligations for the remaining two years of the Lease.

The Debtor engages Sasso Consulting, LLC to value the Debtor, its
equipment and its license, as well as to opine
on the marketplace and as to the on-going discussions with Holy
Name regarding a purchase price.

The Debtor and its members determined that the highest and best
alternative for selling the Debtor's assets is the proposal from
Holy Name to purchase all assets free and clear of all liens for a
purchase price of $1,040,000.00 by way of a private sale.

The parties have executed certain Asset Purchase Agreement by and
between the Debtor and the Purchaser which provides for the sale of
substantially all of the Debtor's equipment (Equipment), and the
Debtor's Ambulatory Care Facility License (Operating Licens).

The terms of the sale to the Purchaser are also provided.

              About Teaneck Surgical Center LLC

Teaneck Surgical Center LLC is a five member limited liability
company formed under the laws of the state of New Jersey and is
managed by two physician managers.

Teaneck Surgical Center sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. N.J. Case No.: 26-16013 (MEH)) on May
28, 2026.

Morris S. Bauer at Duane Morris LLP represents the Debtor as legal
counsel.


TEGETHOFF DEVELOPMENT: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in Missouri
--------------------------------------------------------------
Rieka Rahadiana of Bloomberg News reports that real estate
developer Tegethoff Development has commenced Chapter 11
proceedings in the Eastern District of Missouri, according to
bankruptcy filings. The company is seeking court protection as it
works to address a significant debt burden through reorganization.

The petition lists estimated assets of between $50 million and $100
million, while liabilities are reported in the range of $500
million to $1 billion. The filing highlights the scale of the
financial challenges facing the developer and its stakeholders.

                About Tegethoff Development LLC

Tegethoff Development is a Midwest-based real estate development
company specializing in luxury multifamily, mixed-use, hospitality,
and destination developments. Founded and led by Jeff Tegethoff,
the company focuses on creating large-scale lifestyle communities
and long-term investment properties across Missouri and other
Midwestern markets.

Tegethoff Development LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Miss. Case No. 26-42401) on June
1, 2026. In its petition, the Debtor reports timated assets of
between $50 million and $100 million, while liabilities are
reported in the range of $500 million to $1 billion.

The Debtor is represented by Carmody MacDonald P.C.


TERRASTRAT GROUP: Seeks Cash Collateral, $100K DIP Loan
-------------------------------------------------------
TerraStrat Group, LLC asks the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Southern District of Ohio, for authority to continue using cash
collateral and to obtain related financing and operational relief
through July 27 based on an updated 15-week cash flow forecast.

The Debtor previously obtained cash collateral orders, including an
agreed order entered on May 21 that extended its authority to
access cash collateral through June 30. After a change in counsel,
the Debtor reassessed its liquidity position, operational needs,
and restructuring strategy, which resulted in a revised budget
reflecting updated revenue projections, cost controls, and ongoing
operational requirements.

The revised budget is based on conservative assumptions and is
intended to guide controlled spending during the reorganization
period.

The Debtor states that adequate protection for secured creditors
will be provided through replacement liens, adherence to the budget
with limited variance, and other court-approved safeguards.

Separately, the Debtor filed a concurrent motion seeking approval
of $100,000 in unsecured post-petition financing from Meridian
Analytics LLC. This financing is incorporated into the revised
budget and is intended to work in tandem with cash collateral usage
to stabilize liquidity. The Debtor contends that, together, these
funding sources will allow it to maintain operations, meet payroll,
and fund essential expenses during the forecast period while it
continues pursuing a restructuring plan.

The financing is structured as a non-revolving unsecured credit
facility with a maximum capacity of $250,000, though only the first
$100,000 is a mandatory commitment and additional advances are
discretionary. It carries 17% annual interest, split between
current-pay and deferred components, and is limited strictly to
budgeted operational uses such as payroll, vendor payments, rent,
utilities, insurance, and case-related expenses. The agreement
expressly prohibits liens, superpriority claims, equity interests,
control rights, or any transfer of estate value to the lender, and
does not authorize any merger or restructuring transaction.

The Debtor argues that both the cash collateral usage and the
proposed financing are necessary to prevent immediate and
irreparable harm to the estate. Without these sources of liquidity,
it states it would be unable to meet payroll or continue
operations, resulting in loss of employees, disrupted customer
relationships, and significant diminution of going-concern value.
The Debtor further notes that it has been coordinating with the
Subchapter V trustee and other stakeholders regarding ongoing
operational and restructuring issues, and that continued financing
and cash collateral use are critical to supporting a viable Chapter
11 process.

A copy of the cash collateral motion is available at
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=PSVgGO from PacerMonitor.com.

A copy of the DIP financing motion is available at
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=ReunAs from PacerMonitor.com.

                    About Terrastrat Group LLC

Terrastrat Group, LLC provides consulting and analytics services to
financial institutions in the United States, focusing on optimizing
branch networks and ATM placement. The Columbus, Ohio-based company
delivers data-driven growth strategies that leverage predictive
modeling, market analysis, and micromarket optimization to inform
decisions on branch consolidation, expansion, and investment
prioritization. Its services are tailored to each client's needs,
helping banks improve efficiency, reach, and customer retention
within their retail footprint.

Terrastrat Group LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 25-55664) on December 24, 2025. In
its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets of $100,001 to $1
million and estimated liabilities of $1 million to $10 million.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Tiffany Strelow Cobb handles the case.

Tami Hart Kirby, Esq., at Porter Wright Morris & Arthur, LLP.
McGrath & Terlecky Co., LPA, and Singh Law Firm, P.A. serve as the
Debtor's bankruptcy counsel. The Debtor also tapped the services of
Debra Stark, a certified public accountant.


THOMAS TRIO: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 10
----------------------------------------------------
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida is set to
hold a hearing on June 10 to consider extending The Thomas Trio,
LLC's authority to use cash collateral.

The Debtor is currently authorized to use cash collateral pursuant
to the court's April 28 interim order. This authorization remains
in effect until further order of the court.

Under the interim order, the Debtor is authorized to use funds for
court-approved expenses, Subchapter V trustee payments, and
operating expenses listed in the latest budget, subject to a 10%
variance for each line item.

The order granted creditors with interests in cash collateral
replacement liens, with the same validity and priority as their
pre-petition liens without additional filings. Additional
safeguards include insurance coverage and access to business
records and premises.

A copy of the court's order and the Debtor's budget is available at
https://shorturl.at/ICkr8 from PacerMonitor.com.

                       About The Thomas Trio LLC

The Thomas Trio LLC, a company based in Zephyrhills, Florida,
operates three franchise territories under the Mr. Electric brand:
Mr. Electric of Land O' Lakes, Mr. Electric of Lakeland and Mr.
Electric of Roswell - Alpharetta, providing electrical installation
and repair services to residential and commercial customers. The
company maintains franchise relationships with Neighborly and holds
separate franchise obligations tied to territories including Land O
Lakes, Lakeland, Riverview and Roswell.

Thomas Trio filed a petition under Chapter 11, Subchapter V of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 26-02189) on March 20,
2026, listing assets of between $500,000 and $1 million and
liabilities of between $1 million and $10 million. Melissa Thomas,
president of Thomas Trio, signed the petition.

Judge Luis Ernesto Rivera II oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by Scott A. Stichter, Esq., at Stichter,
Riedel, Blain & Postler, PA.

Amy Denton Mayer of Stichter Riedel Blain & Postler, P.A. serves as
Subchapter V trustee for the Debtor.


TIMIOS ENTERPRISES: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Timios Enterprises Corp.
          d/b/a Palm Court Restaurant and Banquets
        1912 North Arlington Heights Road
        Arlington Heights, IL 60004

Business Description: Timios Enterprises Corp., doing business as
Palm Court Restaurant and Banquets, operates a full-service
restaurant and private-events venue in Arlington Heights,
Illinois.  The company, which serves dining guests and event
customers, offers restaurant service, live entertainment, catering
and banquet space.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 27, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Northern District of Illinois

Case No.: 26-08984

Debtor's Counsel: Gregory K. Stern, Esq.  
                  GREGORY K. STERN, P.C.
                  53 West Jackson Boulevard, Suite 1442
                  Chicago, IL 60604
                  Tel: (312) 427-1558
                  Fax: (312) 427-1289
                  E-mail: greg@gregstern.com

Total Assets: $41,253

Total Liabilities: $5,078,180

The petition was signed by George Theodossopoulos, the president.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's 20 largest unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/PDLLJKA/Timios_Enterprises_Corp__ilnbke-26-08984__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


TRIO PETROLEUM: Stockholders Approve Reverse Stock Split
--------------------------------------------------------
Trio Petroleum Corp. stockholders approved a potential reverse
stock split at the company's annual meeting, according to a filing
with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The amendment would allow the board to effect a reverse split at a
ratio of at least 1-for-2 and not more than 1-for-10. The exact
whole-number ratio would be set by the board, and the split would
become effective after final board approval and filing a
certificate of amendment with Delaware.

Stockholders also elected Robin Ross as a Class III director for a
three-year term expiring at the 2029 annual meeting. Ross received
4,171,474 votes for, 1,051,922 withheld and 8,006,450 broker
non-votes.

Trio said stockholders approved an amendment to its 2022 equity
incentive plan increasing the shares reserved for awards to
6,452,383 from 2,952,383, adding 3.5 million shares. Stockholders
also ratified Bush & Associates CPA LLC as the company's
independent registered public accounting firm for the year ending
Oct. 31, 2026.

                      About Trio Petroleum

Trio Petroleum Corp. is a California-based oil and gas exploration
and development company headquartered in Malibu, California. The
company has operations in Monterey County, California, Uintah
County, Utah and Lloydminster, Saskatchewan. It was formed to
acquire and develop an interest in the South Salinas Project in
Monterey County and has shifted efforts beyond California to pursue
opportunities including the Asphalt Ridge Project in Utah and
heavy-oil properties in Saskatchewan.

In an audit report dated Jan. 20, 2026, Bush & Associates CPA LLC
said Trio Petroleum had suffered loss from operations and had a net
capital deficiency that raised substantial doubt about its ability
to continue as a going concern.

As of Jan. 31, 2026, Trio Petroleum reported total assets of $14.17
million, total liabilities of $1.97 million and total stockholders'
equity of $12.19 million.


TRM NRE: Hires DLA Piper LLP (US) as Bankruptcy Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------
TRM NRE Holding LLC and its affiliates seek approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware to employ DLA Piper
LLP (US) as counsel.

The firm's services include:

     (a) advising the Debtors of their rights, powers and duties as
debtors and debtors in possession, while operating and managing
their business and property under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code;

     (b) preparing on behalf of the Debtors all necessary and
appropriate applications, motions, proposed orders, other
pleadings, notices, schedules and other documents and reviewing all
financial and other reports to be filed in these chapter 11 cases;


     (c) advising the Debtors concerning and preparing responses to
applications, motions, other pleadings, notices and other papers
that may be filed by other parties in these chapter 11 cases;

     (d) advising the Debtors with respect to, and assisting in the
negotiation and documentation of asset purchase agreements or other
definitive deal documentation, financing agreements, and related
transactions;

     (e) advising the Debtors regarding actions to collect and
recover property for the benefit of their estates;

     (f) advising the Debtors concerning executory contract and
unexpired lease assumptions and assignments and rejections;

     (g) assisting the Debtors in reviewing, estimating and
resolving claims
asserted against the Debtors' estates;

     (h) assisting the Debtors in complying with applicable laws
and governmental regulations; and

     (i) providing any other services to the extent requested by
the Debtors.

The firm's current standard hourly rates are:

     R. Craig Martin (Partner)             $2,195
     W. Benjamin Winger (Partner)          $1,825
     Erik F. Stier (Associate)             $1,740
     Stephanie B. Cohen (Associate)        $1,375
     Riley M. Sissung (Associate)          $1,375
     Roxanne M. Eastes (Associate)         $1,320
     Shant K. A. Eulmessekian (Associate)  $1,090
     Anthony Han (Associate)                 $895
     William L. Countryman (Case Manager)    $640
     Tennille Wilson (Paralegal)             $460

The firm received a retainer in the amount of $150,000.

DLA Piper is a "disinterested person" within the meaning of section
101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, as required by section 327(a) of
the Bankruptcy Code, and does not hold or represent an interest
adverse to the Debtors' estates, according to court filings.

The firm can be reached through:

     W. Benjamin Winger, Esq.
     DLA Piper LLP (US)
     444 West Lake Street, Suite 900
     Chicago, IL 60606-0089
     Phone: (312) 368-2172
     Email: benjamin.winger@us.dlapiper.com

           About TRM NRE

TRM NRE is a Mt. Vernon, Illinois-based Debtor that supplies new,
used, and remanufactured locomotives and provides locomotive,
diesel engine, rail, marine, and power-related services. The Debtor
offers leasing, field services, parts, salvage operations,
overhauls, wreck repairs, and locomotive design, manufacturing, and
re-engineering. It also provides marine and industrial diesel
engine sales and service, automation and control services, and
engine generator set and equipment sales. TRM NRE serves Class 1,
regional, short line, government, and industrial railroads, along
with OEMs, leasing companies, marine and industrial power
customers, gas and oil platforms, and stationary power users.

TRM NRE Holding LLC and TRM NRE Acquisition LLC filed voluntary
petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. D. Del., Case No 26-10568) on April 21, 2026. The petitions
were signed by Shaun Karn as authorized signatory. Each Debtor
reported estimated assets of $10 million to $50 million and
estimated liabilities of $10 million to $50 million.

The Hon. Karen B. Owens presides over the cases.

The Debtors are represented by DLA Piper LLP. Bayard, P.A. serves
as bankruptcy co-counsel to the Debtors.

Stretto, Inc. is the Debtors' claims and noticing agent.


TRM NRE: Taps James Katchadurian of CR3 Partners as CRO
-------------------------------------------------------
TRM NRE Holding LLC and its affiliates seek approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware to employ CR3
Partners, LLC and designate James Katchadurian as chief
restructuring officer.

The firm will render these services:

     a) provide oversight and support to the Debtor and the
Debtor's other professionals in connection with execution of the
Debtor's business plan, reorganization plan, any sales process, and
the overall administration of activities within the chapter 11
proceeding;

     b) provide oversight and assistance in connection with the
preparation of financial reporting and related disclosures required
by the Court, including the Schedules of Assets and Liabilities,
the Statement of Financial Affairs and Monthly Operating Reports,
and any other disclosures required by the Debtor in connection with
the bankruptcy process, or in keeping with CR3 Partners'
professional and ethical responsibilities;

     c) provide oversight and assistance in connection with the
preparation of financial information for distribution to creditors
and others, including, but not limited to, cash flow projections
and budgets, cash receipts and disbursements analysis of various
asset and liability accounts, and analysis of proposed transactions
for which Court approval is sought;

     d) participate in meetings and provide assistance to any
official committee(s) appointed in the case, the Office of the
United States Trustee for the District of Delaware, other parties
in interest, including contractual counterparties, and
professionals hired by the same;

     e) evaluate and make recommendations as needed to maximize the
value of the Debtor's assets;

     f) provide oversight and assistance in connection with the
preparation of
analysis of creditor claims;

     g) provide oversight and assistance in connection with the
evaluation and analysis of avoidance actions, including, fraudulent
conveyances and preferential transfers, and in the defense and
prosecution of other litigation, if necessary;

     h) provide testimony in litigation/bankruptcy matters as
required;

     i) evaluate the cash flow generation capabilities of the
Debtor for valuation maximization opportunities;

     j) provide oversight and assistance in connection with
communications and negotiations with constituents including
investors and other critical constituents to the successful
restructuring of the Debtor, as well as to directly communicate
with stakeholders where appropriate, and to establish communication
protocols;

     k) manage professionals engaged by the Debtor, or committees
or other stakeholders involved in a chapter 11 or restructuring of
the Debtor, and directly communicate with such stakeholders as
appropriate;

     l) assist in development of a plan of reorganization and in
the preparation of information and analysis necessary for the
development of a plan and disclosure statement, and confirmation of
a plan in the chapter 11 proceeding; and

     m) perform other tasks as directed by the Board of Directors
and agreed to by CR3 Partners, including all tasks necessary to
facilitate the Debtor's restructuring, or in keeping with CR3
Partners' ethical responsibilities, in CR3 Partners' sole
discretion.

The firm's current hourly rates are:

     James Katchadurian (CRO)                  $1,295
     John Gordon (Conferring Partner)          $995
     Senior Managing Directors         $995 to $1,295
     Managing Directors                $695 to $950
     Directors                         $595 to $725
     Managers and Senior Associates    $450 to $575

The firm received a retainer in the amount of $75,000.

CR3 Partners, LLC is a "disinterested person" within the meaning of
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code and does not hold or
represent any interest materially adverse to the Debtors' estates,
according to court filings.

The firm can be reached at:

     James Katchadurian
     CR3 Partners, LLC
     135 W 50th St., Suite 200
     New York, NY 10020
     Phone: (914) 646-9451
     Email: james.katchadurian@cr3partners.com

           About TRM NRE

TRM NRE is a Mt. Vernon, Illinois-based Debtor that supplies new,
used, and remanufactured locomotives and provides locomotive,
diesel engine, rail, marine, and power-related services. The Debtor
offers leasing, field services, parts, salvage operations,
overhauls, wreck repairs, and locomotive design, manufacturing, and
re-engineering. It also provides marine and industrial diesel
engine sales and service, automation and control services, and
engine generator set and equipment sales. TRM NRE serves Class 1,
regional, short line, government, and industrial railroads, along
with OEMs, leasing companies, marine and industrial power
customers, gas and oil platforms, and stationary power users.

TRM NRE Holding LLC and TRM NRE Acquisition LLC filed voluntary
petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. D. Del., Case No 26-10568) on April 21, 2026. The petitions
were signed by Shaun Karn as authorized signatory. Each Debtor
reported estimated assets of $10 million to $50 million and
estimated liabilities of $10 million to $50 million.

The Hon. Karen B. Owens presides over the cases.

The Debtors are represented by DLA Piper LLP. Bayard, P.A. serves
as bankruptcy co-counsel to the Debtors.

Stretto, Inc. is the Debtors' claims and noticing agent.


TRONOX HOLDINGS: S&P Alters Outlook to Pos., Affirms 'CCC+' ICR
---------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed its ratings on Tronox Holdings PLC,
including the 'CCC+' issuer credit rating, and revised its outlook
on the rating to positive from negative.

The positive outlook reflects a one-in-three potential for higher
ratings over the next year if Tronox improves its operating
profitability, unwinds inventory to meaningfully bolster cash
flows, and reduces its weighted-average S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
debt to EBITDA to the 8.5x area.

S&P said, "While the unsecured recovery rating of '4' remains
unchanged, we revised our rounded recovery estimate to 30% from 40%
based on recent upsizes to the accounts receivable (AR)
securitization program, which we treat as a priority claim against
the related cash flows.

"We are now more confident that improved pricing will boost
Tronox's 2026 earnings, although we view the effects of the war in
the Middle East as temporary. Disruption to trade flows in the
Strait of Hormuz has resulted in higher sulfur and freight costs,
which are key to the production of titanium dioxide. In response,
Tronox has undertaken a series of price increases since late March,
and we now see potential for further price increases in the fourth
quarter and into 2027.

"We have revised our previous estimates and now believe that in
2026, titanium prices will be roughly 7% higher on average compared
with full-year 2025 with greater gains in the back half of the
year. We estimate zircon prices will be 15% higher in the back half
after a relatively flat start to the year."

Higher sulfur costs also disrupt Tronox's Chinese competitors on
the mining side, which could help Tronox gain market share. Many
producers in China need sulfur to produce their sulfate-based
titanium dioxide. The war has driven down sulfur supply and raised
pricing for these competitors relative to Tronox. Tronox largely
produces chloride-based titanium dioxide. Furthermore, antidumping
regulations will likely (at least temporarily) reduce the
competitiveness of Tronox's China-based competition. China supplies
about two-thirds of India's titanium dioxide imports. In
third-quarter 2025, antidumping duties were temporarily stayed by a
state court in India, primarily due to procedural issues. If these
duties come into play again, exports from China could drop
significantly, allowing Tronox an opportunity to sell titanium
dioxide cheaper than most competitors due to the free trade
agreement between Australia and India.

Operational initiatives provide opportunities to strengthen credit
quality. Before titanium dioxide prices were buoyed by the war,
Tronox had identified other levers to pull to enhance credit
quality. These included implementing a cost savings program,
gaining market share in India, and capitalizing on disruptions in
Venator Materials' production as it rectifies its insolvency.
Venator, which had been a European-based company, is now
Chinese-owned and will be subject to future regulatory decisions
pertaining to its Chinese ownership and associated tariffs.

Improving credit prospects are supporting the potential for ratings
upside. S&P said, "Tronox remains highly leveraged, but the
likelihood that weighted-average credit measures improve to the
point where we would consider upgrading the company has improved.
As of March 31, 2026, Tronox's S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt to
EBITDA was 13x. While we do not anticipate a meaningful uptick in
residential construction, repair, and remodeling, we assume demand
will remain stable enough that Tronox will make progress in EBITDA
generation this year, such that its leverage ratio improves
slightly."

However, if raw material and freight inflation cause prices to
become high enough to cause significant demand destruction, then
the pace of improvement could slow or reverse.

S&P said, "We see Tronox's liquidity as adequate, despite the
maturity of the Emirates credit facility and likely downsizing of
the Saudi Export Import Bank credit facility. We believe Tronox has
enough liquidity through its $350 million revolving credit facility
(limited to $122.5 million of effective availability by a secured
leverage ratio covenant of 4.75x) to meet its near-term
requirements." This assessment incorporates our view that it will
make significant progress in generating cash from working capital
management this year, likely through inventory reduction.

S&P said, "Tronox has increased the AR securitization program by
$45 million recently, and we believe it will also undertake an
equipment sale/leaseback transaction, with proceeds used to reduce
existing revolver borrowings. This would free up some capacity.
Rare earth financing is not yet in place, and its terms and
structure are still unknown; we will evaluate its impact on
Tronox's capital structure once it has been established. Tronox's
debt maturity profile is manageable, with the nearest maturity not
due until 2029.

"Our positive outlook reflects our greater confidence that Tronox's
credit metrics will improve this year due to ongoing improvement in
pricing throughout 2026 and temporarily mitigated earnings
volatility. We believe there is now a one-in-three chance of
weighted-average debt to EBITDA declining to the 8.5x area. We
continue to view the titanium dioxide sector as cyclical and do not
expect current market conditions to persist throughout the cycle.
We do not anticipate meaningful changes to debt or significant
acquisitions.

"We could revise our outlook to stable if Tronox's operating
performance or financial policies result in limited or no
improvement in credit measures from current levels."

S&P could lower its rating if:

-- There is disruption or damage to physical assets in the Middle
East, or other adverse conditions in the region;

-- The terms of rare earth financing impede or hurt Tronox's
credit measures;

-- Tronox engages in a restructuring or transaction that we view
as distressed;

-- It breaches the springing first-lien leverage covenant on its
revolving credit facility;

-- Liquidity weakens; or

-- Leverage is likely to be higher than S&P anticipates.

For an upgrade in the next 12 months, S&P would expect:

-- Weighted-average debt to EBITDA sustained below 8.5x;
-- At least marginally positive free cash flow, which could occur
if Tronox makes progress in generating cash from working capital
management and margins improve above our expectations, generating
sufficient earnings to account for potential volatility; and

-- S&P gains confidence that Tronox's financial policies will
support maintenance of the aforementioned credit measures.



UNITED FIBER: Unsecureds Will Get 5.4% to 100% over 5 Years
-----------------------------------------------------------
United Fiber Comm., Inc. filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Central District of California a First Amended Disclosure
Statement describing First Amended Plan of Reorganization dated May
21, 2026.

The Debtor specializes in the engineering and construction of fiber
optics as well as other types of digital networks primarily, but
not limited to, regions throughout Southern California, extending
to Northern California and Arizona.

The Debtor was formed in 2013 and is based out of Corona,
California. Originally Debtor operated as a modest engineering firm
with a single service, one client, and a handful of employees.
Raymond Martinez became an owner of Debtor in 2017, bringing
extensive telecommunications industry experience to the company,
and has been an owner of Debtor since 2022.

The Debtor's bankruptcy filing was prompted by an unfortunate
series of events, including the overbidding of a major contract the
Debtor was servicing on behalf of Frontier Communications by a
former employee of the Debtor, which set off a cascade of events by
causing liquidity problems and the need for Debtor to obtain
outside financing. Unfortunately, Debtor fell victim to predatory
lending tactics of a merchant cash lender based in New York State,
which resulted in, among other things, the Debtor's receivables
being frozen in some cases, or directly collected by this lender,
in other instances, preventing the Debtor from operating and
necessitating bankruptcy relief.

As discussed herein, Debtor's efforts to salvage its business and
repair the damage caused with its customer relationships caught in
the middle of its dispute with the merchant cash advance lender and
rebound its business have proven successful, with Debtor achieving
substantial revenue growth post-petition and new business
opportunities based on its excellent work product. Debtor now is
confident in the survival and long-term success of its business.

The Debtor's Plan is a reorganization plan, which provides for the
restructuring of certain Allowed Creditor Claims and payments under
the Plan for a period of five years with an estimated payment(s) to
Allowed General Unsecured Claims1 in the range of 5.4% to 100% of
their Claims, depending on the outcomes of Debtor's challenges to
two objectionable Claims currently asserted against the Estate2 ,
full payment to Debtor's Allowed Priority Tax Claims from Debtor's
Cash Flow and payment to Debtor's Secured Creditors, mostly vehicle
lenders, including by cramming down certain Secured Claims.

For Secured Creditors whose claims are partially secured, the
unsecured bifurcated portions of their claims will be treated as
General Unsecured Claims. The Effective Date of the Plan is the
date thirty days after entry of the Confirmation Order. The
automatic stay will remain in place until Debtor is granted a
discharge pursuant to Section 1141(d)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Class 8 consists of Allowed General Unsecured Claims. In full and
complete satisfaction, settlement, release, discharge, and
extinguishment of the Class 8 Allowed, General Unsecured Claims,
commencing one hundred eighty days after the Effective Date, the
holders of such Allowed, General Unsecured Class 8 Claims shall
receive payment, biannually, of their Pro -Rata share of Debtor's
Cash Flow over 5 years from the Effective Date in full and complete
satisfaction of their Allowed Claims. Debtor's Projections provide
for biannual payments to be shared Pro-Rata by the holders of Class
8 Claims.

To the extent any Holders of Class 8 General Unsecured Creditors
had filed prepetition liens, such liens are void pursuant to
Bankruptcy Code section 506(a) as there is no collateral value to
support such liens and shall no longer encumber Debtor's Assets.

Class 9 consists of the Debtor's Existing Equity Interests. On the
Effective Date, the existing equity Interest Holder shall be
reinstated and shall retain all rights associated with such
interest. The existing Interest Holder reserves the right to
contribute new value as needed, to retain his Interests in the
Debtor.

After payment in full of all Allowed Claims in Classes senior to
Class 9, all remaining Estate assets shall be distributed to
holders of Class 9 Claims in accordance the Class 9 Claim Holder's
100% Interest in the Debtor.

The Plan will be funded by Debtor's continued operations and
collections.

A full-text copy of the First Amended Disclosure Statement dated
May 21, 2026 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=DRlg8M from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

United Fiber Comm. Inc. is represented by:

     Robert P. Goe, Esq.
     Goe Forsythe & Hodges LLP
     17701 Cowen, Lobby D, Suite 210
     Irvine, CA 92614
     Telephone: (949) 796-2460
     Facsimile: (949) 955-9437
     Email: rgoe@goeforlaw.com

                     About United Fiber Comm.

United Fiber Comm., Inc., is a telecommunications contractor in
California, with offices in Goleta, Corona, and Vista.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 24-16470) on Oct. 29,
2024, with $1,663,379 in assets and $8,172,909 in liabilities.
Raymond Martinez, chief executive officer, signed the petition.

Judge Scott H. Yun oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by Robert P. Goe, at Goe Forsythe &
Hodges, LLP.


VASILIA INVESTMENTS: Cash Collateral Hearing Set for June 11
------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida,
Orlando Division is set to hold a hearing on June 11 to consider
extending Vasilia Investments, LLC's authority to use cash
collateral.

The Debtor is currently authorized to use cash collateral pursuant
to the court's second interim order through the June 11 hearing.

Under the second interim order, the Debtor is allowed to use cash
collateral to pay court-authorized amounts, including Subchapter V
trustee fees, and necessary expenses listed in the budget.

As adequate protection, creditors holding interests in cash
collateral received automatically perfected post-petition
replacement liens, matching the validity, extent, and priority of
their pre-petition liens. Additional safeguards include insurance
coverage consistent with obligations under the Debtor's loan and
security agreements.

Prior to its Chapter 11 filing, Vasilia Investments entered into a
loan agreement with Newtek Small Business Finance, LLC, which
included a security agreement granting Newtek a security interest
in the Debtor's equipment, inventory, accounts, and general
intangibles. On May 31, 2018, Newtek filed UCC-1 financing
statements covering all of the Debtor's personal property,
including accounts.

                     About Vasilia Investments LLC

Vasilia Investments, LLC, based in New Smyrna Beach, Florida, owns
and operates the Salty Mermaid Oceanfront Hotel, a boutique
oceanfront lodging property serving visitors to the New Smyrna
Beach area, offering individually designed suites with private
patios, beach cabanas, and reserved seating. The hotel provides
upscale amenities, including king-size beds, luxury bedding, and
curated comforts aimed at creating a high-end beach getaway
experience.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 26-01293) on Feb. 25,
2026, with $1 million to $10 million in assets and liabilities.
John Kostoglou, manager, signed the petition.

Judge Grace E. Robson presides over the case.

Katelyn Vinson, Esq., at Jennis Morse represents the Debtor as
legal counsel.


VENTURE GLOBAL: S&P Rates Proposed Senior Secured Notes 'BB'
------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB' issue-level rating and '2'
recovery rating to Venture Global LNG Inc.'s (VGLNG) proposed
issuance of senior secured notes due in 2034 and 2036. VGLNG will
use the proceeds to repay the $2.25 senior secured notes
outstanding due in 2028.

S&P's 'BB-' long-term issuer credit rating and negative outlook on
VGLNG are unchanged. The 'BB' issue-level rating, with a '2'
recovery rating, on the previously issued senior secured notes is
also unchanged.



WEST MARINE: Milbank & Richards Layton Advise Evolution & Oaktree
-----------------------------------------------------------------
In the Chapter 11 bankruptcy cases of West Marine, Inc. and its
debtor-affiliates, Milbank LLP and Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A.
filed with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of
Delaware a Verified Statement pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2019 to
inform the Court that the firms represent an Ad Hoc Group of
Consenting Stakeholders of loans to and equity interests in Rising
Tide Holdings Inc.

According to the Verified Statement:

     1. In June 2025, one member of the Ad Hoc Group retained
Milbank as counsel with respect to its investments in the Debtors.
In May 2026, the Ad Hoc Group was formed, and Milbank and RLF
became its counsel.

     2. Counsel represent the Ad Hoc Group and do not represent or
purport to represent any entities other than the Ad Hoc Group in
connection with the Debtors' chapter 11 cases. In addition, neither
the Ad Hoc Group nor any member of the Ad Hoc Group represents or
purports to represent any other entity in connection with these
cases.

     3. To the best of Counsel's knowledge, the information
provided is accurate as of the close of business on May 15, 2026.
The amounts for the loans and interests held by each member of the
Ad Hoc Group:

        (a) include only the outstanding principal amounts of the
applicable debt instruments and do not include accrued and unpaid
interest, fees, make-whole amounts, MOIC amounts, or any other
amounts that may be owed under the applicable debt documents,

        (b) include all equity units, warrants and other interests,
and

        (c) reflect any unsettled trades as if they have settled.

     4. Nothing contained in this Verified Statement should be
construed as a limitation upon, or waiver of, any rights of any
member of the Ad Hoc Group to assert, file, and/or amend any claim
or proof of claim filed in accordance with applicable law and any
orders entered in these cases.

     5. The information contained is provided only for the purpose
of complying with Bankruptcy Rule 2019 and is not intended for any
other use or purpose.

     6. Counsel reserves the right to amend this Verified Statement
as may be necessary in accordance with the requirements outlined in
Bankruptcy Rule 2019.

     7. The members of the Ad Hoc Group have indicated to Counsel
that they hold disclosable economic interests or act as investment
managers or advisors to funds and/or accounts that hold disclosable
economic interests in relation to the Debtors, including FILO
Loans, Term Loans, and Interests. Each member is listed either in
its principal capacity or in its capacity as agent, investment
advisor, or investment manager for certain investment funds or
accounts or their respective subsidiaries that hold disclosable
economic interests in relation to the Debtors. The members'
disclosable economic interests have not changed since the Ad Hoc
Group was formed.

The names, addresses, nature, and amount of all disclosable
economic interests of each present member of the Ad Hoc Group in
relation to the Debtors, are:

     1. Evolution Credit Partners
        28 State Street, 23rd Floor
        Boston, MA 02109

        FILO Loans
        $10,166,275

        Term Loans
        $24,572,877

        Interests
        Common: 842,400
        Penny Warrants: 8,768,432
        Warrants: 21,938

     2. Oaktree Capital Management, L.P.
        333 South Grand Ave., 28th Floor
        Los Angeles, CA 90071

        FILO Loans
        $23,265,790

        Term Loans
        $74,444,543

        Interests
        Common: 1,196,480
        Penny Warrants: 26,821,026
        Warrants: 8,218

        Total FILO Loans
        $33,432,065

        Total Term Loans
        $99,017,420

        Total Interests
        Common: 2,038,880
        Penny Warrants: 35,589,458
        Warrants: 30,156

Co-Counsel to the Ad Hoc Group of Consenting Stakeholders:

     Michael J. Merchant, Esq.
     Brendan J. Schlauch, Esq.
     Zachary J. Javorsky, Esq.
     RICHARDS, LAYTON & FINGER, P.A.
     One Rodney Square
     920 N. King Street
     Wilmington, DE 19801
     Tel: 1 (302) 651-7700
     Fax: 1 (302) 651-7701
     E-mail: Merchant@rlf.com
             Schlauch@rlf.com
             Javorsky@rlf.com

           - and -

     Matthew Brod, Esq.
     Benjamin M. Schak, Esq.
     MILBANK LLP
     55 Hudson Yards
     New York, NY 10001
     Tel: 1 (212) 530-5000
     E-mail: MBrod@Milbank.com
             BSchak@Milbank.com

                  About West Marine Inc.

West Marine Inc. is a U.S.-based marine retail company specializing
in boating, fishing, and marine maintenance products. Established
in 1968, the company operated as one of the country's largest
networks of boating supply stores, offering products ranging from
marine electronics and navigation tools to fishing accessories,
apparel and safety equipment.

West Marine Inc. and certain of its affiliates sought relief under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case
No. 26-10794) on May 17, 2026. West Marine reported $500 million to
$1 billion in estimated assets and liabilities. The petitions were
signed by Paulee Day as chief executive officer.

The Debtors hired Kirkland & Ellis LLP and Young Conaway Stargatt
Taylor, LLP, as restructuring counsel. The Debtors tapped Triple P
Securities, LLC as their
investment banker. FTI Consulting Inc. is the Debtors'
restructuring advisor. The Debtors' claims and the noticing agent
is Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC dba Verita Global. Hilco
Merchant Resource LLC and Hilco Real Estate LLC are the Debtors'
real estate advisor and liquidator.

Milbank LLP and Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A. represent an Ad Hoc
Group of Consenting Stakeholders of loans to and equity interests
in Rising Tide Holdings Inc.


WHIRLPOOL CORP: S&P Affirms 'BB-/B' Issuer Credit Ratings
---------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed its 'BB-' long-term and '' short-term
issuer credit ratings on U.S.-based Whirlpool Corp.

S&P said, "We also assigned our 'BB+' rating to the proposed senior
secured notes. The recovery rating is 1, indicating a very high
(90%-100%, rounded estimate: 95%) likelihood of recovery in the
event of default.

"Additionally, we affirmed our 'BB-' rating on the existing senior
unsecured notes. We revised down our recovery rating to '4' from
'3' due to the addition of significant priority debt in the debt
capital structure. Our '4'-recovery rating indicates average
(30%-50%, rounded estimate: 35%) recovery prospects for unsecured
note
holders.

"We could reassess our ratings if the final transaction terms
deviate materially from what has been presented to us.
The negative outlook reflects the potential for a lower rating at
any time over the next 12 months if we believe Whirlpool is not on
pace to strengthen credit ratios by 2027, including reaching S&P
Global Ratings adjusted leverage of 5x, or if we unfavorably
reassess our view of the company's business risk."

Whirlpool Corp. has launched $1.5 billion senior secured notes. The
proceeds, alongside a draw under an expected $2 billion asset-based
lending (ABL) facility, will repay its EUR500 million notes due
2026, EUR600 million notes due 2027, and borrowings under its
existing unsecured revolving credit facility.

Whirlpool's proposed debt capital structure transactions will
substantially reduce liquidity risk through 2027. S&P said,
"Assuming the proposed $2 billion ABL and $1.5 billion senior
secured note issuances are closed substantially on the terms
provided to us, we anticipate the company will redeem
euro-denominated notes with approximately $1.3 billion of
equivalent principal balance maturing through 2027. The company
will also repay the existing senior unsecured revolver before July
1, 2026, as required by the recent credit facility amendment. As
such, we revised our liquidity assessment to adequate from less
than adequate."

S&P said, "We updated our forecast to incorporate the proposed
transactions, including higher interest expense. Compared to our
prior forecast in early May, we now project moderately reduced cash
flow and slightly weaker adjusted leverage, reflecting the assumed
interest rate on the secured notes. S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
leverage will likely reach 6.5x by Dec. 31, 2026, and 5.1x as of
Dec. 31, 2027, compared to 7.2x presently after an extremely weak
first quarter.

"We continue to incorporate lower volumes due to reduced consumer
confidence and elevated input costs, offset by our assumption that
recent higher industry pricing will hold. We have made no revisions
to our sales and profit expectations.

"Our forecast for S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage of 5.1x by
2027 includes treating the $575 million mandatory convertible
preferred stock (MCPS) as equity starting in February 2027,
compared to the current debt treatment. Consistent with our
criteria, if we lower our issuer credit rating to 'B+', we will not
treat MCPS as equity until February of 2028. It would affect 2027
leverage by about 0.5x. Regardless, our decision to treat the MCPS
as equity hinges on our continued view that Whirlpool will allow
conversion and that the company will not undermine the conversion
benefit through open market repurchases or subsequent stock
buybacks.

"Whirlpool still faces risks and uncertainties. While we factor
higher pricing into our forecast, the potential for further shifts
in global trade policies, competitor actions to effectively compete
in the important U.S. market, and deterioration in consumer demand
could trigger renewed promotional intensity. Since the Trump
administration's tariff actions in 2025, we have yet to see
tangible evidence that Whirlpool will benefit from its strong
domestic manufacturing footprint. While trade war volatility may be
ending, U.S. and global trading partners' trade policies have been
fluid since 2025. In addition, geopolitical developments,
especially in the Middle East, could increase energy costs and
lower demand from consumers. This could hurt sales by depressing
volumes or raising promotional intensity.

"The negative outlook reflects the potential for a lower rating at
any time over the next 12 months if we believe Whirlpool is not on
pace to materially strengthen credit ratios by 2027, including
reaching S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage of 5x, or if we
unfavorably reassess our view of the company's business risk. Our
negative outlook incorporates the assumption the ABL closes
substantially on the terms provided to us.

"We could lower the rating if we forecast S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted leverage will remain above 5x in 2027 or FOCF is
below our base-case forecast." This could occur if:

-- Expectations for higher industry pricing are short-lived,
potentially due to weaker-than-expected demand amid a further
strain in consumer confidence;

-- Inflation escalates, particularly for oil-based input costs in
2026 and metals thereafter;

-- Whirlpool fails to strengthen profitability despite potential
favorable pricing associated with higher tariffs on rivals, or due
to competitor actions or further shifts in trade policies; or

-- Financial policy changes, potentially due to pressure from
shareholders.

S&P could revise its outlook to stable over the next 12 months if
profits improve materially compared to the severe deterioration in
the first quarter, increasing visibility that S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted leverage will meet its base case of 5x in 2027.
This could occur if:

-- Higher industry pricing holds, enabling Whirlpool to more than
offset lower volumes;

-- The costs of key commodity inputs fall, potentially due to
deescalation of the Iran war; and

-- The company continues to direct substantially all discretionary
cash flow (DCF) after MCPS dividends to debt repayment or takes
other creditor friendly actions such as using the net cash proceeds
from potentially selling its stake in India to reduce debt.


WIKELEY FAMILY: Stadler Can't Appeal Recognition Orders
-------------------------------------------------------
Judge Karen K. Caldwell of the U.S. District Court for the Eastern
District of Kentucky granted the motion of the Foreign
Representatives for Wikeley Family Trustee Ltd. to dismiss the
appeal styled MARKUS A. STADLER, Appellant, v. WIKELEY FAMILY
TRUSTEE LTD. (In Liquidation), Appellee, CIVIL ACTION NO.
5:25-402-KKC (E.D. Ky.).

A lawsuit was filed in the Kentucky state court involving two New
Zealand companies: The Wikeley Family Trust and Kea Investments
Ltd. In that action, the Trust sued Kea for breach of contract. Kea
never answered or otherwise responded to the complaint, and the
Trust obtained a default judgment of more than $123 million against
Kea. That action is related to this one because the trustee of the
Trust is the Wikeley Family Trustee Ltd., which is the debtor in
this action.  

Kea sought to avoid enforcement of the Kentucky state judgment in a
few ways, including by appealing it to the Kentucky Court of
Appeals, a case that appears to remain pending. It also asserted an
action in the High Court of New Zealand against the Debtor Trustee
and others, arguing that the default judgment was obtained by
fraud.

The New Zealand court appears to have agreed with Kea. It issued an
order that enjoined the Debtor Trustee from enforcing the Kentucky
default judgment and from enforcing or otherwise acting on the
Debtor Trustee's assignment of its interest in the default judgment
to Wikeley Inc., a related company. The New Zealand Court also
appointed two insolvency practitioners -- Foreign Representatives
-- to serve as interim liquidators of the Debtor Trustee.  

The Foreign Representatives for the Debtor Trustee then filed a
"Chapter 15 Petition for Recognition of a Foreign Proceeding" in
the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of
Kentucky.

By order dated May 25, 2023, the bankruptcy court recognized the
New Zealand action as a foreign main proceeding under Chapter 15.
Wikeley, Inc. appealed the Recognition Order to this Court.
However, Judge Van Tatenhove dismissed that appeal after Wikeley,
Inc. failed to file an opening brief or respond to a show cause
order demonstrating why the case should not be dismissed.

Back in bankruptcy court, more than two years after the Recognition
Order was entered, on September 1, 2025, Oliver Wikeley, a
beneficiary of the Wikeley Family Trust, moved to vacate the
Recognition Order.  The bankruptcy court denied that motion by
order dated October 14, 2025.

Stadler now appeals the Recognition Order and the order denying the
motion to vacate it. The Debtor Trustee's Foreign Representatives
move to dismiss this appeal. They make several arguments, one of
which is that Stadler does not have standing to appeal the
Recognition Orders because he was not a party to the bankruptcy
proceeding. The District Court agrees.

Judge Caldwell explains, "Stadler has never been a party to the
bankruptcy proceeding. He is an attorney in the British Virgin
Islands who is not a member of the Kentucky bar. His name does not
pop up in the bankruptcy proceeding docket until August 2025, years
after the bankruptcy court entered the 2023 Recognition Order. That
is when a local attorney moved the bankruptcy court for Stadler's
admission pro hac vice to represent Oliver Wikeley. The bankruptcy
court initially granted Stadler pro hac vice admission, but days
later vacated that order. This was because Stadler had represented
the Debtor Trustee in the Kentucky state court action that resulted
in the default judgment but sought to represent Oliver Wikeley in
the bankruptcy proceeding and take a position 'directly adverse' to
the Debtor Trustee. Thus, Stadler was not a party to the bankruptcy
proceeding and did not ultimately represent anyone who was a party
to the bankruptcy proceeding."

A copy of the Court's Opinion and Order dated May 28, 2026, is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=939MKe from PacerMonitor.com.

Wikeley Family Trustee Ltd. sought relief under Chapter 15 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. K.y. Case No. 23-50420) on April
20, 2023.


WILSON 1350: Case Summary & Six Unsecured Creditors
---------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Wilson 1350 LLC
        2102 Condado Real
        1700 Ave MCleary
        San Juan, PR 00911

Business Description: Wilson 1350 LLC is a San Juan, Puerto Rico-
                      based company engaged in residential real
                      estate development.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 27, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of Puerto Rico

Case No.: 26-02372

Debtor's Counsel: Noemi Landrau Rivera, Esq.
                  LANDRAU RIVERA & ASSOC.
                  P.O. Box 270219
                  San Juan, PR 00928
                  Tel: (787) 774-0224
                  E-mail: nlandrau@landraulaw.com

Estimated Assets: $10 million to $50 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by  Al Rizet Rincon as president.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/GPJ7H7A/Wilson_1350_LLC__prbke-26-02372__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

List of Debtor's Six Unsecured Creditors:

   Entity                          Nature of Claim    Claim Amount

1. Andrea Gonzalez                     Deposit            $917,500
576 Ave. Arterial b
Coliseum Tower
#2203
San Juan, PR 00918

2. Endeavor Capital PR LLC             Contested        $4,000,000
350 Mendez Vigo Rd                   Mortgage Lien
Dorado, PR 00646

3. Glen Li Xiomara Li                   Deposit         $1,300,000
100 E 53rd Street
Aptg 7-B
New York, NY 10282

4. Manuel Soto Ruiz &                  Deposit            $555,000
Grace Canetti Rodrigu
Pase San Juan
Calle Garita D-21
San Juan PR 00926

5. Mariano Gonzalez Diez               Deposit            $850,000
Urb El Paraiso
Carr 129 Km H8
Hato Arriba
Arecibo, PR 00612

6. Neil Kapoor                         Deposit          $1,100,000
1364 Wilson St
Apt 408
San Juan, PR 00907


Z SQUARED: Names Halabu Sole Chief Executive
--------------------------------------------
Michelle Burke resigned as Z Squared Inc.'s co-chief executive
officer and director, and David Halabu will continue as sole chief
executive, according to a filing with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.

Burke's resignation was effective May 22 and was accepted by the
board the same day. The company said her resignation did not result
from any disagreement about operations, policies or practices.

Z Squared said the board had not appointed a successor to fill the
director vacancy as of the Form 8-K filing. Burke will return to
Minting Dome Inc., and the company's existing master services
agreement with Minting Dome remains in effect.

Halabu, 50, had served as co-chief executive with Burke since the
closing of the company's business combination on April 24. He has
also served as chief executive of Z Squared OpCo Inc., the
company's wholly owned operating subsidiary, since June 2024. The
company said there were no changes to Halabu's compensation
arrangements in connection with the leadership change.

                        About Z Squared Inc.

Z Squared Inc., formerly Coeptis Therapeutics Holdings Inc.,
operates through subsidiaries including SNAP Biosciences Inc., GEAR
Therapeutics Inc., Coeptis Therapeutics Inc., Coeptis
Pharmaceuticals Inc. and Coeptis Pharmaceuticals LLC. The company
owns, acquires and develops cell therapy technologies for cancer
and other diseases, with products and technologies intended for
commercialization in the U.S. and other major markets. It has
focused on innovative products and technologies after moving away
from commercialization of generic products.

In an audit report dated March 19, 2026, Astra Audit and Advisory
LLC said Coeptis Therapeutics Holdings Inc. had incurred net
losses, negative operating cash flows and working capital deficits
that raised substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a
going concern.

As of March 31, 2026, Z Squared reported total assets of $19.79
million, total liabilities of $2.21 million and total stockholders'
equity of $17.58 million.


[^] Recent Small-Dollar & Individual Chapter 11 Filings
-------------------------------------------------------
In re Jonathan Leon Martin
   Bankr. M.D. Ala. Case No. 26-31358  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 25, 2026

In re Angus J. Gavin
   Bankr. N.D. Cal. Case No. 26-30448  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 25, 2026
         represented by: Lars Fuller, Esq.

In re Finch Property Chicago, LLC
   Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No. 26-08890
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 25, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/VMB4Q7A/Finch_Property_Chicago_LLC__ilnbke-26-08890__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Penelope Bach, Esq.
                         BACH LAW OFFICES
                         E-mail: pnbach@bachoffices.com

In re Momona Properties, LLC
   Bankr. D. Md. Case No. 26-15529
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 25, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/6LFCBAI/Momona_Properties_LLC__mdbke-26-15529__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Justin P. Fasano, Esq.
                         MCNAMEE HOSEA, P.A.
                         E-mail: jfasano@mhlawyers.com

In re Tenth Place, LLC
   Bankr. D. Ariz. Case No. 26-05217  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 26, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/WKRTIAY/Tenth_Place_LLC__azbke-26-05217__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Grant L. Cartwright, Esq.
                         MAY, POTENZA, BARAN & GILLESPIE
                         E-mail: gcartwright@maypotenza.com

In re Pradeep K. Khatri and Kokila Pradip Khatri
   Bankr. N.D. Cal. Case No. 26-30453  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 26, 2026
         represented by: Sandford Frey, Esq.

In re Loyd Have Mercy LLC
   Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 26-03854  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 26, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/ZSLVJEY/Loyd_Have_Mercy_LLC__flmbke-26-03854__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re Michael Sheffield
   Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 26-56860  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 26, 2026
         Filed Pro Se

In re Revi Express Inc.
   Bankr. D. Mass. Case No. 26-40615  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 26, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/7JDKQOQ/Revi_Express_Inc__mabke-26-40615__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Louis S. Robin, Esq.
                         LAW OFFICES OF LOUIS S. ROBIN
                         E-mail: louis.robin@prodigy.net

In re 40 Halstead St LLC
   Bankr. D.N.J. Case No. 26-15889  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 26, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/RSMFCJI/40_Halstead_St_LLC__njbke-26-15889__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re EQ Realty LLC
   Bankr. D.N.J. Case No. 26-15899  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 26, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/LEMBVCI/EQ_Realty_LLC__njbke-26-15899__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Brett Silverman, Esq.
                         SILVERMAN LAW PLLC
                         E-mail: brett@getconciergelaw.com

In re UO1351E233 LLC
   Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 26-42524  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 26, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/Q5IJE3I/UO1351E233_LLC__nyebke-26-42524__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re VCHG Ghost Kitchen Facility, LLC
   Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 26-42538  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 26, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/APOYNUQ/VCHG_Ghost_Kitchen_Facility_LLC__nyebke-26-42538__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re Law Ofice of Cheryl Charles-Duval, PLLC
   Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 26-42547  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 26, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/E3TNH4A/Law_Ofice_of_Cheryl_Charles-Duval__nyebke-26-42547__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Narissa A. Joseph, Esq.
                         NARISSA JOSEPH
                         E-mail: njosephlaw@aol.com

In re GVS Hospitality Hall LLC
   Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 26-11236
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 26, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/BZ3UURQ/GVS_Hospitality_Hall_LLC__nysbke-26-11236__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Heath S. Berger, Esq.
                         BFSNG LAW GROUP, LLP
                         E-mail: hberger@bfslawfirm.com

In re Thai Wisdom LLC
   Bankr. W.D. Wash. Case No. 26-11738  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 26, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/FYUEI4Y/Thai_Wisdom_LLC__wawbke-26-11738__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: James E Dickmeyer, Esq.
                         LAW OFFICE OF JAMES E DICKMEYER PC
                         E-mail: jim@jdlaw.net

In re TWBEdmonds LLC
   Bankr. W.D. Wash. Case No. 26-11729  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 26, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/6I7SXMA/TWBEdmonds_LLC__wawbke-26-11729__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: James E Dickmeyer, Esq.
                         LAW OFFICE OF JAMES E DICKMEYER PC
                         E-mail: jim@jdlaw.net

In re Francis Xavier Haas
   Bankr. S.D. Ala. Case No. 26-11505
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 27, 2026
         represented by: Barry Friedman, Esq.

In re By The Book Attorney Service, Inc.
   Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 26-15240
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 27, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/M36AIAI/By_The_Book_Attorney_Service_Inc__cacbke-26-15240__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Alan W. Forsley, Esq.
                         FLP LAW GROUP LLP
                         E-mail: alan.forsley@flpllp.com

In re Ruben Arturo Romero Carbajal
   Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 26-11134
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 27, 2026
         represented by: Yoon Ham, Esq.

In re A&G General Services USA LLC
   Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 26-03909
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 27, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/A77LZLA/AG_General_Services_USA_LLC__flmbke-26-03909__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Jeffrey S. Ainsworth, Esq.
                         BRANSON AINSWORTH PLLC
                         E-mail: jeff@bransonlaw.com

In re Brent W. Merryman
   Bankr. N.D. Fla. Case No. 26-40298
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 27, 2026
         represented by: Byron Wright, Esq.

In re Adam Earle Arnett
   Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 26-16862  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 27, 2026
         represented by: Brian McMahon, Esq.

In re Triple Cross Ranch Trailers, LLC
   Bankr. M.D. Ga. Case No. 26-40409
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 27, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/2QE5ZLY/Triple_Cross_Ranch_Trailers_LLC__gambke-26-40409__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Daniel L. Wilder, Esq.
                         EMMETT L GOODMAN JR LLC
                         Email: bkydept@goodmanlaw.org

In re Darren Antuane Stover
   Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 26-56911
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 27, 2026
         represented by: Ian M. Falcone, Esq.
                         THE FALCONE LAW FIRM, P.C

In re AM Logistics, Inc.
   Bankr. S.D. Ind. Case No. 26-03372
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 27, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/OM6SYUI/AM_Logistics_Inc__insbke-26-03372__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: KC Cohen, Esq.
                         KC COHEN, LAWYER, PC
                         E-mail: kc@esoft-legal.com

In re 111 Lawton LLC
   Bankr. D. Mass. Case No. 26-11234
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 27, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/FWEBAEI/Lawton_LLC__mabke-26-11234__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Michael Walsh, Esq.
                         WALSH & WALSH LLP
                         E-mail: walsh.lynnfield@gmail.com

In re DZS Enterprise Services, LLC
   Bankr. E.D. Mich. Case No. 26-46079
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 27, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/PWKKE2Y/DZS_Enterprise_Services_LLC__miebke-26-46079__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Edward J. Gudeman, Esq.
                         GUDEMAN & ASSOCIATES, PC
                         E-mail: ecf@gudemanlaw.com

In re Basic Wholesale Floral Distributors, LLC
   Bankr. E.D. Mich. Case No. 26-46055
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 27, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/LN5TKUI/Basic_Wholesale_Floral_Distributors__miebke-26-46055__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: George E. Jacobs, Esq.
                         BANKRUPTCY LAW OFFICES
                         Email: george@bklawoffice.com

In re Alexander Mitchell Pollmann and Sydney C Pollmann
   Bankr. D. Neb. Case No. 26-40604
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 27, 2026
         represented by: James C. Bocott, Esq.
                         THE LAW OFFICE OF JAMES C. BOCOTT

In re 8830 172nd LLC
   Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 26-42555
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 27, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/R233ULA/8830_172nd_LLC__nyebke-26-42555__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re Millerton Inc.
   Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 26-35567
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 27, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/EKXDVAY/Millerton_Inc__nysbke-26-35567__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re Bless Your Heart LLC
   Bankr. W.D. Tex. Case No. 26-51404
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 27, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/U55BYYA/Bless_Your_Heart_LLC__txwbke-26-51404__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Robert C Lane, Esq.
                         THE LANE LAW FIRM
                         Email: notifications@lanelaw.com

In re Randolph J Archer And Gloria J Archer
   Bankr. D. Ariz. Case No. 26-05369
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 28, 2026
         represented by: Patrick F Keery, Esq.
                         KEERY MCCUE, PLLC

In re Phoenix Pride Incorporated
   Bankr. D. Ariz. Case No. 26-05375
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 28, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/XCPLJZA/Phoenix_Pride_Incorporated__azbke-26-05375__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: JoAnn Falgout, Esq.
                         DAVIS MILES - TEMPE, AZ
                         E-mail: jfalgout@davismiles.com

In re Yan Xiao and Wei Chen
   Bankr. N.D. Cal. Case No. 26-30467
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 28, 2026
         represented by: Robert Goldstein, Esq.

In re Spinnaker Melbourne, Inc.
   Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 26-17020
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 28, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/MMWPFMA/Spinnaker_Melbourne_Inc__flsbke-26-17020__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Dana Kaplan, Esq.
                         KELLEY KAPLAN DELANEY & ELLER, PLLC
                         E-mail: dana@kelleylawoffice.com

In re Virginia Toalepai
   Bankr. D. Nev. Case No. 26-13346
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 28, 2026
         represented by: Daniel Riggs, Esq.

In re Teaneck Surgical Center, L.L.C.
   Bankr. D.N.J. Case No. 26-16013
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 28, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/6JB34NY/Teaneck_Surgical_Center_LLC__njbke-26-16013__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Morris S. Bauer, Esq.
                         DUANE MORRIS LLP
                         E-mail: MSBauer@duanemorris.com

In re Jorge Nunez Silveira and Beatriz Alonso
   Bankr. W.D.N.C. Case No. 26-30727
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 28, 2026
         represented by: Kenneth Love, Esq.

In re Jon Robert Throne
   Bankr. W.D. Wash. Case No. 26-11778
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 28, 2026
         represented by: Masafumi Iwama, Esq.

In re Vikki Kelly and Howie Wayne Kelly
   Bankr. W.D. Ark. Case No. 26-71060
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 29, 2026
         represented by: Jessica Hall, Esq.

In re Lisa Ann Nkonoki
   Bankr. D. Conn. Case No. 26-20564
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 29, 2026

In re Terry Demetrios Coutsolioutsos
   Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 26-04689
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 29, 2026
         represented by: Kelley Petry, Esq.

In re Stepaddy1959, LLC
   Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 26-04009
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 29, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/V6ZG32A/Stepaddy1959_LLC__flmbke-26-04009__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Jeffrey S. Ainsworth, Esq.
                         BRANSON AINSWORTH PLLC
                         E-mail: jeff@bransonlaw.com

In re Bellvilla Services, LLC
   Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 26-57083  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 29, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/I4ONE2A/Bellvilla_Services_LLC__ganbke-26-57083__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re Greedy Man Investment Properties, LLC
   Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 26-57064
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 29, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/NVASDEQ/Greedy_Man_Investment_Properties__ganbke-26-57064__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re The Screaming Goat Group, LLC
   Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 26-57055
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 29, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/QLWWMMI/The_Screaming_Goat_Group_LLC__ganbke-26-57055__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re Musemilu Oluwakemi Salami
   Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No. 26-09198
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 29, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/T7JFGXI/Musemilu_Oluwakemi_Salami__ilnbke-26-09198__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Nicole Batson, Esq.

In re Endurance Recovery Services, Inc
   Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No. 26-09049  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 28, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/23K7FBA/Endurance_Recovery_Services_Inc__ilnbke-26-09049__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re American Locating Services, Inc.
   Bankr. S.D. Ind. Case No. 26-03480  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 29, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/STXSQOI/American_Locating_Services_Inc__insbke-26-03480__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: KC Cohen, Esq.  
                         KC COHEN, LAWYER, PC
                         Email: kc@esoft-legal.com

In re 56 Third Food Corp
   Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 26-42646
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 29, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/MRXKPVQ/56_Third_Food_Corp__nyebke-26-42646__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Lawrence Morrison, Esq.
                         MORRISON TENENBAUM PLLC
                         E-mail: lmorrison@m-t-law.com

In re Adar Foundation LLC
   Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 26-42588  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 28, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/TY3YY3I/Adar_Foundation_LLC__nyebke-26-42588__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re Ot Aspect & Chiropractic PLLC
   Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 26-42600  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 28, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/Q4W2NWI/Ot_Aspect__Chiropractic_PLLC__nyebke-26-42600__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Alla Kachan, Esq.
                         LAW OFFICES OF ALLA KACHAN, P.C.
                         Email: alla@kachanlaw.com

In re Union Turnpike Associates LLC
   Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 26-42594  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 28, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/QWY42EI/Union_Turnpike_Associates_LLC__nyebke-26-42594__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Elliot S. Schlissel, Esq.
                         SCHLISSEL DECORPO LLP
                         Email: Elliot@sdnylaw.com

In re Richland 3914 LLC
   Bankr. W.D. Va. Case No. 26-70571  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 28, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/6TIJSWQ/Richland_3914_LLC__vawbke-26-70571__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re 4850 Long Ave LLC
   Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No. 26-09230  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 29, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/HH5UGZQ/4850_Long_Ave_LLC__ilnbke-26-09230__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: David P. Lloyd, Esq.
                         DAVID P. LLOYD, LTD.
                         Email: courtdocs@davidlloydlaw.com

In re C & S Adkins Enterprises, Inc.
   Bankr. S.D. Ind. Case No. 26-03473
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 29, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/STREGFA/C__S_Adkins_Enterprises_Inc__insbke-26-03473__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: KC Cohen, Esq.
                         KC COHEN, LAWYER, PC
                         Email: kc@esoft-legal.com

In re M&L Express, LLC
   Bankr. D. Md. Case No. 26-15686
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 29, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/DVXP4AI/ML_Express_LLC__mdbke-26-15686__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: David E. Cahn, Esq.
                         LAW OFFICE OF DAVID CAHN, LLC
                         Email: cahnd@cahnlawoffice.com

In re Jeffery Land Company, LLC
   Bankr. E.D. Mich. Case No. 26-46229
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 29, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/OLQYK7A/Jeffery_Land_Company_LLC__miebke-26-46229__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Tami Salzbrenner, Esq.
                         THE FRANK FIRM, PLLC
                         Email: tami@frankfirm.com

In re SB Hauling & Crane Services, LLC
   Bankr. M.D.N.C. Case No. 26-80177  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 29, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/JX5WRKY/SB_Hauling__Crane_Services_LLC__ncmbke-26-80177__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Florence A. Bowens, Esq.
                         FLORENCE A. BOWENS, ATTORNEY AT LAW
                         Email: fbowenslaw@gmail.com

In re Celina Total Foot Care PLLC
   Bankr. E.D. Tex. Case No. 26-41849
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 29, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/RTAD3OI/Celina_Total_Foot_Care_PLLC__txebke-26-41849__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Robert C Lane, Esq.
                         THE LANE LAW FIRM
                         Email: notifications@lanelaw.com

In re Texas Advantage Realty, LLC
   Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 26-33791  
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 29, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/BFACC2Q/Texas_Advantage_Realty_LLC__txsbke-26-33791__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re Susan Jo White
   Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 26-11720
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 31, 2026
         represented by: Anerio Altman, Esq.

In re Security Check Me, LLC
   Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 26-04706
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 31, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/KK3424I/Security_Check_Me_LLC__flmbke-26-04706__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Jake C. Blanchard, Esq.
                         BLANCHARD LAW, P.A.
                         Email: jake@jakeblanchardlaw.com

In re MITT Real Estate, LLC
   Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 26-57122
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 31, 2026
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/PTSCUQI/MITT_Real_Estate_LLC__ganbke-26-57122__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Gregory C Okwuosah, Esq.
                         THE LAW OFFICES OF GREGORY C OKWUOSAH LLC
                         Email: greg@gcoLAW.com

In re Oleksandr Holubenko
   Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No. 26-09314
      Chapter 11 Petition filed May 31, 2026
         represented by: David Freydin, Esq.



                            *********

On Thursdays, the TCR delivers a list of recently filed
Chapter 11 cases involving less than $1,000,000 in assets and
liabilities delivered to nation's bankruptcy courts.  The list
includes links to freely downloadable images of these small-dollar
petitions in Acrobat PDF format.

Each Friday's edition of the TCR includes a review about a book of
interest to troubled company professionals.  All titles are
available at your local bookstore or through Amazon.com.  Go to
http://www.bankrupt.com/books/to order any title today.

Monthly Operating Reports are summarized in every Saturday edition
of the TCR.

The Sunday TCR delivers securitization rating news from the week
then-ending.

TCR subscribers have free access to our on-line news archive.
Point your Web browser to http://TCRresources.bankrupt.com/and use
the e-mail address to which your TCR is delivered to login.

                            *********

S U B S C R I P T I O N   I N F O R M A T I O N

Troubled Company Reporter is a daily newsletter co-published
by Bankruptcy Creditors Service, Inc., Fairless Hills,
Pennsylvania, USA, and Beard Group, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa., USA.
Randy Antoni, Jhonas Dampog, Marites Claro, Joy Agravante,
Rousel Elaine Tumanda, Joel Anthony G. Lopez, Psyche A. Castillon,
Ivy B. Magdadaro, Carlo Fernandez, Christopher G. Patalinghug, and
Peter A. Chapman, Editors.

Copyright 2026.  All rights reserved.  ISSN: 1520-9474.

This material is copyrighted and any commercial use, resale or
publication in any form (including e-mail forwarding, electronic
re-mailing and photocopying) is strictly prohibited without prior
written permission of the publishers.  Information contained
herein is obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but is
not guaranteed.

The single-user TCR subscription rate is $1,400 for six months
or $2,350 for twelve months, delivered via e-mail.  Additional
e-mail subscriptions for members of the same firm for the term
of the initial subscription or balance thereof are $25 each per
half-year or $50 annually.  For subscription information, contact
Peter A. Chapman at 215-945-7000.

                   *** End of Transmission ***